SENDX MEDICAL INC
S-1/A, 1996-06-13
ELECTROMEDICAL & ELECTROTHERAPEUTIC APPARATUS
Previous: CAPITAL FACTORS HOLDINGS INC, 8-A12G, 1996-06-13
Next: INTEGRATED LIVING COMMUNITIES INC, S-1, 1996-06-13



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 13, 1996
    
 
   
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-3431
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
   
                                       TO
    
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                           <C>
            DELAWARE                          3845                  33-0441316
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)   Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)
</TABLE>
 
               1945 PALOMAR OAKS WAY, CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 92009
                                 (619) 930-6300
    (Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code,
                  of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                               DOUGLAS R. HILLIER
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
               1945 PALOMAR OAKS WAY, CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 92009
                                 (619) 930-6300
(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of
                               agent for service)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
        Lawrence B. Cohn, Esq.                     David J. Segre, Esq.
        Michael E. Flynn, Esq.                     Nevan C. Elam, Esq.
        Jeffrey B. Coyne, Esq.                   Robert M. Tarkoff, Esq.
  Stradling, Yocca, Carlson & Rauth          Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
      a Professional Corporation                 Professional Corporation
 660 Newport Center Drive, Suite 1600               650 Page Mill Road
   Newport Beach, California 92660             Palo Alto, California 94304
            (714) 725-4000                            (415) 493-9300
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
                            ------------------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box. / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box. / /
                            ------------------------
 
   
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FORM S-1 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION            PROSPECTUS LOCATION OR CAPTION
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
<C>  <S>                                  <C>
 1.  Forepart of the Registration
      Statement and Outside Front Cover
      Page of Prospectus................  Facing Page; Cross Reference Sheet;
                                          Outside Front Cover Page of
                                           Prospectus
 2.  Inside of Front and Outside Back
      Cover Pages of Prospectus.........  Inside Front Page of Prospectus;
                                          Additional Information
 3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors
      and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
      Charges...........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
 4.  Use of Proceeds....................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
 5.  Determination of Offering Price....  Outside Front Cover Page of
                                          Prospectus; Underwriting
 6.  Dilution...........................  Dilution
 7.  Selling Security Holders...........  Not Applicable
 8.  Plan of Distribution...............  Outside Front Cover Page of
                                          Prospectus; Underwriting
 9.  Description of Securities to Be
      Registered........................  Prospectus Summary; Dividend
                                          Policy; Capitalization; Description
                                           of Capital Stock
10.  Interest of Named Experts and
      Counsel...........................  Legal Matters
11.  Information with Respect to
      Registrant........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors;
                                          The Company; Use of Proceeds;
                                           Dividend Policy; Capitalization;
                                           Dilution; Selected Financial Data;
                                           Management's Discussion and
                                           Analysis of Financial Condition
                                           and Results of Operations;
                                           Business; Management; Certain
                                           Transactions; Principal
                                           Stockholders; Description of
                                           Capital Stock; Shares Eligible for
                                           Future Sale; Financial Statements
12.  Disclosure of Commission Position
      on Indemnification for Securities
      Act Liabilities...................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject   to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement  relating to  these securities  has been  filed with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission. These securities  may not be  sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior  to the time the registration statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute an  offer  to  sell  or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in  any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
<PAGE>
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 13, 1996
    
 
                                2,400,000 Shares
 
                                    [SENDX]
 
                                  Common Stock
                               ($.001 PAR VALUE)
 
                                 --------------
 
ALL OF THE SHARES OF  COMMON STOCK (THE "COMMON  STOCK") OF SENDX MEDICAL,  INC.
("SENDX"  OR THE "COMPANY")  OFFERED HEREBY (THE "OFFERING")  ARE BEING SOLD BY
 SENDX. PRIOR  TO THIS  OFFERING, THERE  HAS BEEN  NO PUBLIC  MARKET FOR  THE
   COMMON  STOCK. IT IS CURRENTLY ESTIMATED  THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
   PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK WILL  BE BETWEEN $11.50 AND $13.50 PER  SHARE.
     FOR  INFORMATION RELATING TO  THE  FACTORS  CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING
         THE INITIAL OFFERING PRICE TO THE PUBLIC, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
   
  THE COMMON STOCK HAS BEEN APPROVED FOR QUOTATION ON THE NASDAQ STOCK MARKET
    NATIONAL MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL "SNDX," SUBJECT TO NOTICE OF ISSUANCE.
    
 
                                 --------------
 
THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK OFFERED HEREBY  INVOLVE A HIGH  DEGREE OF RISK.  SEE
         "RISK                          FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6.
 
                                 --------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE SECURITIES
   AND  EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR   ANY  STATE   SECURITIES  COMMISSION   NOR
     HAS   THE   SECURITIES   AND   EXCHANGE   COMMISSION   OR   ANY  STATE
        SECURITIES  COMMISSION   PASSED  UPON   THE  ACCURACY   OR   AD-
            EQUACY    OF   THIS   PROSPECTUS.   ANY   REPRESENTATION
                       TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            UNDERWRITING
                                                          PRICE TO         DISCOUNTS AND        PROCEEDS TO
                                                           PUBLIC           COMMISSIONS         COMPANY (1)
                                                     ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
 
<S>                                                  <C>                 <C>                 <C>
PER SHARE..........................................          $                   $                   $
TOTAL (2)..........................................          $                   $                   $
</TABLE>
 
(1)  BEFORE  DEDUCTION  OF  EXPENSES  PAYABLE  BY  THE  COMPANY,  ESTIMATED   AT
    $               .
 
(2)  THE COMPANY HAS GRANTED THE UNDERWRITERS AN OPTION, EXERCISABLE FOR 30 DAYS
    FROM THE  DATE  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS,  TO  PURCHASE  A  MAXIMUM  OF  360,000
    ADDITIONAL  SHARES  TO COVER  OVER-ALLOTMENTS OF  SHARES.  IF THE  OPTION IS
    EXERCISED IN FULL, THE TOTAL  PRICE TO PUBLIC WILL  BE $                   ,
    UNDERWRITING  DISCOUNTS AND  COMMISSIONS WILL BE  $                    , AND
    PROCEEDS TO COMPANY WILL BE $               .
 
                                 --------------
 
    THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE OFFERED BY THE SEVERAL UNDERWRITERS, WHEN, AS
AND IF ISSUED BY THE COMPANY, DELIVERED TO AND ACCEPTED BY THE UNDERWRITERS  AND
SUBJECT TO THEIR RIGHT TO REJECT ORDERS IN WHOLE OR IN PART. IT IS EXPECTED THAT
THE SHARES WILL BE READY FOR DELIVERY ON OR ABOUT                , 1996, AGAINST
PAYMENT IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
 
CS First Boston
 
                            J.P. Morgan & Co.
 
                                                         Needham & Company, Inc.
 
             THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS                , 1996.
<PAGE>
   
                                                   Clinicians in critical care
                                                   areas, including intensive
                                                   care units, operating rooms
                                                   and emergency departments,
                                                   require frequent and timely
                                                   analysis of key blood
                                                   parameters on acutely-ill
                                                   patients.
    
 
The SenDx 100 has just conducted a
panel of seven tests on a single
blood sample and then automatically
flushed and recalibrated the sensor
cassette, and recorded, displayed
and printed the results, all within
90 seconds. It is now immediately
available for analysis of the next
sample, using the same multi-use
sensor cassette.
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE  OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH  TRANSACTIONS  MAY  BE  EFFECTED ON  THE  NASDAQ  STOCK  MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
    DURING THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH PERSONS  PARTICIPATING
IN THE DISTRIBUTION MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNTS OR FOR THE
ACCOUNTS  OF OTHERS IN THE COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO EXEMPTIONS FROM RULES 10B-6,
10B-7 AND 10B-8 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS AND RELATED  NOTES APPEARING ELSEWHERE  IN
THIS  PROSPECTUS. THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY AND  CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS PROSPECTUS
INCLUDE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  WHICH INVOLVE RISKS  AND UNCERTAINTIES.  THE
COMPANY'S  ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THE RESULTS PREDICTED BY
SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS  DUE  TO VARIOUS  FACTORS,  INCLUDING  BUT  NOT
LIMITED TO THOSE DISCUSSED IN "RISK FACTORS." EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL
INFORMATION  IN THIS PROSPECTUS REFLECTS (I)  THE REINCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY
IN DELAWARE,  (II)  THE  AUTOMATIC  CONVERSION  OF  EACH  OUTSTANDING  SHARE  OF
PREFERRED  STOCK INTO COMMON STOCK  UPON THE CLOSING OF  THIS OFFERING, (III) NO
EXERCISE OF THE  UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT  OPTION AND  (IV) A  ONE-FOR-THREE
REVERSE SPLIT OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY EFFECTED PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE
DATE OF THIS OFFERING.
 
   
    SenDx  Medical, Inc. ("SenDx"  or the "Company")  develops, manufactures and
markets blood  analysis  systems  that  provide  cost-effective  measurement  of
critical  diagnostic parameters  at the  point-of-care ("POC").  POC devices are
used by  attending  clinicians in  the  patient  setting to  obtain  rapid  test
results.  The Company's SenDx 100  is a portable system  which utilizes a single
multi-use disposable sensor  cassette to accurately  and simultaneously  measure
any  combination  of  seven blood  tests  frequently ordered  for  critical care
patients in  a  simple,  less than  90  second  procedure. The  panel  of  tests
performed by the SenDx 100 includes blood gases (oxygen, carbon dioxide and pH),
electrolytes (sodium, potassium and ionized calcium) and hematocrit. The Company
estimates  that the worldwide market for blood gas and electrolyte tests exceeds
$1 billion per year. The Company believes that the list prices of the disposable
elements for comparable test panels from  POC competitors range from $4 to  $18,
and  is positioning the SenDx 100 to offer per test panel prices at or below the
low end of  this range. The  Company believes  the combination of  low per  test
pricing  and  other features,  such  as ease-of-use,  multi-use  disposables and
extensive data management, all in a portable self-contained unit,  differentiate
the SenDx 100 from competing POC blood analyzers.
    
 
   
    Clinicians in the critical care areas of hospitals, including intensive care
units,  operating rooms and  emergency departments, require  frequent and timely
analysis  of  key  blood  parameters  on  acutely-ill  patients  to   facilitate
appropriate  therapeutic intervention. When the first blood gas test instruments
were introduced in the 1960's, the tests were performed exclusively in  hospital
central  laboratories. The clinical need for faster turnaround times resulted in
establishment during  the 1970's  of  smaller specialized  laboratories,  called
satellite  or "stat" laboratories, located closer to the patient. While this has
generally decreased turnaround times for blood analyses compared to the  central
laboratory,  delays can  still occur.  In addition,  the per  test cost  in stat
laboratories is  significantly  higher than  in  central laboratories,  as  stat
laboratories  generally have  lower testing  volumes but  require duplication of
expensive, maintenance-intensive equipment and skilled operating personnel.  The
need  for faster turnaround times and lower per test costs has led to commercial
introduction of specialized diagnostic equipment for use by attending clinicians
at the  POC. However,  these  devices have  had certain  limitations,  including
relatively  high costs per test,  technique-dependent operation and limited data
management capabilities.
    
 
   
    The SenDx 100 utilizes proprietary sensor and calibration technologies  that
will  enable  clinicians to  easily  perform commonly  required  blood chemistry
analyses on a  whole blood sample  of approximately 170  microliters (less  than
three  drops). The SenDx  100 automatically aspirates  the blood sample directly
from the  sampling syringe  into  the sensor  cassette, performs  the  analysis,
flushes and recalibrates, and records, displays and prints the data, all in less
than  90  seconds. The  SenDx  100 is  comprised  of a  modular  electronic base
instrument and  multi-use  disposables,  consisting of  a  sensor  cassette  and
calibrant pack, both of which are easily inserted into the instrument and can be
used for up to one hundred test panels. The multi-use disposables enable a broad
measurement  capability at a low per test cost. Additional features of the SenDx
100  include  ease-of-use,  broad   data  management  capability  and   enhanced
compliance  with the Clinical  Laboratory Improvement Amendments  of 1988 ("CLIA
'88"), which are federal statutes regulating medical laboratory practice.
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
   
    The Company received U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") clearance for
the SenDx 100  in December  1995, 68  days from the  date of  submission of  its
510(k)  premarket  notification. The  notification  was supported  by  test data
obtained at five hospitals, including nationally recognized teaching  hospitals,
which  compared the SenDx  100 to commonly  used central laboratory instruments.
The SenDx  100  was  first exhibited  at  the  annual meeting  of  the  American
Association  of  Critical Care  Nurses  in May  1996  and the  Company currently
expects to commence  commercial shipments  of the  SenDx 100  during the  fourth
quarter of 1996.
    
 
   
    The  Company is the  successor to the  Medical Sensors business  unit of PPG
Industries, Inc.  ("PPG"). The  Medical  Sensors unit  was  founded in  1988  to
develop  POC  blood  analysis systems  for  the  critical care  segments  of the
worldwide hospital market. In 1992,  Medical Sensors introduced the StatPal  II,
one  of the  first portable  instruments for measurement  of blood  gases at the
patient's bedside.  The  StatPal II,  like  other competing  products,  requires
multi-step  operation,  has  a limited  test  menu and  limited  data management
capabilities, and  has a  relatively high  per test  cost. Due  partly to  these
factors,  the StatPal II and competing  products have not captured a significant
share of the blood analysis market. The  SenDx 100 has been designed to  address
these  factors. The Company has gained significant knowledge and experience from
the StatPal II with  respect to sensor  and calibrant technology,  manufacturing
techniques,  regulatory matters  and the needs  of the blood  analysis market in
general, which facilitated development of the SenDx 100.
    
 
   
    The Company's goal is to become  the leading global supplier addressing  POC
blood  analysis  needs  of  the  critical  care  market  with  a cost-effective,
easy-to-use system. In the United States, the Company is initially marketing the
SenDx 100 to the critical care departments in the 2,000 largest hospitals, which
conduct over 70% of the  blood gas tests, by deploying  a direct sales force  of
experienced medical sales professionals. The Company is arranging to place SenDx
100  units at selected leading  medical centers in the  United States and Europe
which will serve as reference centers to increase market awareness of the  SenDx
100. The Company also plans to seek multi-year agreements with major proprietary
hospital  chains, group purchasing organizations and managed healthcare delivery
networks. Internationally, the  Company plans  to market the  SenDx 100  through
strategic partnerships and distributors.
    
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Common Stock offered..............  2,400,000 shares
Common Stock outstanding after the
 Offering.........................  8,638,978 shares (1)
Use of Proceeds...................  To  finance increased sales and marketing activities, to
                                    repay debt, to fund  increased research and  development
                                    activities,   and  for   working  capital   and  general
                                    corporate purposes.
Proposed Nasdaq National Market
 Symbol...........................  SNDX
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Excludes (i)  1,448,365 shares  of Common  Stock issuable  upon exercise  of
    outstanding  warrants and stock options  as of May 31,  1996, and (ii) up to
    35,812 additional shares  of Common Stock  which would be  issuable to  CIBC
    Wood  Gundy Ventures, Inc.  in the event  the public offering  price is less
    than $11.81  per  share.  See  "Capitalization,"  "Management  --  Executive
    Compensation,"  "Certain  Transactions" and  Note  7 of  Notes  to Financial
    Statements.
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                              -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
  Net sales.................................  $      29  $     258  $     190  $     154  $   1,251  $     377  $     826
  Cost of goods sold........................         10        146        127         76      3,320        786        902
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Gross profit (loss).......................         19        112         63         78     (2,069)      (409)       (76)
  Operating expenses:.......................
    Research and development................        516        665        877        814      2,219        585        618
    Write-off of acquired in-process
     technology.............................         --         --         --      3,362         --         --         --
    General and administrative..............        468        691        810        962      1,615        369        361
    Sales and marketing.....................         56        224        139        100      1,039        339        366
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total operating expenses..............      1,040      1,580      1,826      5,238      4,873      1,293      1,345
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Loss from operations......................     (1,021)    (1,468)    (1,763)    (5,160)    (6,941)    (1,702)    (1,421)
  Interest expense, net.....................        (20)        23        (77)      (139)      (871)      (228)      (189)
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net loss..................................  $  (1,041) $  (1,445) $  (1,839) $  (5,299) $  (7,813) $  (1,930) $  (1,610)
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Pro forma net loss per share (1)..........                                              $   (1.59)            $   (0.32)
                                                                                          ---------             ---------
                                                                                          ---------             ---------
  Pro forma shares used in
   per share computations...................                                                  4,919                 4,967
                                                                                          ---------             ---------
                                                                                          ---------             ---------
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                            ------------------------
                                                                                                            AS
                                                                                             ACTUAL    ADJUSTED (2)
                                                                                            ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
  Cash and cash equivalents...............................................................  $   9,252    $  29,110
  Working capital.........................................................................      5,960       29,062
  Total assets............................................................................     13,948       33,806
  Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt, including accrued interest.........      3,244           --
  Long-term debt, including accrued interest..............................................      5,522          893
  Total stockholders' equity..............................................................      4,259       31,990
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) See Note  1  of Notes  to  Financial Statements  for  a description  of  the
    computation  of pro forma net  loss per share. In  addition to the pro forma
    net loss per  share described in  Note 1,  assuming the Company  had used  a
    portion  of the  proceeds of this  Offering to repay  debt, supplemental pro
    forma loss per  share would have  been $(1.25) and  $(.25), for the  periods
    ended  December 31, 1995 and March  31, 1996, respectively. Supplemental pro
    forma loss per share shows  what the loss per share  would have been if  the
    retirement  of  debt in  the amount  of  $7,873,000 had  taken place  at the
    beginning of the respective periods. The number of additional shares  issued
    is based on the related proceeds used to retire the debt and are included in
    this calculation.
    
 
(2) Adjusted  to reflect the  (i) sale of  the 2,400,000 shares  of Common Stock
    offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of
    $12.50 per  share  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and  estimated
    offering  expenses, (ii) the automatic  conversion of all outstanding shares
    of the Company's Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the closing of  this
    Offering   and  (iii)  the  repayment  of  short-term  debt  obligations  of
    $3,244,000 and of long-term  debt obligations payable  to PPG of  $4,629,000
    ($4,348,000  after a 5% prepayment discount  on amounts payable to PPG). See
    "Use of  Proceeds,"  "Capitalization"  and  Note 4  of  Notes  to  Financial
    Statements.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    AN  INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH
DEGREE OF RISK.  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD  CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE  FOLLOWING
PRINCIPAL  RISK FACTORS IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
THIS PROSPECTUS  INCLUDES FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS  WHICH INVOLVE  RISKS  AND
UNCERTAINTIES.  THE  COMPANY'S ACTUAL  RESULTS  MAY DIFFER  MATERIALLY  FROM THE
RESULTS PREDICTED BY  SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS DUE  TO VARIOUS  FACTORS,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE WHICH ARE DISCUSSED BELOW.
 
EARLY STAGE OF COMMERCIALIZATION OF THE SENDX 100; UNCERTAIN MARKET ACCEPTANCE;
PRODUCT CONCENTRATION
 
   
    The  Company does not expect  to commence commercial sales  of the SenDx 100
until the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996. The Company is arranging to place SenDx
100 units at selected leading medical  centers in the United States and  Europe;
however,  the SenDx 100 has  not yet been operated  in actual clinical practice.
Successful commercialization of  the SenDx  100 will depend  upon the  Company's
ability    to   demonstrate   the   accuracy,   ease-of-use,   reliability   and
cost-effectiveness of the  SenDx 100 in  the clinical setting.  There can be  no
assurance  that the SenDx 100 will adequately demonstrate these features or that
the Company will be able to expand the testing capabilities of the SenDx 100  to
any  additional  analytes that  may be  desired by  customers. In  addition, the
Company's success will  depend on its  ability to establish  its reputation  for
advanced  technology, product innovation, technical competence, customer support
and responsiveness to customer needs. Successful commercialization of the  SenDx
100 will also require the Company to satisfactorily address the needs of various
decision  makers  in the  hospitals that  constitute the  target market  for the
product and to  address potential  resistance to change  in existing  laboratory
methods.  Such efforts may  extend the sales  cycle for the  SenDx 100 and delay
commercial sales and market acceptance. If the Company is unable to gain  market
acceptance  of  the SenDx  100, the  Company's  business, operating  results and
financial condition would be materially adversely affected.
    
 
   
    Substantially all  of  the Company's  net  revenues will  depend  on  market
acceptance  of the SenDx 100. No assurance can be given that the POC market will
grow or that  the Company will  gain market acceptance  for the SenDx  100 on  a
timely basis, or at all. Many hospitals have historically invested in and relied
upon  complex  bench  top blood  testing  equipment  in their  central  and stat
laboratories and may be  reluctant to change blood  testing methodologies or  to
incur  additional expenses  for new blood  analysis equipment such  as the SenDx
100. Changes  in  hospital procedures,  such  as  the use  of  pneumatic  sample
delivery  systems from  the POC, may  decrease turnaround  times associated with
analyses in central laboratories, thereby reducing demand for POC analyzers.  In
addition,  continued development  and acceptance  of non-invasive  techniques to
measure certain diagnostic parameters,  including the use  of pulse oximetry  to
measure  blood oxygen saturation and the measurement of end-tidal carbon dioxide
as a monitor of blood carbon dioxide  levels, may decrease demand for the  tests
performed   by  the   Company's  products.   See  "Business   --  Products"  and
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations."
    
 
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; ABSENCE OF PROFITABILITY
 
    From  its inception  in 1990  through March  31, 1996,  the Company incurred
cumulative losses of approximately $19.1  million. The Medical Sensors  business
unit  of PPG was organized in 1988 and the Company acquired substantially all of
the assets of  such unit  from PPG  effective December  31, 1994.  To date,  the
Company  has generated  limited revenues  from sales  of the  StatPal II system,
introduced  by   Medical  Sensors   in  1992.   The  StatPal   II,  like   other
first-generation portable instruments for measurement of blood gases, requires a
technique-dependent,  multi-step  operation  and  has a  limited  test  menu and
limited data management capabilities. Partly as  a result of these factors,  the
Company  did not capture  a significant share  of the POC  blood analysis market
with the  StatPal II.  The Company  expects  to incur  additional losses  as  it
expands  its marketing,  manufacturing and  research and  development efforts in
connection with the SenDx 100,  and there can be  no assurance that the  Company
will  ever achieve significant  sales of the  SenDx 100 or  that such sales will
lead to  profitability. There  can be  no assurance  that the  Company will  not
encounter  substantial  delays  or  incur  unexpected  expenses  related  to the
introduction of the  SenDx 100,  or to future  products, research,  development,
manufacturing  and  marketing or  other  unforeseen difficulties.  See "Business
- --Products" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
INTENSE COMPETITION
 
   
    The medical device  industry is  characterized by  intense competition.  The
Company competes with manufacturers of both bench top analyzers used in hospital
central  and stat laboratories, and portable POC analyzers. The Company is aware
of certain other  commercially available  portable POC  blood analysis  systems,
manufactured  and marketed by i-STAT Corporation ("i-STAT"), Diametrics Medical,
Inc. ("Diametrics"),  and  Mallinckrodt Medical  Inc.,  ("Mallinckrodt"),  among
others,  one of which provides broader test  capabilities than the SenDx 100. In
addition, Optical  Sensors,  Inc.  ("Optical Sensors")  recently  introduced  an
on-demand,  patient-connected blood gas-only product and Via Medical Corporation
introduced an on-demand, patient-connected glucose monitor. The Company  expects
that  manufacturers of central and  stat laboratory testing equipment, including
Ciba Corning Diagnostics Corp. ("Ciba Corning"), Instrumentation Laboratory  and
Radiometer,  may  also compete  with the  Company  to maintain  their respective
revenues and  market  share. Many  companies  in the  medical  device  industry,
including  manufacturers  of  POC  analyzers  and  central  and  stat laboratory
equipment  have  substantially   greater  installed   customer  bases,   capital
resources,  marketing and management resources,  research and development staffs
and facilities than the Company. Such entities have developed, may be developing
or could in the future attempt  to develop additional products competitive  with
the  SenDx 100. Ciba Corning has announced  that it is developing a portable POC
blood analyzer. There can  be no assurance that  the Company's competitors  will
not  succeed in developing  or marketing technologies and  products that will be
more effective or  less expensive than  those being marketed  by the Company  or
that   would  render   the  Company's   technology  and   products  obsolete  or
noncompetitive. In addition,  earlier entrants  in the market  often obtain  and
maintain  significant market share  relative to later  entrants. The Company may
experience competitive pricing pressures that may adversely affect unit  prices,
sales levels and profitability. See "Business -- Competition."
    
 
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE; NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
   
    The  market for the Company's products  is characterized by rapidly changing
technology and new product  introductions and enhancements.  In addition to  the
risks  associated with market acceptance of the SenDx 100, the Company's success
will depend in part upon its ability  to enhance and expand the capabilities  of
the  SenDx 100 and  to develop and  introduce innovative new  products that gain
market acceptance.  There can  be  no assurance  that  new technologies  or  new
products  developed by others will not reduce demand for the Company's products.
There can also  be no  assurances that  the Company's  research and  development
programs  to  improve its  product offerings  will be  successful or  that other
companies will not develop and commercialize products based on new  technologies
that  are superior in either performance  or cost-effectiveness to the Company's
products. There also can be no assurance that the Company will be successful  in
developing,  manufacturing and marketing new  products or enhancing its existing
products on  a  timely  or  cost-effective  basis.  Moreover,  the  Company  may
encounter  technical problems  in connection  with its  product development that
could delay introduction  of new  products or product  enhancements. Failure  to
develop or introduce new products or product enhancements on a timely basis that
achieve  market acceptance could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, operating results and financial  condition. See "Business --  Research
and Development."
    
 
   
NEED FOR EXPANSION OF MANUFACTURING AND MARKETING ACTIVITIES; LACK OF
DISTRIBUTION
    
 
   
    The  Company's  experience  in manufacturing  and  marketing  its diagnostic
products has been primarily limited to production of relatively small numbers of
its StatPal  II analyzers  and  related disposables  for commercial  sales.  The
Company  has manufactured only prototypes  and pilot run units  of the SenDx 100
analyzer and related disposables.  It may be necessary  to expand the  Company's
manufacturing  capacity in the event of increased  demands for the SenDx 100. In
particular, the Company will need  to increase its calibrant pack  manufacturing
capacity.  Such expansion  may require the  commitment of  capital resources for
additional tooling and equipment and for leasehold improvements. Several of  the
components of the SenDx 100 are sole-sourced or custom-manufactured by a limited
number  of outside vendors. Certain of  such components require substantial lead
time from order to delivery, and there can be no assurance that the Company will
be  able  to  expand  its  capacity  or  find  necessary  qualified  third-party
manufacturers or vendors in a timely manner to respond to increased demands. Any
delay  or inabilities to obtain the  necessary components could adversely affect
the Company's manufacturing ability, financial condition and operating  results.
See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Sole Source Suppliers."
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
   
    In  addition, the Company  has only recently begun  limited marketing of the
SenDx 100, which will require substantially more marketing effort and  resources
than  the StatPal II. The Company's sales force consists of 10 persons, eight of
whom have been with the Company for  a limited time and the Company believes  it
will  have to substantially increase the number of sales personnel to adequately
address its markets. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able  to
attract  qualified sales personnel and successfully train and motivate its sales
force. The Company intends  to market and sell  its products outside the  United
States  through  distributors;  however,  the  Company  does  not  yet  have any
international distribution agreements for the  SenDx 100. The Company's  current
exclusive   European  distributor  of  the   StatPal  II,  Medlink  Europe  B.V.
("Medlink") has notified  the Company that  it believes it  is also entitled  to
exclusively  distribute the SenDx 100 in Europe.  The Company has not come to an
agreement with Medlink with respect to distribution of the SenDx 100 in  Europe.
The  Company's current agreement with Medlink  is terminable on January 1, 1997,
if Medlink  fails  to meet  certain  annual  sales requirements  for  1996,  and
terminates  in May  1997 by  its own terms.  The Company  intends to  seek a new
distributor in Europe  for the SenDx  100. The Company's  ability to market  the
SenDx  100 in certain markets may depend on distribution agreements or strategic
alliances with marketing partners.  There can be no  assurance that the  Company
will be able to enter into distribution agreements on favorable terms or at all,
or that such agreements will be successful in developing the Company's marketing
capabilities. Such failure could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business,  operating results and financial  condition. See "Business -- Products
- -- SenDx 100 Marketing and Distribution."
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON PATENTS AND PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
 
   
    The success of the Company  will depend, in part,  on its ability to  obtain
and  maintain patent protection for its  products, to preserve its trade secrets
and to operate  without infringing upon  the proprietary rights  of others.  The
patent  position  of a  medical  device company  can  involve complex  legal and
factual issues. The Company has rights to certain issued U.S. patents and  their
foreign  counterparts  with respect  to the  StatPal II  analyzer. All  of these
patents are currently exclusively licensed by the Company from PPG, pursuant  to
a  License  Agreement (the  "PPG License")  and  which will  be assigned  to the
Company upon payment by the Company of  amounts due PPG. See "Use of  Proceeds."
Certain of the issued and pending patents under the PPG License are subject to a
covenant  by PPG not to sue Diametrics, and three current or former employees of
Diametrics, for infringement of  such patent rights.  This covenant was  entered
into  in connection with the settlement of  a lawsuit by PPG against Diametrics,
and such  individuals, for  alleged misappropriation  of trade  secrets,  unfair
competition  and infringement of  a PPG design patent.  The PPG License provides
for such covenant not to sue to also be binding upon the Company. Such  covenant
has no applicability to patent applications which may be filed by the Company or
any patents that may issue therefrom. The Company has filed 12 additional patent
applications  on various aspects of the  SenDx 100, including certain aspects of
its sensor and  calibration technology. There  can be no  assurance that  issued
patents  will provide  significant proprietary protection,  that pending patents
will be issued, or that products incorporating the technology in issued  patents
or  pending applications will be free of challenge from competitors. The Company
also relies  on trade  secrets to  protect its  proprietary technology,  and  no
assurance  can be given that others  will not independently develop or otherwise
acquire equivalent technology or that  the Company can maintain such  technology
or trade secrets. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect
the  Company's proprietary rights to  the same extent as  the laws of the United
States. The failure of the Company  to protect its intellectual property  rights
could  have a  material adverse  effect on  its business,  operating results and
financial condition.
    
 
   
    The medical device industry has  been characterized by extensive  litigation
regarding  patents  and  other intellectual  property  rights. There  can  be no
assurance that infringement,  invalidity, right  to use or  ownership claims  by
third  parties will  not be  asserted against the  Company in  the future. Costs
associated  with  entering  into  licensing  or  other  arrangements  to  settle
potential  disputes, could  be substantial  and there  can be  no assurance that
necessary licenses would be available to the Company on satisfactory terms or at
all. Accordingly,  an  adverse determination  in  a judicial  or  administrative
proceeding  or failure  to obtain necessary  licenses could  prevent the Company
from manufacturing and selling its products, which would have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, should the Company decide to litigate such claims, such  litigation
could be expensive and time
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
consuming,  could divert  management's attention  from other  matters, and could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results  and
financial  condition, regardless of the outcome of the litigation. See "Business
- -- Patent and Proprietary Rights."
 
DEPENDENCE ON SOLE SOURCE SUPPLIERS; INDEPENDENT CONTRACT MANUFACTURERS;
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
 
   
    The Company purchases the  components used in  its products including  video
displays, printed circuit board assemblies and certain calibrant chemicals, from
third  parties.  The  Company's  dependence  on  third-party  suppliers involves
several risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and
delivery schedules.  The  Company  is dependent  on  sole-source  suppliers  for
certain  critical components  used in its  products. Any delays  or shortages of
such components could  cause delays in  the shipment of  the Company's  systems,
which  could cause the Company's operating results to be adversely affected. The
Company's sole-sourced components are  generally purchased pursuant to  purchase
orders  placed  in  the ordinary  course  of  business and  the  Company  has no
guaranteed supply arrangements with any of its sole-source suppliers. Because of
the Company's reliance  on these  vendors, the Company  may also  be subject  to
increases  in component costs which could have  a material adverse effect on its
business, operating results and financial  condition. There can be no  assurance
that  the Company will not experience quality control problems, supply shortages
or price  increases with  respect to  one or  more of  these components  in  the
future. Any quality control problems, interruptions in supply or component price
increases  with respect to one or more  components could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, operating results and financial condition. See
"Business -- Manufacturing."
    
 
    The Company relies on independent contract manufacturers for the manufacture
and/or  assembly  of  certain  of  its  products  and  components.  Reliance  on
independent   contract  manufacturers  involves  several  risks,  including  the
potential inadequacy  of  capacity and  reduced  control over  product  quality,
delivery   schedules,  manufacturing   yields  and   costs.  Certain  electronic
assemblies manufactured by  outside vendors require  substantial lead time,  and
there  can be no assurance  that the Company will  be able to accurately predict
its needs to maintain sufficient inventory of such components. In addition,  the
Company's calibrant packs, used in the SenDx 100, currently have a limited shelf
life  after manufacture and, as a result, the Company must manufacture the packs
near to the time of shipment and is unable to maintain substantial inventory  of
furnished  calibrant  packs.  Shortages of  raw  materials,  production capacity
constraints or delays by the  Company's contract manufacturers could  negatively
affect  the Company's ability  to meet its production  obligations and result in
increased prices for affected parts. Any such reduction, constraint or delay may
result in delays  in shipments  of the Company's  products or  increases in  the
prices  of components, either of  which could have a  material adverse effect on
the Company's  business, operating  results, financial  condition, and  customer
relations.  The  Company  has no  supply  agreements with  its  current contract
manufacturers and orders through purchase  orders which are subject to  supplier
acceptance.  There  can  be  no assurance  that  current  or  future independent
contract manufacturers  will be  able  to meet  the Company's  requirements  for
manufactured  products. The unanticipated loss of  any of the Company's contract
manufacturers could cause  delays in  the Company's ability  to deliver  product
while  the Company identifies and qualifies  a replacement manufacturer. Such an
event would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  operating
results and financial condition. See "Business -- Manufacturing."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL SALES
 
   
    For  the year ended December 31, 1995,  and for the three months ended March
31, 1996, 20% and 8%, respectively,  of the Company's net revenues were  derived
from  international sales. The  Company believes that  its future performance is
dependent in part  upon its ability  to increase net  revenues through sales  in
international  markets. Although the perceived demand for POC blood analyzers is
lower  outside  the  U.S.,  the  Company  intends  to  continue  to  expand  its
international  marketing efforts and to  enter additional international markets,
which will  require significant  management attention  and financial  resources.
There  can  be  no  assurance,  however,  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to
successfully maintain or expand its  international sales. The Company's  success
in  the international market  will also depend  on its ability  to establish and
maintain agreements with distributors. The  limited shelf life of the  calibrant
pack  may also impair international sales as unexpected delays in shipment could
result in customers receiving products with an insufficient shelf life.
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
   
    Furthermore, international sales in general  are subject to inherent  risks,
including  unexpected  changes  in regulatory  requirements,  tariffs  and other
barriers, fluctuating  exchange rates,  difficulties  in staffing  and  managing
foreign  sales and support operations,  additional working capital requirements,
customs, duties, tariff regulations, export license requirements, political  and
economic  instability in foreign countries  and potentially limited intellectual
property protection  and difficulties  with foreign  distributors. In  addition,
sales and distribution of the Company's products outside the U.S. are subject to
extensive  foreign government  regulation. There  can be  no assurance  that the
Company will  be able  to  continue to  sell its  products  in U.S.  dollars  to
minimize  risks from fluctuating  exchange rates. In  addition, increases in the
value of  the  dollar against  foreign  currencies could  render  the  Company's
products  less price competitive  in foreign markets. There  can be no assurance
that any  of these  factors  will not  have a  material  adverse effect  on  the
Company's  future  international  sales  and,  consequently,  on  the  Company's
business,  operating  results   and  financial   condition.  See   "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of  Operations --
Results of Operations."
    
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
   
    The development,  testing,  manufacturing  and marketing  of  the  Company's
products  in the United  States are regulated  principally by the  U.S. Food and
Drug Administration ("FDA") as well as various state agencies. The FDA generally
requires governmental clearance of such  products before they are marketed.  The
process  of obtaining FDA  and other required  regulatory clearances is lengthy,
expensive and uncertain. Moreover, regulatory clearance, if granted, may include
significant limitations  on  the indicated  uses  for  which a  product  may  be
marketed.  Failure to comply with  applicable regulatory requirements can result
in, among  other  things, fines,  suspensions  of approvals,  product  seizures,
injunctions,   recalls  of   products,  operating   restrictions,  and  criminal
prosecutions. The Company's StatPal II and SenDx 100 required the submission  of
information  to  the FDA  in  the form  of  a 510(k)  premarket  notification to
substantiate label  claims  and  to  demonstrate  "substantial  equivalence"  to
medical  devices  legally  marketed  prior to  1976.  Although  the  Company has
received FDA clearance for  these products, there can  be no assurance that  the
Company  will  be able  to  obtain the  necessary  regulatory clearance  for the
manufacture and marketing  of enhancements  to its existing  products or  future
products  either in the United States or in foreign markets on a timely basis or
at all. In addition, the Company's  manufacturing operations are subject to  the
Good  Manufacturing  Practices  ("GMP") regulations  regarding  the manufacture,
testing, labeling, record keeping, and storage of diagnostic devices. Delays  in
receipt  of or  failure to  receive clearances  to market  products, or  loss of
previously received clearances, may materially adversely affect the marketing of
the Company's  products  and  the  Company's  business,  operating  results  and
financial condition.
    
 
    The  Company's  products  are  also  affected  by  the  Clinical  Laboratory
Improvement Amendments  of  1988 ("CLIA  '88")  and related  federal  and  state
regulations,   which  set  forth  quality  assurance,  proficiency  testing  and
personnel standards  for clinical  laboratories  and diagnostic  products.  Some
states restrict the use of blood gas and electrolyte analyzers to physicians and
certain  licensed technicians. Such restrictions on use may impair the Company's
ability to market the SenDx 100 in these states.
 
    Commercial distribution in most foreign countries also is subject to varying
government regulations which may  delay or restrict  marketing of the  Company's
products.  Any inability or delay in  obtaining approvals would adversely affect
the Company's  business,  financial  condition and  results  of  operations.  In
addition,  federal, state and international government regulations regarding the
manufacture and sale of healthcare  products and diagnostic devices are  subject
to  future change, and  additional regulations may be  adopted which may prevent
the  Company  from  obtaining,  or  affect  the  timing  of,  future  regulatory
clearances and may adversely affect the Company.
 
   
    The Company's manufacturing processes are also subject to stringent federal,
state and local regulations governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage,
handling  and  disposal  of certain  materials  and wastes  and  similar foreign
regulations, as well  as GMP  regulations. The  Company is  subject to  periodic
inspection  to ensure its  continued compliance with  such laws and regulations.
There can  be no  assurance  that the  Company will  not  be required  to  incur
significant   costs  in   the  future   in  complying   with  manufacturing  and
environmental regulations, or  that the Company  will not be  required to  cease
operations  in  the event  of its  continued failure  to effect  compliance. See
"Business -- Government Regulation."
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
   
UNCERTAINTY RELATED TO THIRD-PARTY REIMBURSEMENT
    
 
    In the United States, healthcare providers such as physicians and  hospitals
that  purchase medical devices such as  the Company's products generally rely on
third-party payors,  principally federal  Medicare, state  Medicaid and  private
health  insurance plans, to reimburse all or part of the cost of therapeutic and
diagnostic procedures. With the implementation of Medicare's Prospective Payment
System for hospital inpatient care (Diagnosis Related Groups or "DRGs"), in  the
1980's,  public  and private  payors  began to  reimburse  providers on  a fixed
payment schedule  for patients  depending  on the  nature  and severity  of  the
illness.  Many  tests  and  procedures  that  would  have  been  performed under
cost-plus reimbursement formulas are subject  to scrutiny and must be  justified
in  terms of their impact  on patient outcomes. The  percentage of blood gas and
electrolyte tests for which hospitals receive direct reimbursement is  declining
in  favor of  reimbursement on  a per  procedure basis,  including diagnosis and
treatment, or through capitated charges. As a result, the incentives are now  to
test  only  for  those  parameters  and  on  a  frequency  that  will  result in
cost-effective care. In addition, Medicare DRG reimbursement originally  allowed
a  pass-through of some of  the capital cost of  equipment. This pass-through is
now being phased out, making non-purchase acquisition of capital equipment  more
attractive.  Broad acceptance  of the  Company's products  will require offering
attractive  acquisition  alternatives  that  are  economically  viable  for  the
hospitals and for the Company.
 
    Market  acceptance of the Company's products in international markets may be
dependent in  part  upon  reimbursement  within  prevailing  healthcare  payment
systems.  Healthcare payment systems in international markets vary significantly
by country.  The  main types  of  healthcare payment  systems  in  international
markets  are government  sponsored healthcare  and private  insurance. Countries
with government  sponsored  healthcare,  such  as the  United  Kingdom,  have  a
centralized,  nationalized healthcare system.  New devices are  brought into the
system through negotiations between departments  at individual hospitals at  the
time  of budgeting. Although  not as prevalent  as in the  United States, health
maintenance organizations are emerging in certain European countries.
 
   
    The Company could be adversely affected by changes in reimbursement policies
of governmental or  private healthcare  payors to  the extent  any such  changes
affect  reimbursement for procedures  in which the  Company's products are used.
Adverse changes in governmental and private third party payors' policies  toward
reimbursement  for such procedures  would have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business
- -- Reimbursement."
    
 
POSSIBLE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FUNDS; UNCERTAINTY OF ADDITIONAL FINANCING
 
    The Company's operations to date have consumed substantial amounts of  cash,
and  the Company expects  its capital and operating  expenditures to increase in
the next few years. The Company believes that its existing capital resources and
anticipated cash flow from planned operations, together with the net proceeds of
this Offering and the interest earned thereon, should be adequate to satisfy its
capital requirements at least through 1998. There can be no assurance,  however,
that  the  Company  will  not  need additional  capital  before  such  time. The
Company's need  for  additional financing  will  depend upon  numerous  factors,
including,  but not limited to, the extent  and duration of the Company's future
operating losses,  the level  and timing  of future  revenues and  expenditures,
market acceptance of new products, the results and scope of ongoing research and
development   projects,  competing  technologies,   and  market  and  regulatory
developments. The Company currently has no committed external sources of  funds.
To  the extent  that existing resources  are insufficient to  fund the Company's
activities, the Company will  need to raise additional  funds through public  or
private financings. There can be no assurances that additional financing will be
available  or, if available, that  it will be available  on acceptable terms. If
additional funds are raised  by issuing equity  securities, further dilution  to
then  existing stockholders may result. If adequate funds are not available, the
Company's  results  of  operations  may  be  adversely  affected.  See  "Use  of
Proceeds,"  "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Business."
 
   
BROAD DISCRETION OF MANAGEMENT TO ALLOCATE OFFERING PROCEEDS
    
 
   
    The Company expects  that the  proceeds of this  offering will  be used  for
sales  and marketing  activities, repayment  of debt,  research and development,
working capital and  general corporate  purposes. The Company  is not  currently
able  to estimate precisely the allocation of  the proceeds among such uses, and
the
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
   
timing and amount of expenditures will vary depending upon numerous factors. The
Company's management will have broad discretion to allocate the proceeds of this
offering and to determine the timing of expenditures. See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
RISK OF PRODUCT LIABILITY CLAIMS
 
    The nature  of  the Company's  business  exposes  it to  risk  from  product
liability  claims. The  Company currently maintains  product liability insurance
for its diagnostic products, with limits  of $1.0 million per occurrence and  in
the  aggregate per year, and an excess liability insurance policy with limits of
$4.0 million  per  occurrence and  in  the  aggregate per  year.  However,  such
coverage  is becoming increasingly expensive and  there can be no assurance that
the Company's  insurance will  be  adequate to  cover future  product  liability
claims,  or that the Company will  be successful in maintaining adequate product
liability insurance at acceptable rates. Any losses that the Company may  suffer
from  any liability claims, and the effect that any product liability litigation
may have upon the  reputation and marketability of  the Company's products,  may
divert management's attention from other matters and may have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
   
    In late December 1995, the Company moved from leased facilities in La Jolla,
California,  at the  termination of  the lease  term. On  January 31,  1996, the
Company's former landlord filed a complaint, against both the Company and PPG in
San Diego  County  Superior  Court,  which  was  amended  in  April,  1996.  The
complaint,  as amended,  alleges, breach of  sublease (for  allegedly failing to
restore leased premises to  their original condition at  the termination of  the
sublease);   fraud  (for   allegedly  making   false  representations  regarding
restoration of the  premises); trespass (for  allegedly damaging the  premises);
conversion  (for  allegedly  damaging  the  premises);  nuisance  (for allegedly
leaving items on the premises); tortious interference with prospective  economic
advantage  (for allegedly interfering with the  plaintiff's ability to relet the
premises); and negligence (for allegedly  leaving supplies and products  exposed
to  possible tampering  by outsiders). The  landlord seeks at  least $860,000 in
damages,  plus  exemplary  and  punitive  damages.  The  Company  is  vigorously
defending  this action.  There can, however,  be no assurances  that such action
would not be decided  against the Company, which  could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
See "Business -- Legal Proceedings."
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The  Company is dependent  upon its key  management and technical personnel,
and its future success  will depend partially upon  its ability to retain  these
persons  and recruit  additional qualified  personnel. The  Company must compete
with other companies, universities, research entities and other organizations in
order to attract and retain highly qualified personnel. The loss of the services
of one  or  more members  of  the management  group  or the  inability  to  hire
additional  qualified personnel may  have an adverse affect  on the Company. See
"Management."
 
NO PRIOR TRADING MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    Prior to  this Offering,  there has  been no  public market  for the  Common
Stock,  and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
or, if one does develop, that it will be maintained. The initial public offering
price, which has been  established by negotiations between  the Company and  the
Underwriters,  may not be indicative of prices  that will prevail in the trading
market. See "Underwriting" for information relating to the method of determining
the initial public offering price. The market price of shares of Common Stock is
likely to  be  volatile.  Announcements of  technological  innovations  for  new
commercial  products by the  Company or its  competitors, healthcare reforms and
developments concerning proprietary rights or governmental regulation or general
conditions in the medical device industry  may have a significant effect on  the
Company's  business and on  the market price  of the Company's  Common Stock. In
addition, the stock market has from  time to time experienced significant  price
and  volume  fluctuations that  are unrelated  to  the operating  performance of
particular  companies.  The   securities  of  medical   device  companies   have
experienced  extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations,  which  have  often been
unrelated to the companies' operating performance. Sales of a substantial number
of shares  of Common  Stock by  existing  security holders  could also  have  an
adverse  effect on  the market  price of  the Company's  securities. See "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
CONTROL BY MANAGEMENT AND EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS; EFFECT OF ANTITAKEOVER
PROVISIONS
 
    Upon consummation  of this  Offering, the  present directors  and  executive
officers   of  the  Company  and  their   affiliates  will,  in  the  aggregate,
beneficially  own  38.1%  of  the  outstanding  Common  Stock  (36.7%,  if   the
Underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised  in full). These stockholders,
acting together, will have the ability to control the election of the  Company's
directors  and most  other stockholders'  actions and,  as a  result, direct the
Company's affairs  and  business. Such  concentration  may have  the  effect  of
delaying  or  preventing a  change  of control  of  the Company.  See "Principal
Stockholders."
 
    The Board of  Directors has authority  to issue up  to 10,000,000 shares  of
Preferred Stock, $.001 par value, and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges
and  restrictions, including voting  rights, of those  shares without any future
vote or action  by the stockholders.  The rights  of the holders  of the  Common
Stock  will be subject to,  and may be adversely affected  by, the rights of the
holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future. The issuance of
Preferred Stock could have the  effect of making it  more difficult for a  third
party  to acquire  a majority  of the outstanding  voting stock  of the Company,
thereby delaying, deferring or  preventing a change in  control of the  Company.
Furthermore,  such  Preferred Stock  may have  other rights,  including economic
rights senior to the Common Stock, and, as a result, the issuance thereof  could
have  a material  adverse effect on  the market  value of the  Common Stock. The
Company has no present plans to issue shares of Preferred Stock.
 
   
    Further, Section 203 of  the General Corporation  Law of Delaware  prohibits
the  Company  from engaging  in  certain business  combinations  with interested
stockholders. This and other provisions of Delaware law, and certain  provisions
of  the Company's Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws,
may have the effect of delaying or  preventing change in control of the  Company
without  action by  the stockholders  and therefore  could adversely  affect the
price of the Company's Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."
    
 
   
ADVERSE IMPACT OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; OUTSTANDING WARRANTS;
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
    
 
   
    Sales of substantial amounts of  Common Stock (including shares issued  upon
the exercise of outstanding options or warrants) in the public market after this
Offering could materially adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
Such  sales also  might make it  more difficult  for the Company  to sell equity
securities or equity-related securities in the  future at a time and price  that
the  Company deems  appropriate. In addition  to the 2,400,000  shares of Common
Stock offered hereby, upon  completion of this Offering,  the Company will  have
6,238,978 shares of Common Stock outstanding, all of which are restricted shares
("Restricted  Shares")  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended (the
"Securities Act"). The number of outstanding  shares that will be available  for
sale,   subject  in  certain   circumstances  to  volume   and  manner  of  sale
restrictions,  in  the  public  market,  after  giving  effect  to  the  lock-up
agreements,  will be as follows (assuming no  exercise after May 31, 1996 of the
approximately 1,448,365  shares  issuable  pursuant to  outstanding  options  or
warrants,  approximately 785,807  of which  were then  exercisable): (i) 240,073
shares of Common Stock  will be eligible  for sale as of  the Effective Date  of
this  Offering, (ii) 270,906  shares of Common  Stock will be  eligible for sale
beginning 90 days after the Effective Date of this Offering and (iii)  2,325,142
shares  of Common Stock will  be eligible for sale  beginning 180 days after the
Effective  Date  of  this   Offering.  The  approximately  3,913,836   remaining
Restricted  Shares  will be  eligible for  sale  pursuant to  Rule 144  upon the
expiration of their respective two year holding periods. In addition,  following
the closing of this Offering, the holders of Restricted Shares (including shares
issuable  upon  the  exercise of  the  Company's outstanding  warrants)  will be
entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares for  sale
in the public market.
    
 
SUBSTANTIAL AND IMMEDIATE DILUTION; ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS
 
    Purchasers  of the  Shares offered hereby  will incur  immediate dilution of
approximately $9.00 per share  in net tangible book  value (assuming an  initial
public  offering price of $12.50). The exercise of existing options and warrants
may also  have a  dilutive effect  on the  interests of  the investors  in  this
Offering.  See "Dilution." The Company has not  paid any dividends on its Common
Stock since its  inception and  does not  contemplate or  anticipate paying  any
dividends  upon  its Common  Stock in  the foreseeable  future. It  is currently
anticipated that earnings, if any, will  be used to finance the development  and
expansion of the Company's business. See "Dividend Policy" and "Dilution."
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The  Company was  incorporated in  California in  December 1990  as "UniFET,
Incorporated." Effective December 31, 1994,  the Company acquired the assets  of
the  Medical Sensors business unit of PPG,  which PPG founded in 1988 to develop
point-of-care diagnostic systems for the critical care segments of the worldwide
hospital market. The Company was subsequently renamed "SenDx Medical, Inc."  and
will  be reincorporated in Delaware prior to the effectiveness of this Offering.
As used in this Prospectus, references  to "Company" and "SenDx" refer to  SenDx
Medical,  Inc. after giving effect to the reincorporation and to its predecessor
entity to the extent appropriate. The principal executive offices of the Company
are located  at 1945  Palomar  Oaks Way,  Carlsbad,  California 92009,  and  the
Company's telephone number is (619) 930-6300.
 
   
    SenDx-Registered Trademark- and StatPal-Registered Trademark- are registered
trademarks,  and SenDx 100-TM-  is a trademark, of  the Company. This Prospectus
also includes trademarks of other companies.
    
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The net proceeds to  the Company from  the sale of  the 2,400,000 shares  of
Common  Stock in  this Offering  (2,760,000 if  the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised  in full)  at an assumed  initial public  offering price  of
$12.50 per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated  offering  expenses  payable  by  the  Company,  are  estimated  to be
approximately  $27,450,000  ($31,635,000  if  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment
option is exercised in full).
    
 
   
    Of   the  net  proceeds  of  this  Offering,  the  Company  expects  to  use
approximately  $8.3  million  to   increase  sales  and  marketing   activities,
approximately  $8.1 million  to repay  debt and  related interest, approximately
$4.5 million  to fund  increased research  and development  activities, and  the
balance  to provide funds for working capital and general corporate purposes. Of
such $8.1 million of the proceeds to be used to repay debt immediately following
the closing of the Offering, the Company will utilize approximately $2.2 million
to  repay  amounts   due  under   the  Company's  promissory   note  issued   to
Instrumentation  Laboratory, which is due in July 1996, and which bears interest
at the  rate of  10% per  annum and  $100,000 to  repay in  full a  demand  note
payable,  which bears interest at  prime plus 2%. In  addition, the Company will
utilize  approximately  $5.8   million  of  the   proceeds  to  prepay   amounts
outstanding,  including accrued interest, under the Company's secured promissory
note issued to  PPG (after  a 5%  prepayment discount, see  Note 4  of Notes  to
Financial  Statements), which  is due in  part in  December 1996 and  in full in
December 1997, and which bears interest at  a rate per annum equal to the  prime
rate  plus 2%. The Company  also plans to utilize a  portion of the proceeds for
capital expenditures.  A  portion of  the  net proceeds  may  also be  used  for
strategic  acquisitions of businesses, products or technologies complementary to
those of the  Company; however,  the Company  is not  currently a  party to  any
commitments or agreements and is not currently involved in any negotiations with
respect  to  any  acquisitions. Except  as  stated  above, the  Company  has not
determined the amounts it  plans to expend  with respect to  each of the  listed
uses  or the timing of such expenditures. The amounts actually expended for each
use may vary significantly  depending on a number  of factors, including  future
revenue  growth, if any, the  amount of cash generated  or used by the Company's
operations,  the  progress  of   the  Company's  product  development   efforts,
technological  advances,  the  status of  competitive  products  and acquisition
opportunities  presented  to  the  Company.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results  of Operations." Pending such uses,
the Company intends to invest the  net proceeds of this offering in  short-term,
interest bearing, investment-grade securities.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The  Company has never paid  any cash dividends on  the shares of its Common
Stock and currently intends  to retain future earnings  to fund the  development
and growth of its business.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    The  net tangible book value of the Company's Common Stock at March 31, 1996
was $2,268,000,  or  $0.37  per  share. "Net  tangible  book  value  per  share"
represents  the  amount  of  the  Company's  total  tangible  assets  less total
liabilities divided by the  number of shares of  Common Stock outstanding  after
giving effect to the automatic conversion of each outstanding share of Preferred
Stock  into Common Stock upon the closing  of this Offering. Without taking into
account any other changes in net tangible book value after March 31, 1996, other
than to give effect to the sale  by the Company of the 2,400,000 shares  offered
hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.50 per share and after
deduction  of  underwriting  discounts and  commissions  and  estimated offering
expenses, net tangible book value  of the Company at  March 31, 1996 would  have
been  approximately  $29,999,000,  or  $3.50 per  share  of  Common  Stock. This
represents an immediate  increase in the  net tangible book  value of $3.13  per
share  of Common  Stock to  existing stockholders  and an  immediate dilution of
$9.00 per share to new investors, as illustrated by the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share......................             $   12.50
  Net tangible book value per share before this Offering.............  $    0.37
  Increase per share attributable to new investors...................       3.13
                                                                       ---------
Net tangible book value per share after this Offering................                  3.50
                                                                                  ---------
Dilution per share to new investors                                               $    9.00
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The following table summarizes, on a pro  forma basis as of March 31,  1996,
the  difference between the number of shares  of Common Stock purchased from the
Company, the total cash consideration paid and the average cash price per  share
paid  by the  existing stockholders  and by  the investors  purchasing shares of
Common Stock in this Offering:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SHARES PURCHASED         TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                                  -----------------------  --------------------------  AVERAGE PRICE
                                                    NUMBER      PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                                  ----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Existing Stockholders...........................   6,170,246       72.0%   $  23,350,054       43.8%     $    3.78
New Investors...................................   2,400,000       28.0       30,000,000       56.2          12.50
                                                  ----------      -----    -------------      -----
    Total.......................................   8,570,246      100.0%   $  53,350,054      100.0%
                                                  ----------      -----    -------------      -----
                                                  ----------      -----    -------------      -----
</TABLE>
 
   
    The foregoing  tables and  calculations assume  no exercise  of  outstanding
options  or warrants and exclude up to  35,812 additional shares of Common Stock
which would be  issuable to  CIBC Wood  Gundy Ventures,  Inc. in  the event  the
initial  public offering price is less than $11.81 per share. At March 31, 1996,
465,973 shares  of  Common Stock  were  subject  to outstanding  warrants  at  a
weighted  average exercise price of $4.08 per share and 872,161 shares of Common
Stock were subject to outstanding options  at a weighted average exercise  price
of $1.32 per share. Subsequent to March 31, 1996, the Company granted options to
purchase  197,796 shares  of Common Stock,  options to purchase  an aggregate of
68,765 shares were  exercised and  options to  purchase an  aggregate of  18,833
shares  were cancelled,  which activity is  also not reflected  in the foregoing
tables and calculations. To the extent options and warrants are exercised, there
will be  further  dilution  to  new  investors.  See  "Management  --  Executive
Compensation," "Certain Transactions," "Description of Capital Stock" and Note 7
of Notes to Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The  following table sets forth (i) the actual capitalization of the Company
as of March 31, 1996, (ii) the  pro forma capitalization of the Company,  giving
effect  to  the conversion  of all  outstanding shares  of Preferred  Stock into
Common Stock upon the closing of this Offering, (iii) the capitalization of  the
Company as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the 2,400,000 shares of Common
Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed initial public offering price
of  $12.50 per share, after deduction  of underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses) and (iv) the repayment of $4,629,000 of certain
long-term obligations  and  the  repayment  of  $3,244,000  of  short-term  debt
obligations.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                                ACTUAL     PRO FORMA   AS ADJUSTED
                                                                              ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>          <C>
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt, including accrued
 interest...................................................................  $    3,244   $   3,244    $  --
Long-term debt, including accrued interest..................................       5,522       5,522          893
Stockholders' equity:
  Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value ($0.001 par value pro forma and
   as adjusted), 100,000,000 shares (10,000,000 pro forma and as adjusted)
   authorized; 16,690,253 shares outstanding; no shares outstanding pro
   forma and as adjusted....................................................      23,277          --           --
  Common Stock, no par value ($0.001 par value pro forma and as adjusted),
   50,000,000 shares authorized 606,828 shares outstanding; 6,170,246 shares
   outstanding, pro forma; 8,570,246 shares outstanding, as adjusted
   (1)(2)...................................................................          73           6            9
  Additional paid-in capital................................................          --      23,344       50,791
  Accumulated deficit.......................................................     (19,091)    (19,091)     (18,810)
                                                                              ----------  -----------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity..............................................       4,259       4,259       31,990
                                                                              ----------  -----------  -----------
      Total capitalization..................................................  $    9,781   $   9,781    $  32,883
                                                                              ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                              ----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Excludes   872,161  shares  of  Common   Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of
    outstanding stock options as of May 31, 1996 at a weighted average  exercise
    price  of  $1.32 per  share,  of which  339,992  were then  exercisable, and
    excludes  465,973  shares  of  Common   Stock  issuable  upon  exercise   of
    outstanding  warrants as  of March 31,  1996 at a  weighted average exercise
    price of $4.08 per share. Also excludes a total of 11,393 additional  shares
    of  Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the Company's 1991 Stock
    Option Plan (the "1991 Plan"), and 900,000 additional shares of Common Stock
    reserved for future issuance under its 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the  "1996
    Plan")  and  its  1996 Employee  Stock  Purchase Plan  (the  "Employee Stock
    Purchase Plan"). See "Management -- 1991 Stock Option Plan," "-- 1996  Stock
    Incentive Plan" and "-- Employee Stock Purchase Plan."
    
 
   
(2) Excludes  stock option activity between  April 1, 1996 and  May 31, 1996, as
    follows: (i)  options  to  purchase  197,796 shares  of  Common  Stock  were
    granted;  (ii) options for  68,765 shares were  exercised; and (iii) options
    for 18,833 shares were cancelled.
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The selected financial data  set forth below with  respect to the  Company's
statement  of operations data  for each of  the three years  in the period ended
December 31, 1995, and with  respect to the balance  sheet data at December  31,
1993, 1994 and 1995, are derived from the financial statements and Notes thereto
that have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors. The financial
statements  at December  31, 1994 and  1995 and for  each of three  years in the
period ended December 31,  1995 are included elsewhere  in this Prospectus.  The
selected financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 1991 and 1992
are  derived from the  Company's unaudited financial  statements not included in
this Prospectus.  The selected  financial data  as of  and for  the  three-month
periods  ended  March 31,  1995 and  1996 are  derived from  unaudited financial
statements which, in the opinion  of management, reflect all adjustments  (which
are  of a  normal recurring  nature) necessary  for a  fair presentation  of the
results of operations for such periods.  The results of interim periods are  not
necessarily  indicative of the results of a  full year. The data set forth below
should be  read in  conjunction with  "Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operations" and the Financial Statements and
Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                           -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                             1991       1992       1993       1994      1995(1)    1995(1)     1996
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
  Net sales..............................  $      29  $     258  $     190  $     154  $   1,251  $     377  $     826
  Cost of goods sold.....................         10        146        127         76      3,320        786        902
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Gross profit (loss)....................         19        112         63         78     (2,069)      (409)       (76)
  Operating expenses:
    Research and development.............        516        665        877        814      2,219        585        618
    Write-off of acquired in-process
     technology..........................         --         --         --      3,362         --         --         --
    General and administrative...........        468        691        810        962      1,615        369        361
    Sales and marketing..................         56        224        139        100      1,039        339        366
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total operating expenses...........      1,040      1,580      1,826      5,238      4,873      1,293      1,345
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Loss from operations.....................     (1,021)    (1,468)    (1,763)    (5,160)    (6,941)    (1,702)    (1,421)
Interest income (expense), net...........        (20)        23        (77)      (139)      (871)      (228)      (189)
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loss.................................  $  (1,041) $  (1,445) $  (1,839) $  (5,299) $  (7,813) $  (1,930) $  (1,610)
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Pro forma net loss per share (1).........                                              $   (1.59)            $   (0.32)
                                                                                       ---------             ---------
                                                                                       ---------             ---------
Pro forma shares used in per share
 computations............................                                                  4,919                 4,967
                                                                                       ---------             ---------
                                                                                       ---------             ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -----------------------------------------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                            1991       1992       1993       1994       1995        1996
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
  Cash and cash equivalents.............................  $      88  $     128  $     137  $     120  $     564   $   9,252
  Working capital (deficit).............................        (27)        57     (1,043)    (2,055)    (3,242)      5,960
  Total assets..........................................        711        734        553      4,772      4,940      13,948
  Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt,
   including accrued interest...........................         --         --      1,078      2,562      3,191       3,244
  Long-term debt, including accrued interest............         --         --        560      6,588      5,380       5,522
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)..................        478        503     (1,314)    (4,982)    (4,937)      4,259
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------
   
(1) Revenues and expenses increased substantially in 1995 due to the acquisition
    of certain assets  and liabilities of  Medical Sensors, a  business unit  of
    PPG,  Industries, Inc. in  December 1994. See  Note 1 of  Notes to Financial
    Statements.
    
 
   
(2) See Note  1  of Notes  to  Financial Statements  for  a description  of  the
    computation  of pro forma net  loss per share. In  addition to the pro forma
    net loss per  share described in  Note 1,  assuming the Company  had used  a
    portion  of the  proceeds of this  Offering to repay  debt, supplemental pro
    forma loss per  share would have  been $(1.25) and  $(.25), for the  periods
    ended  December 31, 1995 and March  31, 1996, respectively. Supplemental pro
    forma loss per share shows  what the loss per share  would have been if  the
    retirement  of  debt in  the amount  of  $7,873,000 had  taken place  at the
    beginning of the respective periods. The number of additional shares  issued
    is based on the related proceeds used to retire the debt and are included in
    this calculation.
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The  Company  was  incorporated in  December  1990, and  has  primarily been
engaged in  research and  development of  highly advanced  sensors for  medical,
laboratory  and industrial applications since  its inception. Effective December
31, 1994,  the  Company  acquired  certain assets  and  liabilities  of  Medical
Sensors, a business unit of PPG Industries, Inc. ("PPG"), for $7.6 million and a
warrant  to purchase  Common Stock  of the  Company. Because  the acquisition of
Medical Sensors was accounted for as a purchase, the financial operating results
of Medical Sensors  prior to 1995  are not included  in the Company's  financial
results.  The Medical  Sensors acquisition has  had a significant  effect on the
Company's financial results for periods subsequent to 1994. See Note 2 of  Notes
to Financial Statements.
 
   
    As  consideration for the net assets acquired, the Company paid PPG $500,000
in cash in both  December 1994 and  January 1995 and issued  PPG a $1.6  million
secured   promissory  note   and  a   $5.0  million   secured  promissory  note.
Additionally, the Company issued PPG a warrant to purchase 166,667 shares of the
Company's Common Stock  at a  price of $4.50  per share,  expiring December  31,
1999.  The $1.6 million secured promissory note  was repaid in 1995 and the $5.0
million secured  promissory  note is  due  December  31, 1997.  The  Company  is
required  to pay principal and accrued interest  of $1.0 million on December 31,
1996. The outstanding note payable is secured by substantially all of the assets
of the Company. In addition, PPG has  retained title to certain patents and  has
granted  the  Company  an  exclusive royalty-free  license  for  their  use. The
proceeds of this Offering will be used to  prepay the note in full, as a  result
of  which the patents will then be transferred to the Company. See Notes 2 and 4
to Notes to Financial Statements.
    
 
   
    Prior to  the  acquisition of  Medical  Sensors, the  Company  developed  pH
measurement systems for laboratory and industrial use. During 1993 and 1994, the
pH  measurement systems  were manufactured and  marketed on a  limited basis. In
1995, the Company completed the development  of pH measurement systems that  are
currently being sold to industrial markets through an OEM agreement with Beckman
Instruments, Inc. ("Beckman").
    
 
    Medical  Sensors' StatPal  II product,  introduced in  1992, was  one of the
first portable  systems for  measuring  blood gases  at the  patient's  bedside.
Experience gained in developing and marketing this product served as a basis for
the  Company's  rapid  development  of  the  SenDx  100.  The  Company's current
activities  consist  of   completing  development,   manufacturing  and   market
introduction  of the SenDx  100 system, continuing  research and development and
supporting the StatPal II and pH measurement system products.
 
    To date, the Company's limited revenues have consisted primarily of sales of
the pH measurement  systems and  the StatPal II.  The Company  has incurred  net
operating  losses since  inception. As  of March  31, 1996,  the Company  had an
accumulated deficit of $19.1 million. Through 1996, the Company expects to incur
substantial expenses  in development  and commercialization  of the  SenDx  100,
including  costs relating to initial  production, increasing the Company's sales
personnel, product introduction, technical  seminars and ongoing  administrative
activities,  including regulatory and quality  assurance programs and continuing
applications for patent protection for proprietary aspects of its technology.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
   
    The Company had net sales of $826,000  for the three months ended March  31,
1996 compared to $377,000 for the corresponding period in 1995. The increase was
primarily  due to  an increase  in sales  of the  pH measurement  systems, which
resulted from filling a  temporary backlog of orders  from Beckman. The  Company
posted  negative gross profits of  $76,000 for the three  months ended March 31,
1996 and  $409,000 for  the  corresponding period  in  1995. This  reduction  in
negative  gross profit  resulted from stronger  sales of the  more profitable pH
measurement systems, improved  pricing for  StatPal II  disposables, and  larger
sales volumes to cover fixed manufacturing costs.
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    Research and development expenses increased to $618,000 for the three months
ended  March 31, 1996 from $585,000 for the corresponding period in 1995, due to
an increase in activity related to the development of the SenDx 100. General and
administrative expenses of $361,000 and sales and marketing expenses of $366,000
for the three-month period ended March 31, 1996 did not fluctuate  significantly
from  the corresponding period in 1995.  With the commercialization of the SenDx
100, the  Company anticipates  increases  in sales  and marketing  expenses.  In
addition,  the Company  also anticipates  increases in  research and development
expenses related  to continued  development  activities for  the SenDx  100  and
increased  general and  administrative expenses  related to  increased financial
reporting, investor  relations  and other  activities  associated with  being  a
public company.
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
    Certain   categories  of  the  Company's  revenues  and  expenses  increased
substantially in 1995  due to  the acquisition  of Medical  Sensors in  December
1994, and, as a result, year-to-year comparisons are not necessarily meaningful.
 
    Net  sales increased to $1,251,000 in 1995 compared to $154,000 in 1994, due
to the inclusion of $1,081,000 in 1995 sales of the StatPal II product  acquired
with  the  Medical  Sensors  business.  Gross  margin  decreased  to  a  loss of
$2,069,000 in 1995 compared to a profit  of $78,000 in 1994. The negative  gross
profit in 1995 was primarily due to low sales volumes of the StatPal II that did
not cover fixed manufacturing costs.
 
    Research  and  development expenses  increased  to $2,219,000  in  1995 from
$814,000 in  1994,  primarily  reflecting  the  SenDx  100  product  development
efforts.  General and  administrative expenses  increased to  $1,615,000 in 1995
from $962,000  in  1994,  reflecting  the  increased  level  of  operations  and
amortization  of intangibles associated with the acquisition of Medical Sensors.
Sales and marketing expenses  increased to $1,039,000 in  1995 from $100,000  in
1994,  reflecting sales and marketing expenses  related to the StatPal II, which
were nevertheless  scaled back  in  1995 from  previous  levels in  the  Medical
Sensors  business.  In 1994,  the  Company wrote-off  $3,362,000  for in-process
technology related to the acquisition of the Medical Sensors business. See  Note
2 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
    Net  interest expense increased  to $871,000 in 1995  from $139,000 in 1994,
primarily due to debt obligations issued  to PPG in connection with the  Medical
Sensors acquisition.
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
    Net sales decreased to $154,000 in 1994 compared to $190,000 in 1993, due to
lower  sales of pH measurement systems,  which were partially offset by contract
revenues received from Beckman for the development of products to meet Beckman's
specifications. Gross profit increased to $78,000 in 1994 compared to $63,000 in
1993, primarily due to Beckman contract revenues received in 1994.
 
    Research and development expenses decreased to $814,000 in 1994 compared  to
$877,000  in 1993, primarily due to  financial resource constraints. General and
administrative expenses increased to  $962,000 in 1994  compared to $810,000  in
1993,  primarily  due  to the  hiring  of  new management.  Sales  and marketing
expenses decreased slightly to $100,000 in 1994 from $139,000 in 1993, primarily
as a result of  decreased sales activity and  limited availability of  financial
resources.
 
    Net  interest expense in  1994 increased to $139,000  compared to $77,000 in
1993, due primarily to issuance of debt obligations to private investors to meet
working capital needs.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    At March  31, 1996,  the  Company had  working  capital of  $5,960,000.  The
Company  has financed  its operations since  inception through  private sales of
equity and debt  securities and short-term  loans. Since 1990,  the Company  has
raised  approximately $23,350,000 from  the sale of  equity securities. At March
31, 1996,  the Company  had  short-term notes  payable  and current  portion  of
long-term   debt  outstanding   of  $3,244,000  and   long-term  obligations  of
$5,522,000. The short-term debt obligations of $3,244,000 and the $4,629,000  of
long-term  obligation  due  PPG,  plus accrued  interest,  will  be  repaid with
proceeds from this Offering. If the  Company prepays the amounts due PPG  before
August  31, 1996,  it will receive  a 5%  discount on the  principal and related
accrued interest due. See Note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
   
    For the years ended December  31, 1995, 1994 and  1993 and the three  months
ended  March  31,  1996,  the  Company  used  cash  of  $5,647,000,  $1,437,000,
$1,524,000, and $1,401,000, respectively, for operating activities. For the year
ended December 31, 1995 and the three  months ended March 31, 1996, the  Company
used  cash of $453,000 and $717,000, respectively, to purchase equipment and for
leasehold improvements. For the years ended  December 31, 1995 and 1994 and  the
three  months ended March 31, 1996, cash of $5,172,000, $763,000 and $9,895,000,
respectively, was provided from the issuance of convertible preferred stock. For
the years  ended December  31, 1995,  1994  and 1993,  net cash  of  $1,853,000,
$1,161,000,  $1,560,000, respectively, and  $911,000 for the  three months ended
March 31,  1996,  was  provided from  the  issuance  of notes  payable,  net  of
principal repayments.
    
 
    The  Company has had net  losses since inception and  therefore has not been
subject to state or federal income taxes. At December 31, 1995, the Company  had
federal   and  California  net  operating  tax  loss  carryforwards  ("NOL")  of
approximately $12,900,000  and  $4,900,000, respectively,  available  to  reduce
future  income taxes. The  difference between the federal  and California NOL is
primarily  attributable  to  the  capitalization  of  research  and  development
expenses  for California income tax purposes and to the fifty-percent limitation
on  California  loss  carryforwards.  The   federal  and  California  tax   loss
carryforwards  begin expiring in 2006  and 1998, respectively, unless previously
utilized. Pursuant to the  Internal Revenue Code, use  of the Company's NOL  and
credit  carryforwards may be limited because  of cumulative changes in ownership
of more than 50%, which occurred in 1992 and 1996. Although the Company does not
believe such changes will have a material impact upon the utilization of the NOL
and credits over the respective carryforward  periods, the changes will have  an
impact  on the  timing of  such utilization.  See Note  5 of  Notes to Financial
Statements.
 
   
    The Company  believes  that  the  net proceeds  from  this  public  offering
combined  with  the  Company's current  resources  will be  sufficient  to repay
short-term notes  payable, prepay  the  debt obligation  due  PPG and  fund  its
operations  at least  through 1998. However,  the Company's  working capital and
capital needs  may  increase  depending upon  numerous  factors,  including  the
success   of  its  product   marketing  activities,  the   progress  in  product
development, technological developments and competitive conditions.
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
    SenDx Medical, Inc.  ("SenDx" or the  "Company") develops, manufactures  and
markets  blood  analysis  systems  that  provide  cost-effective  measurement of
critical diagnostic parameters  at the POC.  POC devices are  used by  attending
clinicians  in the patient  setting to obtain rapid  test results. The Company's
SenDx 100 is  a portable  system which  utilizes a  single multi-use  disposable
sensor  cassette  to accurately  and simultaneously  measure any  combination of
seven blood tests  frequently ordered for  critical care patients  in a  simple,
less  than 90 second  procedure. The panel  of tests performed  by the SenDx 100
includes blood  gases (oxygen,  carbon dioxide  and pH),  electrolytes  (sodium,
potassium  and ionized  calcium) and hematocrit.  The Company  believes that the
list prices  of the  disposable elements  for comparable  test panels  from  POC
competitors  range from $4 to $18, and is positioning the SenDx 100 to offer per
test panel prices at or  below the low end of  this range. The Company  believes
the combination of low per test pricing and other features, such as ease-of-use,
multi-use   disposables  and  extensive  data  management,  all  in  a  portable
self-contained unit,  differentiate  the  SenDx 100  from  competing  POC  blood
analyzers.
    
 
   
    The  Company's goal is to become  the leading global supplier addressing POC
blood analysis  needs  of  the  critical  care  market  with  a  cost-effective,
easy-to-use system. In the United States, the Company is initially marketing the
SenDx 100 to the critical care departments in the 2,000 largest hospitals, which
conduct  over 70% of the  blood gas tests, by deploying  a direct sales force of
experienced medical sales professionals. The Company is arranging to place SenDx
100 units at selected  leading medical centers in  the United States and  Europe
which  will serve as reference centers to increase market awareness of the SenDx
100. The Company also plans to seek multi-year agreements with major proprietary
hospital chains, group purchasing organizations and managed healthcare  delivery
networks.  Internationally, the  Company plans to  market the  SenDx 100 through
strategic partnerships and distributors.
    
 
BLOOD GAS AND ELECTROLYTE ANALYSIS MARKET
 
    The analysis of blood gas and electrolyte levels is an integral part of  the
diagnosis  and treatment  of critically ill  patients, and access  to timely and
accurate results is vital to effective patient care. The Company estimates  that
the  worldwide market for blood gas and electrolyte tests exceeds $1 billion per
year. Most blood gas and electrolyte tests are performed on patients in hospital
critical care units, operating rooms and emergency departments. Tests for  blood
gas levels provide clinicians with key indices of the patient's cardio-pulmonary
status,  useful for  diagnosis and  treatment of  conditions such  as congestive
heart failure,  multi-system  organ  failure,  emphysema,  respiratory  distress
syndrome  and pulmonary edema. Blood electrolyte levels are key to the diagnosis
of conditions  such  as  cardiac  disorders,  renal  failure  and  hypertension.
Measurement  of electrolyte levels is  important in monitoring intravenous fluid
therapy for these conditions as well  as in other applications such as  surgery.
Hematocrit  tests  measure the  volume  of red  blood  cells and  provide  a key
indicator for patient  conditions such  as dehydration, anemia  or severe  blood
loss.
 
   
    Historically,  obtaining a blood analysis has  been a time consuming process
performed by a  skilled operator  on complex,  bulky, maintenance-intensive  and
expensive  bench top equipment located in the hospital central laboratory. Tests
performed at high volume central  hospital laboratories are cost effective,  but
may  involve long delays before the blood analysis results are made available to
the clinicians, due to transport time to the central laboratory, testing backlog
and transport time  for results from  the central laboratory  to the  clinician.
Such  delays  may  be  detrimental to  patients  undergoing  major  surgeries or
suffering from critical illnesses or severe  injuries. As a result of the  large
throughput  volume  at  central  laboratories,  the  Company  believes  that the
fully-burdened  cost   per   test   sample,   which   includes   labor,   direct
equipment-related supplies and facilities and maintenance overhead, is typically
less  than $10. To  improve the turnaround  time for blood  analyses, many large
hospitals have established satellite  laboratories ("stat laboratories")  closer
to  critically ill patients. While this has generally decreased turnaround times
for blood  analyses as  compared to  the central  laboratory, delays  can  still
occur.  In addition,  the per  test cost  in stat  laboratories is significantly
higher than in central laboratories,  as stat laboratories generally have  lower
testing  volumes  but  require duplication  of  expensive, maintenance-intensive
equipment and skilled operating personnel.
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
   
    In addition to the clinical requirements for rapid, accurate information  to
improve patient outcomes, healthcare providers are under significant pressure in
today's  managed  care environment  to understand,  track  and reduce  costs. In
response, healthcare providers increasingly  search for techniques that  control
costs and improve patient care. One such method is providing services at or near
the  patient, or  the "point-of-care".  POC blood  gas and  electrolyte analysis
provides clinicians with rapid, accurate  data that enables hospitals to  reduce
costs  by streamlining  the process  of collecting,  transporting and processing
blood samples and  documenting test  results. A  POC blood  analysis system  may
allow  nurses, doctors and  other hospital staff to  conduct various blood tests
near the patient,  at the  bedside, at  the central  nurse's station  or in  the
operating  room, providing test  turnaround times faster than  or equal to those
provided by stat  laboratories, while  at the  same time  enabling hospitals  to
reduce  expenses by  eliminating costly stat  laboratories, which  are labor and
capital intensive. The Company also believes that the rapid turnaround of  blood
gas  and electrolyte  analyses will  enable physicians  to respond  quickly with
therapeutic measures, potentially  enabling faster transfer  of patients out  of
expensive critical care settings.
    
 
    Growth  of POC testing for  blood gas and electrolytes  has been limited, in
part, by the lack  of availability of cost  effective, easy-to-use systems.  The
Company  believes that the POC blood analysis systems currently available, while
able to meet  the goal of  rapid analysis, have  certain limitations,  including
high  price per test, limited quality  control and data management capabilities,
and technique-dependent  operation. As  a  result, over  90%  of blood  gas  and
electrolyte  analyses are still performed on  complex bench top systems, in stat
or central  laboratories, requiring  full-time, skilled  operators. The  Company
believes  that as these limitations are overcome the proportion of blood gas and
electrolyte tests performed at the POC will increase significantly.
 
   
    In the  international  market,  the  Company believes  that  blood  gas  and
electrolyte testing outside the central laboratory is less developed than in the
United  States. The Company believes that this is due to less available capital,
greater cost  consciousness and  relatively lower  reimbursement rates  in  many
international  healthcare  systems.  These  cost pressures  have  resulted  in a
majority of  blood analyses  being performed  in central  laboratories at  large
hospitals.  Many  small and  mid-size  hospitals have  not  installed expensive,
maintenance-intensive  laboratory  equipment,   and  have   instead  relied   on
outsourced laboratory testing.
    
 
COMPANY STRATEGY
 
    The  Company's goal is to become  the leading global supplier addressing the
POC blood analysis needs  of the critical care  market. To accomplish this,  the
Company intends to:
 
    PROVIDE A LOW COST POC ALTERNATIVE -- The Company will continue to emphasize
    cost  effectiveness in product design and manufacturing, through a multi-use
    disposable sensor and  calibrant set targeted  at making the  SenDx 100  and
    future  product offerings the lowest cost, POC alternative. For example, the
    Company is working  to increase the  test capacity and  to extend the  shelf
    life  and  use life  of the  disposable  set. The  Company believes  that as
    healthcare providers continue to face increasing pressure to control  costs,
    the  price/value relationship will be  an increasingly important competitive
    factor in the  blood analysis  market. The  Company also  believes that  its
    multi-use disposable approach will allow it to respond to competitive market
    pricing pressures.
 
   
    TARGET  HIGH VOLUME CRITICAL  CARE CENTERS IN THE  U.S. MARKET -- Initially,
    the Company  will target  critical  care departments  in the  2,000  largest
    hospitals  in  the  United States,  by  deploying  a direct  sales  force of
    experienced  medical  sales  professionals.  These  hospitals   collectively
    account  for approximately  70% of the  blood gas analyses  performed in the
    United States.  The Company  intends  to increase  its penetration  of  this
    market  by offering several flexible pricing plans that accommodate customer
    needs. The Company is arranging to place SenDx 100 units at several selected
    leading medical centers which  will serve as  reference centers to  increase
    market awareness of the SenDx 100. The Company also plans to seek multi-year
    agreements   with  major  proprietary   hospital  chains,  group  purchasing
    organizations and managed healthcare delivery networks.
    
 
   
    PENETRATE INTERNATIONAL MARKETS -- The Company plans to continue to  develop
    distribution  and clinical relationships in Europe  and Asia to target small
    to mid-size hospitals. The Company believes that while
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    POC testing needs are less developed internationally, there are  substantial
    opportunities  to provide small to mid-size  hospitals, many of which do not
    currently have their own blood analysis equipment, with expanded  diagnostic
    capabilities  by  offering the  SenDx 100  as a  low cost,  easy-to-use, low
    maintenance alternative.
 
   
    EXPAND PRODUCT CAPABILITIES AND  DEVELOP NEW PRODUCTS --  In the near  term,
    the  Company intends  to continue  to focus  on further  enhancements of the
    SenDx 100.  The modular  design of  the SenDx  100 allows  for expansion  of
    diagnostic  capabilities of the system  through addition of analyte-specific
    sensors and expanded data  management. For example,  the Company intends  to
    add  chloride, glucose and blood urea nitrogen ("BUN") analysis capabilities
    to the SenDx 100. In addition, the Company intends to add a radio  frequency
    link  to permit wireless transfer of test  data to the central laboratory or
    to patient monitors, to  augment current hardwire  and floppy disk  transfer
    capabilities.  Over  the  longer term,  the  Company plans  to  leverage its
    technology and expertise in sensor development to create additional  related
    products for the measurement of critical blood parameters.
    
 
   
    While  the  Company intends  to  implement this  strategy,  there can  be no
assurance that the Company  will become the  leading global supplier  addressing
the POC blood analysis needs of the critical care market.
    
 
PRODUCTS
 
   
    The  Company is the  successor to the  Medical Sensors business  unit of PPG
Industries, Inc.  ("PPG"). The  Medical  Sensors unit  was  founded in  1988  to
develop  POC blood analysis systems for  critical care segments of the worldwide
hospital market. In 1992, Medical Sensors introduced the StatPal II, one of  the
first  portable  instruments for  measurement of  blood  gases at  the patient's
bedside. The  StatPal II,  like other  competing products,  requires  multi-step
operation, has a limited test menu and limited data management capabilities, and
has a relatively high per test cost. Due partly to these factors, the StatPal II
and  competing  products have  not  captured a  significant  share of  the blood
analysis market. The SenDx 100 has  been designed to address these factors.  The
Company has gained significant knowledge and experience from the StatPal II with
respect to sensor and calibrant technology, manufacturing techniques, regulatory
matters and the needs of the blood analysis market in general, which facilitated
development of the SenDx 100.
    
 
THE SENDX 100
 
   
    The  SenDx  100  is designed  to  provide  fully automated  analysis  of any
combination of  the  seven most  commonly  ordered critical  care  blood  tests:
oxygen,  carbon dioxide, pH, sodium,  potassium, ionized calcium and hematocrit,
in a simple, less than 90 second procedure at the POC. The SenDx 100 consists of
a microprocessor-controlled analyzer, a pre-packaged disposable calibrant  pack,
and  a disposable,  multi-use sensor cassette.  The Company  has demonstrated in
clinical settings  that the  SenDx 100  offers accuracy  comparable to  that  of
commonly-used  bench top systems.  The Company believes that  the SenDx 100 will
provide a reportable  patient test  result, including  required quality  control
tests,  at  a price  per test  lower than  or equal  to currently  available POC
analyzers. The Company also believes that the costs of conducting blood analyses
with the  SenDx 100  will  be less  than the  costs  in stat  laboratories,  and
competitive  with the costs of central laboratory analyses. The Company plans to
expand the  SenDx 100  test menu  beyond  the seven  initial critical  tests  to
include  chloride, glucose, BUN,  and other analytes  applicable to the critical
care market.
    
 
    The SenDx 100  is designed  for easy  operation by  clinical personnel  with
minimal  training. After obtaining  a blood sample in  the customary manner, the
clinician enters  a  user  and patient  ID  on  the touch  screen,  selects  any
combination  of  the  seven  analytes to  be  measured,  introduces  the syringe
containing the sample of whole blood directly to the aspirating port and presses
the "Aspirate" option  on the  display. The  instrument automatically  aspirates
approximately  170 microliters (less than three  drops) of blood from the sample
syringe into the  sensor cassette.  The blood sample  is analyzed  and the  test
results  and other  identifying information  are displayed,  printed, stored and
available for  electronic  transfer  to hospital  billing,  record  keeping  and
quality control centers.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
    The  entire blood analysis process, including a one-point calibration, takes
less than 90 seconds  and the SenDx  100 is then  immediately ready for  another
sample.  Additionally,  the  SenDx  100  automatically  performs  a  two minute,
two-point calibration every two hours to  ensure optimum system accuracy and  to
promote compliance with federal clinical laboratory regulations.
    
 
    The sensor cassette and calibrant pack must be replaced every 15 days or 100
patient  tests, whichever  comes first.  The sensor  cassette snaps  easily into
place, and the calibrant pack simply slides into the top of the unit.  Following
a  two minute  initialization period  after introduction  of the  new sensor and
calibrant set, the system is ready to analyze blood or quality control  samples.
In  addition, the system's  modular design enables  hospital personnel to easily
remove any portion for quick replacement.
 
KEY FEATURES OF THE SENDX 100 SYSTEM
 
   
    The SenDx  100 is  designed  to provide  features  and benefits  which,  the
Company  believes, will demonstrate the superiority of the system over other POC
blood gas and electrolyte analysis methodologies.
    
 
   
    LOW PRICE PER TEST PANEL -- Because the disposable elements can be used  for
    100 blood test panels, the price per test panel, with no additional cost for
    the  required quality control tests,  will be less than  or equal to the low
    end of the  current pricing  range for  other POC  systems, which  typically
    utilize  single-use  disposables and  require  additional costs  for quality
    control. The  Company  believes  that  the list  prices  of  the  disposable
    elements  for comparable test  panels from POC competitors  range from $4 to
    $18. The Company believes that the cost  per test for the SenDx 100 will  be
    lower  than costs incurred for stat laboratory analyses and competitive with
    central laboratories' testing costs.
    
 
   
    EASY-TO-USE TESTING FORMAT  -- The  testing process is  designed for  simple
    operation   by  clinical  users.  The  clinician  enters  user  and  patient
    identification data, selects  any combination  of the seven  analytes to  be
    measured,  presents the sample of whole blood in the sampling syringe to the
    aspirating port, touches the "Aspirate" option on the display, and interface
    with the system is complete. The sample is analyzed and the test results are
    displayed, printed and stored  for archiving. The  SenDx 100 eliminates  the
    need for a specialized technician to perform the analysis. The design of the
    SenDx  100  also  permits  easy performance  of  quality  control  tests and
    replacement of disposable components.
    
 
    EXTENSIVE  ON-BOARD  DATA  MANAGEMENT  --  The  SenDx  100  incorporates   a
    microprocessor  which allows  extensive data management  within the analyzer
    either in a pre-configured format or in a format that can be custom-designed
    by the laboratory supervisor. The  system archives, tabulates and  transmits
    patient  data for record  keeping and billing  purposes, and quality control
    and  calibration  data  for  regulatory  compliance  purposes.  Unlike  some
    competitive  products, there is no need to  transport the analyzer to a base
    station to download data. The Company believes the SenDx 100 will offer more
    advanced data management capabilities than currently available POC products.
 
   
    COMPLIANCE WITH CLIA '88 REQUIREMENTS --  The SenDx 100 is designed to  meet
    key  requirements of the Clinical  Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988
    ("CLIA '88"),  which  is a  federal  statute regulating  medical  laboratory
    practice.  The SenDx 100  facilitates compliance with  CLIA '88 by providing
    automatic one-point calibration,  using a single  calibration solution  with
    known  concentrations of  analytes, with  each test  and automatic two-point
    calibration,  using   two  different   calibration  solutions   with   known
    concentrations  of  analytes, every  two  hours, and  by  permitting quality
    control  analyses  at  prescribed  intervals.  Consistent  with  established
    laboratory  practice,  the system  is  designed to  perform  calibration and
    quality control tests  on the  same sensors  used for  patient blood  tests.
    Compliance  with such quality control  requirements is important, as failure
    to comply with CLIA '88 can  result in loss of reimbursement revenue,  fines
    or certain other penalties.
    
 
    ADVANCED  QUALITY CONTROL  CAPABILITIES --  The system  software permits the
    laboratory supervisor to  maintain control over  the performance of  quality
    control  tests required by CLIA '88. The supervisor can set the frequency of
    quality control tests and the SenDx 100 will alert the user to perform  such
    tests  at the designated times.  If such tests are  not performed within the
    time period set by the supervisor, the SenDx 100 can be set to automatically
    "lock out" users until the required quality control tests are completed.  In
    addition,  if such quality  control tests do not  produce results within the
    range specified by
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    the laboratory, the SenDx  100 can be programmed  to become inoperative  and
    alert  the user to  contact the supervisor. The  Company believes that these
    features enable laboratory supervisors  to more effectively monitor  quality
    control at the POC.
 
    BROAD  ARRAY OF  CRITICAL ANALYTES  -- The  SenDx 100  system simultaneously
    performs the seven  most commonly  ordered critical  care blood  tests on  a
    single  blood sample. The user can select any subset of these seven analytes
    for testing. The Company plans to expand the SenDx 100 test menu to  include
    chloride,  glucose, BUN, and other analytes  applicable to the critical care
    market.
 
    RAPID RESULTS -- The SenDx 100 system provides results within 90 seconds  of
    sample introduction. Test results are then immediately displayed and printed
    providing  the  clinician  with  data  to  facilitate  rapid  diagnostic and
    therapeutic decisions.
 
SENDX 100 TECHNOLOGY
 
    The SenDx 100 consists of the analyzer and related software and a  multi-use
disposable sensor cassette and calibrant pack.
 
    SENDX 100 ANALYZER
 
    The  SenDx  100  analyzer  is  a  compact,  lightweight,  portable,  modular
instrument featuring a  microprocessor-based computer, color  display and  touch
screen  control. Other  components of the  analyzer include:  floppy disk drive,
modem card, integral thermal printer, fluidics module, serial port interface and
bar code scanner. It is line-and battery-powered, with the ability to operate on
battery power for approximately 30 tests before recharging. The complete system,
including batteries, weighs less than  14 pounds, has a  nine inch by nine  inch
footprint and is easily portable to the POC.
 
   
    The  SenDx 100 analyzer has extensive  software for patient, quality control
and calibration data management. The system can be customized to meet laboratory
and user needs  including user  and patient ID  requirements, automatic  quality
control lock-out and archiving of quality control, calibration and patient data.
The  analyzer can store up  to 350 patient test  results and 350 quality control
test results internally for later access,  while a larger number of results  can
be  stored on  a floppy  disk using  the integral  disk drive.  In addition, the
system can be programmed to alert the  user in the event that test results  fall
outside  selected  ranges.  The  analyzer can  be  interfaced  to  external data
management systems via serial  port or modem.  Software upgrades for  additional
analytes  or enhanced data  management, which the Company  intends to produce in
the future, can be easily uploaded to the analyzer from a floppy disk.
    
 
    SENDX 100 MULTI-USE DISPOSABLE SENSOR AND CALIBRANT SET
 
   
    The disposable components of the SenDx 100 consist of a multi-use disposable
sensor casette and calibrant  pack. The disposables  can be used  for up to  100
tests or 15 days, are changed simultaneously, and require little effort or skill
to  install and  remove. The  Company is  currently developing  disposables with
extended shelf  and use  lives in  addition to  increasing the  number of  blood
samples that can be analyzed with a disposable set.
    
 
    MULTI-USE SENSOR CASSETTE
 
    The  sensor used in the SenDx 100 contains seven micro-electrodes arrayed on
a single chip with  each electrode selectively sensitive  to a particular  blood
parameter.  For  example, one  micro-electrode is  sensitive  to oxygen  while a
second is sensitive to sodium. These proprietary sensors are manufactured by the
Company  using  thick  film  technology  that  was  successfully  developed  and
initially  used in the StatPal  II instrument for oxygen,  carbon dioxide and pH
measurements. Thick film technology enables the development of small,  reliable,
accurate, rugged sensors with high manufacturing yields.
 
    The  Company  manufactures  sensors  by  "screening"  successive  layers  of
materials on a ceramic  substrate and depositing  permeable membranes over  each
electrode  in the array to give  the required selectivity. An electrical signal,
related to the concentration of each  analyte, is produced by each electrode  in
the array, and amplified and processed by the SenDx 100 analyzer for display and
storage.  The seven micro-electrodes are  contained in a low-volume flow-through
cell into  which  the  blood  samples, calibration  fluids  or  quality  control
materials are introduced.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    CALIBRANT PACK
 
   
    The  analyzer also accommodates a  multi-use, disposable calibrant pack that
is a companion  disposable to  the sensor cassette.  Each proprietary  calibrant
pack contains two gas-tight, polylaminate foil pouches containing solutions with
different  concentrations of  electrolytes and gases,  which are  stable at room
temperature for two months.  A third bag  inside the pack  is a waste  reservoir
into which the samples and calibrant solutions are pumped upon completion of the
tests.  The self-contained calibrant pack eliminates the need for cumbersome gas
tanks,  buffer  bottles  and  separate  waste  containers  normally  used   with
conventional bench top blood analysis systems. The appropriate calibration fluid
is  automatically routed to  the sensor cassette  by the fluidics  module in the
analyzer without operator intervention. The system automatically calibrates with
each blood  sample and  performs an  automatic two-point  calibration every  two
hours, facilitating compliance with CLIA '88. When the disposables are replaced,
the  sealed  calibrant  pack  containing  the  waste  reservoir  is  removed for
disposal, reducing operator  exposure to blood  or other waste  products. A  new
calibrant  pack is then slipped into the analyzer and the system is ready to use
after a two minute initiation cycle.
    
 
STATUS OF THE SENDX 100
 
   
    The Company received FDA  clearance for the SenDx  100 in December 1995,  68
days  from  the date  of submission  of its  510(k) premarket  notification. The
notification was supported by  test data obtained  at five hospitals,  including
nationally  recognized  teaching  hospitals,  which compared  the  SenDx  100 to
commonly used central laboratory instruments. The SenDx 100 was first  exhibited
at the annual meeting of the American Association of Critical Care Nurses in May
1996,  and the Company currently expects to commence commercial shipments of the
SenDx 100 during the fourth quarter of 1996.
    
 
   
    The Company has  applied for UL  listing of the  SenDx 100 by  Underwriters'
Laboratories,  Inc.  and  for certification  of  the  SenDx 100  by  TUV Product
Service, a European notified body, in order to affix a CE mark to the product, a
certification required for distribution in  the European Community by  mid-1998.
The Company has completed all tooling necessary for full-scale production and is
currently manufacturing the SenDx 100 on a pilot scale. The Company is arranging
to  place SenDx  100 units  at selected  leading medical  centers in  the United
States and Europe to serve as reference centers and to increase market awareness
of the SenDx 100 and its features.
    
 
SENDX 100 MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
   
    In the United States, the Company  is initially targeting the SenDx 100  for
the critical care departments in the 2,000 largest hospitals, which conduct over
70%  of  the  blood  gas  tests.  Critical  care  departments  generally include
intensive care  units,  operating rooms  and  emergency departments,  where  the
highest  volume of stat blood tests are  performed. The Company has designed the
SenDx 100 to address key issues relating to adoption of a POC analyzer for blood
gas, electrolyte and hematocrit testing. These  issues include the need for  low
cost  per test panel,  easy operation by clinical  users, regulatory and quality
control compliance,  extensive  data  management and  availability  of  a  broad
testing  array suitable for diagnosis of critical care patients. The priority of
these issues  varies among  key individuals  who influence  a hospital's  buying
decision,  which  may  include  hospital  administrators,  laboratory directors,
physicians, critical care nurses and respiratory care professionals.
    
 
    The Company's longer-term marketing objective  is to penetrate the  complete
spectrum   of   blood  gas   and   electrolyte  testing   sites   by  developing
application-specific  models  for   use  in  large   and  small  hospitals   and
alternate-site  markets, such  as sub-acute care  nursing facilities, outpatient
clinics, pulmonary physicians' offices,  home healthcare agencies and  emergency
medical services.
 
    The Company is establishing its own direct sales organization to promote and
distribute  the SenDx 100 in the United  States. The Company currently employs a
10 person sales force, with individuals  located in major cities throughout  the
country.  Each of these  sales professionals has several  years of experience in
the critical  care environment  and  in marketing  to hospital  decision  makers
through  the committee process. The Company  plans to utilize clinical education
consultants for in-service training and  educating the medical community on  the
potential  benefits of POC blood analysis. The Company plans to expand its sales
force and clinical support to meet  market demand. The Company has also  engaged
an outside consulting firm to assist
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
in  securing purchase agreements with major  proprietary hospital chains and key
group purchasing organizations. The Company may consider additional distribution
channels, including  joint  ventures and  OEM  and licensing  arrangements  with
strategically positioned corporate partners.
 
    The  Company plans  to price  the SenDx 100  analyzer below  $10,000 and the
disposable sensor and calibrant set, usable  for up to 100 patient test  panels,
and  related quality control  tests, below $500. The  actual pricing will depend
upon purchase volumes and other factors. In addition, the Company is planning to
market the SenDx 100 through a variety of innovative pricing strategies designed
to meet  customer  needs. The  Company  believes that  the  list prices  of  the
disposable  elements for comparable test panels  from POC competitors range from
$4 to $18. The Company  further believes that its price  per test will be at  or
below the low end of this range.
 
   
    The Company expects to market and distribute its products outside the United
States  through  third  party distributors  strategically  positioned  to access
targeted foreign markets, such  as Japan and selected  countries in Europe.  The
Company  is  currently identifying  and  negotiating with  distributors  in such
markets. The Company's current exclusive European distributor of the StatPal II,
Medlink Europe B.V. ("Medlink") has notified the Company that it believes it  is
also entitled to exclusively distribute the SenDx 100 in Europe. The Company has
not  come to an agreement with Medlink with respect to distribution of the SenDx
100 in Europe.  The Company's current  agreement with Medlink  is terminable  on
January  1, 1997, if Medlink fails to meet certain annual sales requirements for
1996, and terminates in May 1997 by its own terms. The Company intends to seek a
new distributor in Europe for the SenDx 100. Internationally, the POC market  is
not  as  developed as  in the  United  States. Initially,  the Company  plans to
position the SenDx  100 to  meet the diagnostic  testing needs  of mid-size  and
smaller  hospitals in such  countries, many of  which currently out-source blood
gas analysis, by offering  a low-cost, full-featured analyzer  which is easy  to
use  and  requires  minimal maintenance.  Among  other means,  the  Company will
attempt to develop  the POC concept  internationally through clinical  education
programs and the establishment of reference centers.
    
 
STATPAL II
 
    The  Company's StatPal II product, introduced in  1992, was one of the first
commercially available portable  instruments for measurement  of blood gases  at
the  POC. The  Company sells the  StatPal II  in Europe, Latin  America and Asia
through distributors, and on a limited  basis in the United States. The  StatPal
II is marketed primarily to certain low volume niche markets.
 
INDUSTRIAL PH BUSINESS
 
    The  Company currently  manufactures a pH  meter and  an ion-selective field
effect transistor (ISFET)-based pH  measuring probe which  the Company sells  to
Beckman   Instruments,  Inc.  ("Beckman"),  a  manufacturer  of  scientific  and
laboratory instruments, on an OEM  private label basis. Its primary  application
is  the  measurement of  acidity/alkalinity  of liquids  in  industrial chemical
laboratories. The Company currently  sells the pH meters  and probes to  Beckman
pursuant  to an agreement whereby the Company  has agreed to supply Beckman with
such products through  June 2002. This  agreement is subject  to termination  by
Beckman  at any  time upon  30 days prior  notice, and  by the  Company upon six
months prior  notice to  Beckman, in  the event  Beckman fails  to meet  certain
minimum purchase requirements.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
   
    The  Company currently  manufactures the  StatPal II,  including its related
disposables, and  the  pH  meters  and  probes  at  its  facility  in  Carlsbad,
California.  The Company has manufactured prototypes  and pilot run units of the
SenDx 100 analyzer and related disposables at this facility. Manufacture of  the
SenDx 100 analyzer will involve the assembly and test of custom and commercially
available components. The Company anticipates that it may be necessary to expand
its  manufacturing capacity in the event of  increased demand for the SenDx 100.
In  particular,  the  Company   will  need  to   increase  its  calibrant   pack
manufacturing  capacity.  Such expansion  may  require the  early  commitment of
capital resources  for  additional  tooling  and  equipment  and  for  leasehold
improvements.  Several of  the components of  the SenDx 100  are sole-sourced or
custom-manufactured by a limited number of outside vendors. Although the Company
believes such  components  could be  obtained  from alternate  vendors,  certain
custom  electronic  components require  a substantial  lead  time from  order to
delivery.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
expand  its capacity  or find necessary  qualified third  party manufacturers or
vendors in  a  timely  manner to  respond  to  increased demand.  Any  delay  or
inability  to obtain  required components  could adversely  affect the Company's
marketing ability, financial condition and operating results.
 
    The Company  purchases custom  components,  including the  sensor  interface
board  and portions  of the  fluidics module,  from suppliers.  Molded parts are
created using tooling designed for and  owned by the Company, and are  purchased
from  qualified  vendors  with  experience  in  medical  device  components. The
proprietary software for the SenDx 100 analyzer is maintained by the Company and
downloaded to the analyzer during assembly.  The disposable sensors used in  the
SenDx 100 utilize a technology platform similar to that of the Company's StatPal
II  sensor module, incorporating equipment and processes previously developed by
the Company. Close  collaboration between development  and production  personnel
enhances  high reliability and  yields, while facilitating  rapid development of
new and improved sensors. Through the development and manufacture of StatPal II,
the Company has gained  experience in the  manufacture of calibration  materials
for   POC  instrumentation.  Calibrant  solutions  are  packaged  in  gas  tight
polylaminate foil  pouches  using  proprietary filling,  sealing,  and  sampling
techniques.  Depending upon  demand and  sales levels,  the Company  may need to
either   expand   calibrant   manufacturing   internally,   requiring    capital
expenditures,  or  out-source  to  third-party manufacturers.  There  can  be no
assurance that the Company  will be able to  increase capacity or find  suitable
sources in a timely manner.
 
   
    All  manufacturing and assembly is performed  in the Company's 39,000 square
foot facility. This leased facility includes approximately 12,000 square feet of
environmentally controlled  assembly and  packaging space.  The Company  expects
this  facility to be sufficient to meet the anticipated demand for the Company's
products for  the next  several  years. The  Company maintains  a  comprehensive
quality  assurance and quality control  program, which includes documentation of
material  specifications,  operating   procedures,  maintenance  and   equipment
calibration  procedures, training programs and  quality control test methods. To
control the  quality  of its  finished  product, the  Company  utilizes  ongoing
statistical  process  control  systems  during  the  manufacturing  process  and
performance testing of finished goods. The Company believes that its  commercial
medical device manufacturing operations are conducted in accordance with the GMP
requirements  of  the  FDA.  The  Company's  manufacturing  facilities  and  its
operations are subject to periodic inspections conducted by the FDA and  similar
inspections  conducted  by State  of  California officials  for  compliance with
applicable manufacturing  practices  regulations. See  "Business  --  Government
Regulation."
    
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
   
    The  Company's research and development efforts are focused on expanding the
capabilities of the  SenDx 100. The  Company plans  to expand its  test menu  to
include  additional analytes,  such as chloride,  glucose and BUN,  and plans to
reduce blood sample volume requirements. The planned reduction in sample  volume
requirements  will make the product more attractive for certain neonatal testing
procedures. Additionally, reducing  the volume  of the  flow-through cell  would
enable  increased test capacity per calibrant  pack. The Company is also working
to extend the shelf life,  use life, and test  capacity of the disposables.  The
Company  is working to  extend the shelf  life of the  disposables to six months
from two months, the use life to 30  days from 15 days and the test capacity  to
300  tests from  100 tests per  disposable. The  Company intends to  add a radio
frequency link  to  permit  wireless  transfer  of  test  data  to  the  central
laboratory  or to patient  monitors, to augment current  hardwire or floppy disk
transfer capabilities. Over the longer term,  the Company plans to leverage  its
technology  and  expertise in  sensor development  to create  additional related
products for the measurement of critical blood parameters.
    
 
    The  Company   has  assembled   a  technical   staff  with   experience   in
electrochemistry,  mechanical and  electrical engineering,  membrane fabrication
and software development. The Company's research and development staff  consists
of  19 full-time  employees, of  whom five  hold advanced  degrees in chemistry,
engineering and related disciplines. The Company expects to utilize a portion of
the proceeds of this Offering to  expand its research and development staff  and
programs.
 
    In  each of  the three  years ended  December 31,  1993, 1994  and 1995, the
Company  incurred   approximately   $877,000,   $814,000   and   $2.2   million,
respectively,    in   research    and   development    expenses.   On    a   pro
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
forma  basis,  combining  the  Company's  and  Medical  Sensors'  research   and
development  expenses  prior to  the  acquisition effective  December  31, 1994,
research and development expenses would have been approximately $2.6 million and
$1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
 
PATENT AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
    The Company's policy  is to  pursue patent  protection, both  in the  United
States  and in foreign  countries, for key  technological inventions embodied in
its products.
 
    The Company currently has rights to 11 U.S. patents and their foreign  filed
counterparts  with  respect  to  several aspects  of  its  StatPal  II analyzer,
including certain sensor and calibration technologies, some of which the Company
believes to be applicable to the SenDx  100. All of these patents are  currently
exclusively  licensed from PPG pursuant to a License Agreement dated January 17,
1995, and were filed in connection with development of the StatPal II (the  "PPG
License").  Pursuant to such License Agreement,  upon payment of all amounts due
under a promissory note  to PPG, PPG  will assign all of  such patent rights  to
SenDx.  The Company  will use a  portion of  the proceeds from  this Offering to
prepay such promissory note. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
   
    In addition to the patents which  the Company holds relating to its  StatPal
II  analyzer, the  Company has filed  12 additional U.S.  patent applications on
aspects of the SenDx 100 system, including various aspects of the sensor, sensor
cartridge, method of packaging the disposable calibrants, and various algorithms
and circuit designs.
    
 
   
    There can be no assurance that any of these patent applications will  result
in  patents  being  issued,  or  that,  if  issued,  such  patents  will provide
significant  proprietary  protection,   or  that   products  incorporating   the
technology  in issued patents or pending  applications will be free of challenge
from competitors. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its  validity
or enforceability, nor does it provide the patent holder with freedom to operate
without  infringing the patent rights of others. A patent could be challenged by
litigation and, if  the outcome of  such litigation were  adverse to the  patent
holder,  competitors could  be free  to use  the subject  matter covered  by the
patent, or the patent holder may license the technology to others in  settlement
of  such litigation.  The invalidation  of key patents  owned by  the Company or
denial of pending patent applications  could create increased competition,  with
potential  adverse  effects  on  the  Company  and  its  business  prospects. In
addition, there  can be  no  assurance that  any  application of  the  Company's
technology will not infringe patents or proprietary rights of others or that, as
a result of such infringement, licenses that might be required for the Company's
processes or products would be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at
all.  Certain of the issued U.S. and  pending foreign patents licensed by PPG to
SenDx are subject to a covenant by  PPG not to sue Diametrics and three  current
or  former employees of Diametrics for  infringement of such patent rights. This
covenant was entered into in connection with the settlement of a lawsuit by  PPG
against  Diametrics and such  individuals for alleged  misappropriation of trade
secrets, unfair competition  and infringement of  a PPG design  patent. The  PPG
License  provides for such  covenant not to  sue to also  be binding upon SenDx;
however, such  covenant has  no applicability  to patent  applications filed  by
SenDx or any patents that may issue therefrom.
    
 
    Because  of the uncertainty  concerning patent protection,  the Company also
relies upon trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation. The
Company maintains  a policy  requiring  all employees  and consultants  to  sign
confidentiality  agreements under  which they agree  not to use  or disclose the
Company's  confidential  information  as   long  as  that  information   remains
proprietary  or,  in  some  cases,  for fixed  time  periods.  There  can  be no
assurance, however, that such proprietary  technology will not be  independently
developed  or  that secrecy  will  not be  breached.  Under Company  policy, all
technical employees are  required to  assign to the  Company all  rights to  any
inventions made during their employment or relating to the Company's activities.
There can be no assurance that such employees will not breach such agreements.
 
    The  Company is aware that substantial research efforts in sensor technology
are taking place at universities, government laboratories and other corporations
around the world and that numerous patent applications have been filed, and that
patents have been issued, relating  to fundamental technologies and to  specific
biosensor  products  and  processes.  If patents  that  cover  the technologies,
products or processes utilized by the  Company are issued to third parties,  the
Company  may  have  to obtain  licenses  under  such patents.  There  can  be no
assurance that  such  licenses would  be  available on  commercially  reasonably
terms, if at all.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
COMPETITION
    The  key competitive factors in the blood gas and electrolyte testing market
are accuracy,  cost per  test,  breadth of  analyte  menu, turnaround  time  for
results, ease of use, quality control compliance, data management capability and
customer support. In this market, the Company will compete against manufacturers
of bench top instruments and more recently introduced POC analyzers. The Company
believes  that currently,  over 90%  of all  blood gas  and electrolyte analyses
performed in hospitals are  done using bench  top instruments requiring  skilled
laboratory technicians. Major manufacturers of the traditional bench top systems
include   Ciba  Corning  Diagnostics  Corp.  ("Ciba  Corning"),  Instrumentation
Laboratory and Radiometer, which  collectively accounted for  a majority of  all
sales  of blood analyzers  during 1995. However, the  Company believes that over
the next  several years,  demands  of users  for  faster results,  coupled  with
continued  pressures on healthcare  providers to reduce costs,  will result in a
significantly increased number of blood analyses being performed at the POC.
 
   
    Several other companies have developed POC analyzers. i-STAT and  Diametrics
both  offer portable instruments, utilizing single-use disposables, with limited
data  management   capability.   Mallinckrodt   Medical   offers   a   30-pound,
line-powered, near-patient device, used primarily in cardiac surgery suites. AVL
Scientific  recently launched an optical-based  POC system, analyzing only blood
gases. Recently,  Optical  Sensors introduced  an  on-demand,  patient-connected
blood  gas-only product,  and Via  Medical Corporation  introduced an on-demand,
patient-connected glucose-only monitor. In  addition, continued development  and
acceptance  of non-invasive techniques to measure certain diagnostic parameters,
including the use of pulse oximetry to measure blood oxygen saturation, and  the
measurement  of end-tidal  carbon dioxide as  a monitor of  blood carbon dioxide
levels, may decrease demand for the tests performed by the Company's products.
    
 
    Many companies  in  the  medical  diagnostics  industry  have  substantially
greater  capital resources,  installed customer bases,  marketing and management
resources, research and development staffs and facilities than the Company. Such
companies may be developing or could in the future attempt to develop additional
products competitive  with the  SenDx 100.  Many of  these companies  also  have
substantially  greater experience than the  Company in research and development,
obtaining regulatory approvals, manufacturing  and marketing, and may  therefore
represent  significant competition for  the Company. Ciba  Corning has announced
that it is developing a portable POC  blood analyzer. There can be no  assurance
that  the  Company's competitors  will not  succeed  in developing  or marketing
technologies and products  that will be  more effective or  less expensive  than
those  being  marketed  by  the  Company  or  that  would  render  the Company's
technology and products obsolete or noncompetitive.
 
    The Company's StatPal II  product is marketed  primarily toward certain  low
volume  niche markets, and  also competes against the  POC analyzers marketed by
companies such  as  Diametrics. While  the  StatPal  II offers  a  multiple  use
disposable  as  opposed to  the  single use  disposables  typically used  by its
competitors, it is a  blood gas-only analyzer, whereas  certain of the  products
with which it competes offer both blood gas and electrolyte testing.
 
    Over  the past few years, several companies have invested in the development
of optical-based sensors that would be positioned within patients' arteries  and
provide continuous, real time monitoring of blood oxygen, carbon dioxide and pH.
While  offering the  attractiveness of continuous  real time  monitoring with no
blood loss, the  technical hurdles,  primarily stability, low  cost and  adverse
interaction  with the body, have been  formidable and most efforts have achieved
limited commercial success. Some  competitors that have  pursued this area  have
included Pfizer, Inc., Optex Biomedical, Inc., and Puritan-Bennett, Inc.
 
    In  the industrial pH testing market, there are numerous manufacturers of pH
meters and probes that compete with Beckman  for the sale of such products.  The
key  competitive  factors in  this  market are  price,  accuracy of  testing and
product quality.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The manufacturing, testing,  labeling, distribution, marketing,  advertising
and  promotion of the Company's diagnostic products are subject to extensive and
rigorous regulation by the FDA and,  to varying degrees of regulation, by  state
and foreign regulatory agencies. The Company's products are regulated by the FDA
under  the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. The testing for, preparation of
and subsequent FDA
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
and foreign regulatory  review of  requirements could result  in civil  monetary
penalties or criminal sanctions, restrictions on or injunction against marketing
of  the  Company's  products as  well  as  seizure or  recall  of  the Company's
products, or other regulatory action. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to obtain necessary regulatory approvals or clearances on a  timely
basis  or at all, and delays in receipt  of or failure to receive such approvals
or clearances,  the  loss or  limitation  of previously  received  approvals  or
clearances,  adoption  of  future  regulations which  may  further  restrict the
production or  sales  of the  Company's  products,  or failure  to  comply  with
existing  or future regulatory requirements would have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    The Company's StatPal II and SenDx 100 systems received FDA clearance  after
filing  of 510(k)  premarket notifications ("510(k)  Notification"). The Company
received FDA  clearance  to market  the  StatPal II  in  November 1992  for  POC
measurement of blood gases, and received similar FDA clearance for the SenDx 100
system  in  December 1995  for POC  measurement of  oxygen, carbon  dioxide, pH,
sodium, potassium, ionized calcium and hematocrit.
 
   
    Prior to marketing future products, the Company may be required to provide a
510(k) Notification to  the FDA and  to await the  FDA's determination that  the
product  may be  marketed. In any  510(k) Notification, the  Company must, among
other things, demonstrate  that the product  to be marketed  is of  "substantial
equivalence" to another legally marketed device in terms of safety, performance,
design  and intended  use. Test  data from  clinical trials  may be  required to
demonstrate  "substantial  equivalence"  and  that  the  product  is  safe   and
effective,  which  may delay  the 510(k)  Notification review  period. Following
submission of a  510(k) Notification, a  company may not  market the device  for
clinical  use until receipt of FDA clearance. The FDA has no specific time limit
by which it must  respond to a  510(k) Notification. The  FDA, however, may  (i)
determine  that the new device does  not meet the "substantial equivalence" test
and require a more extensive  and time-consuming premarket approval  application
("PMA")  be filed, or (ii) require  further information, such as additional test
data, including  data  from  clinical studies,  before  it  is able  to  make  a
determination  regarding "substantial  equivalence." There  can be  no assurance
that the FDA will act favorably or quickly  in its review of the test data  once
submitted,  and  significant difficulties  or costs  may  be encountered  by the
Company in its efforts to obtain  FDA clearances. Such difficulties could  delay
or preclude the Company from marketing future products.
    
 
    Significant modification of the SenDx 100 system, or its components, such as
the addition of new analytes, would require filing a new 510(k) Notification and
the  Company would  not be  able to  market the  modified product  in the United
States until FDA clearance is obtained. There is no assurance that the FDA would
grant such clearance in a timely manner, or at all.
 
    The  FDA  and  comparable  state  agencies  also  require  the  Company   to
manufacture its products in compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices
("GMP") regulations which govern the procedures, controls and documentation used
in  manufacturing medical devices, including the Company's medical products. The
Company believes its  commercial medical  device manufacturing  is conducted  in
accordance  with GMP requirements,  however, there can be  no assurance that its
manufacturing facilities will  continue to satisfy  such requirements. Both  the
FDA   and  state  agencies  ensure  GMP  compliance  through  periodic  facility
inspections. Accordingly, the  Company must commit  substantial resources on  an
ongoing  basis to maintain a high level of compliance with GMP requirements. The
Company's prior facility in La Jolla, California was inspected once by the  FDA.
The  Company's present facility in Carlsbad,  California has been inspected once
by the Food  and Drug Branch  of the California  Department of Health  Services.
Such  agencies may reinspect the Company at any time, without notice, and if the
inspector observes conditions which might be violations of the GMP requirements,
those conditions must be corrected  or satisfactorily explained, or the  Company
could  face regulatory action, which in extreme cases could include, among other
things, withdrawal  or  recall of  products  and cessation  of  operations.  The
Company  is also required  to comply with various  FDA requirements for labeling
and marketing and the FDA prohibits a device from being marketed for  unapproved
clinical uses. In addition, the Company's promotional and educational activities
regarding  its diagnostic  products must comply  with evolving  FDA policies and
regulations regarding acceptable product promotion practices.
 
   
    In addition, the manufacture, sale or use of the Company's products are also
subject to regulation by other federal entities, such as the Occupational Safety
and Health Administration and the Environmental
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
Protection Agency, and  by various state  agencies. The Company  believes it  is
materially  in compliance with such requirements.  Use of the Company's products
will  also  be  subject  to  inspection,  quality  control,  quality  assurance,
proficiency  testing, documentation and safety  reporting standards of the Joint
Commission on  Accreditation of  Healthcare  Organizations. Various  states  and
municipalities  may also have similar regulations. Federal and state regulations
regarding the manufacture, sale or use of the Company's products are subject  to
future  change,  which  changes could  have  a  material adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
   
    The Company's customers using its  diagnostic devices for clinical  analyses
in  the United  States may be  subject to the  Clinical Laboratories Improvement
Amendments of  1988  ("CLIA  '88"),  which provide  for  federal  regulation  of
laboratory  testing,  an activity  also regulated  by most  states. Laboratories
either must  obtain a  registration  certificate from  the Health  Care  Finance
Administration or a state license in a state with a federally approved licensure
program. Laboratories that obtain state licenses will be required to comply with
state  regulations and may be exempt from CLIA '88. The CLIA '88 regulations are
intended to ensure the quality and reliability of clinical laboratories  testing
in  the  United States  by mandating  specific  standards. CLIA  '88 categorizes
diagnostic tests as "waived," "moderate complexity," or "high complexity" on the
basis of test complexity. The SenDx 100  system has been classified as being  of
moderate complexity. There can be no assurance that the CLIA '88 regulations and
future administrative interpretations will not have a material adverse impact on
the Company by limiting its potential markets.
    
 
   
    The SenDx 100 provides for testing of control samples and calibration on the
same  sensor that is used  to measure patient blood  samples. It also performs a
single point calibration, using a  single calibration solution containing  known
concentrations  of  analytes,  with  each  sample  and  an  automatic  two-point
calibration, using two different calibration solutions with known concentrations
of analytes, every two hours.
    
 
   
    The Company's products are  also subject to  various restrictions under  the
laws and regulations of those states where they will be marketed by the Company.
Some  states restrict use  of blood gas and  electrolyte analyzers to physicians
and licensed technicians. These restrictions may limit the Company's ability  to
market the SenDx 100 in those states.
    
 
    Distribution  of the  Company's products  outside the  United States  may be
subject to  FDA,  export  and extensive  foreign  government  regulation.  These
regulations,  including the requirements  for approvals or  clearance to market,
the  time  required  for  regulatory  review  and  the  sanctions  imposed   for
violations,  vary from country  to country. There  can be no  assurance that the
Company will obtain regulatory approvals in such countries on a timely basis, if
at all, or that it will not be required to incur significant costs in  obtaining
or  maintaining its foreign regulatory approvals. Prior to selling in Japan, the
Company is  required to  obtain approval  of  its products  by the  Ministry  of
Health. The Company intends to seek this approval in conjunction with a Japanese
distributor.  Prior to selling in Europe, the  Company is required to obtain TUV
approval and then  register the product  for sale. The  time required to  obtain
needed  regulatory clearance by particular foreign  governments may be longer or
shorter than that required for FDA clearance, however, in general the extent  of
regulation  of  medical devices,  and therefore  the time  and cost  involved in
obtaining such regulatory  clearance, is increasing  worldwide, and the  Company
expects  this trend to continue. There can be no assurance that the Company will
be able  to obtain  any required  approvals  in the  future. Failure  to  obtain
necessary  regulatory approvals,  the restriction,  suspension or  revocation of
existing approvals or any failure to comply with regulatory requirements outside
the United  States  could  have  a material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    The European Community has promulgated rules requiring that medical products
qualify to affix the CE mark by mid-1998. The CE mark is an international symbol
of  adherence  to quality  assurance  standards and  compliance  with applicable
European medical device directives. In order to obtain the right to affix the CE
mark to its potential  products, the Company will  need to obtain  certification
that its processes meet European quality standards. Failure to receive the right
to  affix the  CE mark will  prohibit the  Company from selling  its products in
member countries of the European Community,  and there can be no assurance  that
the  Company will be  successful in meeting European  quality standards or other
certificate requirements.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    In  addition  to  governmental  approvals,  the  Company  is  also   seeking
Underwriters'  Laboratories (UL) listing of the  SenDx 100 in the United States.
Certain hospitals require UL  listing as a prerequisite  to use of equipment  in
such  hospitals. In addition,  certain state and  local governments have enacted
laws making  it  unlawful  to  sell  electrical  devices  without  UL  or  other
comparable approval.
 
REIMBURSEMENT
 
    In  the United  States, healthcare  providers generally  rely on third-party
payors,  principally  federal  Medicare,  state  Medicaid  and  private   health
insurance  plans,  to reimburse  all  or part  of  the cost  of  therapeutic and
diagnostic procedures. With the implementation of Medicare's Prospective Payment
System for hospital inpatient care (Diagnosis Related Groups or "DRGs"), in  the
1980's,  public  and private  payors  began to  reimburse  providers on  a fixed
payment schedule depending on the nature and severity of the illness. Many tests
and procedures  that would  have been  performed under  cost-plus  reimbursement
formulas  are now subject  to scrutiny and  must be justified  in terms of their
impact on patient outcomes.  The percentage of blood  gas and electrolyte  tests
for  which  hospitals  receive direct  reimbursement  is declining  in  favor of
reimbursement on a per  procedure basis, including  diagnosis and treatment,  or
through  capitated charges. As a result, the incentives are now to test only for
those parameters and on a frequency that will result in cost-effective care.  In
addition,  Medicare DRG reimbursement originally  allowed a pass-through of some
of the capital  cost of equipment.  This pass-through is  now being phased  out,
making  non-purchase  acquisition of  capital  equipment more  attractive. Broad
acceptance  of  the   Company's  products  will   require  offering   attractive
acquisition  alternatives that are economically viable for the hospitals and for
the Company.
 
    Market acceptance of the Company's products in international markets may  be
dependent  in  part  upon  reimbursement  within  prevailing  healthcare payment
systems. Healthcare payment systems in international markets vary  significantly
by  country. The main types of such payment systems in international markets are
government sponsored healthcare and private insurance. Countries with government
sponsored  healthcare,  such  as  the   United  Kingdom,  have  a   centralized,
nationalized  healthcare system. New devices are brought into the system through
negotiations  between  departments  at  individual  hospitals  at  the  time  of
budgeting. Although not as prevalent as in the United States, health maintenance
organizations are emerging in certain European countries.
 
    The  Company  could  be adversely  affected  by changes  in  governmental or
private healthcare payor reimbursement policies  to the extent any such  changes
affect  reimbursement for procedures  in which the  Company's products are used.
Adverse changes in governmental and private third party payors' policies  toward
reimbursement  for such procedures  would have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
EMPLOYEES
   
    As of May 31,  1996, the Company had  a total of 96  employees, of which  81
were  full-time, two were  part-time permanent employees,  and 13 were temporary
employees. Of the full-time employees,  31 were in manufacturing operations,  14
were  in sales and  marketing, 19 were  in research and  development and product
engineering, eight were  in regulatory  affairs and quality  assurance and  nine
were  in  general and  administrative. The  13 temporary  and the  two part-time
employees performed  various  functions  throughout  the  Company.  The  Company
expects  to increase its manufacturing and marketing personnel during 1996. None
of the Company's employees is covered by a collective bargaining agreement.  The
Company believes that its relationship with its employees is good.
    
 
FACILITIES
    The  Company  currently  leases 39,000  square  feet of  space  in Carlsbad,
California, where its headquarters and manufacturing facilities are located. The
lease is  for a  term expiring  in  January 2001,  subject to  three  additional
one-year options to renew. The Company believes such facilities are adequate for
the next several years.
 
INSURANCE
    The  Company maintains a "claims made" product liability insurance policy in
the amount of $1.0 million  per occurrence and in  the aggregate, and an  excess
general and product liability insurance policy in the
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
amount  of  $4.0 million  per occurrence  and  in the  aggregate, which  are the
maximum payouts for all claims made during a calendar year. If the Company  does
not  or  cannot maintain  its existing  or  comparable liability  insurance, its
ability to market its  products may be significantly  impaired. There can be  no
assurance  that the amount  and scope of  any insurance coverage  upon which the
Company relies will be adequate to protect the Company in the event of a product
liability claim.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
    In late December 1995, the Company moved from leased facilities in La Jolla,
California, at  the termination  of the  lease term.  On January  31, 1996,  the
Company's  former landlord, Medical Biology Institute, filed a complaint against
both the Company and PPG in San  Diego County Superior Court, which was  amended
in  April  1996. The  complaint, as  amended, alleges:  breach of  sublease (for
allegedly failing to restore leased premises to their original condition at  the
termination  of the sublease); fraud (for allegedly making false representations
regarding restoration of  the premises);  trespass (for  allegedly damaging  the
premises);  conversion  (for  allegedly damaging  the  premises);  nuisance (for
allegedly leaving items on the premises); tortious interference with prospective
economic advantage (for  allegedly interfering with  the plaintiff's ability  to
relet the premises); and negligence (for allegedly leaving supplies and products
exposed  to  possible  tampering  by outsiders).  The  landlord  seeks  at least
$860,000 in damages, plus exemplary and  punitive damages. The action is in  the
procedural motion and early discovery phase. The Company is vigorously defending
this  action and does  not anticipate that  the litigation will  have a material
effect on  the  Company's financial  statements.  There can  be  no  assurances,
however,  that such action would not be decided against the Company, which would
have a material adverse  effect on the  Company's business, financial  condition
and results of operations.
 
    The Company is not a party to any other material legal proceedings.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                         AGE                                 POSITION
- ------------------------------------------      ---      ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>
Douglas R. Hillier........................          61   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
George Pache..............................          47   Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial
                                                          Officer and Secretary
Michael W. Mercer.........................          42   Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Ronald Betts, Ph.D........................          48   Vice President, Operations
Ruben Chairez, Ph.D.......................          53   Vice President, Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance
Matthew Leader............................          36   Director of Research and Development
Douglas Savage............................          38   Director of Product Engineering
Thomas O. Gephart.........................          59   Chairman of the Board of Directors
Anthony Rippo, M.D........................          54   Director
F. Duwaine Townsen........................          63   Director
Fredrik C. Schreuder......................          59   Director
C. Ian Sym-Smith..........................          66   Director
Robi Blumenstein..........................          39   Director
</TABLE>
    
 
    DOUGLAS R. HILLIER joined the Company as a Director in March 1995, following
the  Medical Sensors acquisition and served as a consultant to the Company until
his appointment as President and Chief  Executive Officer in August 1995.  Prior
to  joining the  Company, Mr.  Hillier was employed  by PPG  Industries, Inc., a
publicly held industrial conglomerate, as General Manager of the Medical Sensors
business unit from its inception in 1988 until its acquisition by the Company in
December 1994. Prior to 1988, Mr.  Hillier was President of Spectramed, Inc.,  a
medical   device  manufacturer,   and  held   various  positions   with  Beckman
Instruments, Inc., a manufacturer of scientific and laboratory instruments,  and
Varian  Associates, a manufacturer of scientific and industrial instruments. Mr.
Hillier holds both a bachelors and masters degree in electrical engineering from
the University of Michigan and completed the Executive Management Program at the
University of California at Los Angeles.
 
    GEORGE  PACHE   joined  the   Company  as   Vice  President,   Finance   and
Administration,  Chief Financial Officer  and Secretary in  March 1995. Prior to
joining the  Company,  Mr. Pache  served  from January  1994  to March  1995  as
Executive  Vice  President and  Chief  Financial Officer  of  Advanced Materials
Group, a publicly held high technology materials company. From February 1993  to
January  1994, Mr. Pache was an  independent financial consultant. From February
1989 to February 1993, Mr. Pache  was Senior Vice President and Chief  Financial
Officer of PSICOR, Inc., a then publicly held cardiovascular technology company.
Prior  to 1989,  Mr. Pache  was Vice  President and  Chief Financial  Officer of
Kasler Corporation, a publicly held  construction company, and was a  practicing
certified  public accountant  with Arthur  Young &  Co. Mr.  Pache holds  both a
bachelors and a masters  degree in business  administration and accounting  from
the University of Houston and is a certified public accountant.
 
    MICHAEL  W. MERCER joined the Company as Vice President, Sales and Marketing
in March 1995. Prior to  joining the Company, from May  1987 to March 1995,  Mr.
Mercer  was  employed  as  a  sales  and  marketing  executive  with  CDI/3M,  a
manufacturer of blood  monitoring systems.  Before joining CDI/3M  in 1987,  Mr.
Mercer  held various sales management and  sales representative positions with a
medical   device    manufacturing   division    of   Allegheny    International,
Physio-Control, a manufacturer of cardiac monitors and
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
defibrillators  and Hudson  Oxygen Therapy,  a manufacturer  of respiratory care
products. Mr. Mercer  received his bachelors  degree in business  administration
from  Ohio University and his masters degree in business administration from the
University of Southern California.
 
    RONALD BETTS, PH.D.  joined the  Company as Vice  President, Operations,  in
December  1994  in connection  with the  Medical  Sensors acquisition.  Prior to
joining the Company, from 1978 to December  1994, Dr. Betts was employed by  PPG
in  various senior scientific positions and was a founder of the Medical Sensors
business unit. Dr. Betts has broad experience in blood gas immunochemical sensor
design, development  and  manufacturing,  and  was a  primary  inventor  of  the
Company's  calibration  technology.  He  also  holds  the  position  of Visiting
Investigator at  the Scripps  Research Institute.  Dr. Betts  holds a  Ph.D.  in
biochemistry  from  Iowa  State University  and  a masters  degree  in medicinal
chemistry from the University of Iowa.
 
    RUBEN CHAIREZ,  PH.D.  joined  the Company  as  Vice  President,  Regulatory
Affairs  and Quality Assurance in December  1994, in connection with the Medical
Sensors acquisition. Prior  to joining SenDx,  Dr. Chairez was  employed by  PPG
from  November 1993  to December  1994. From  March 1990  to November  1993, Dr.
Chairez served as Director of  Regulatory Affairs for Gen-Probe Incorporated,  a
medical  diagnostics company.  Prior to 1990,  Dr. Chairez was  employed by E.I.
duPont de  Nemours  &  Co.  and Abbott  Laboratories  in  various  research  and
regulatory  management positions. Dr. Chairez holds  a Ph.D in virology from the
University of Oregon.
 
    MATTHEW LEADER joined the Company in  December 1994, in connection with  the
Medical  Sensors  acquisition.  Prior to  joining  the Company,  Mr.  Leader was
employed from October 1988 to December 1994 by PPG, where he was instrumental in
developing much of the  Company's sensor technology. Prior  to 1988, Mr.  Leader
held  various  bioengineering positions  with  Shiley, Inc.,  a  manufacturer of
medical devices. Mr.  Leader holds a  bachelors degree in  engineering from  the
University  of California, San Diego and a masters degree in bioengineering from
the University of California, San Diego.
 
    DOUGLAS SAVAGE joined the Company in  December 1994, in connection with  the
Medical  Sensors  acquisition.  Prior to  joining  the Company,  Mr.  Savage was
employed from May 1989 to December 1994 by PPG, where he was responsible for the
electronic and mechanical engineering  development of the  StatPal II. Prior  to
1989,  Mr. Savage held  various engineering positions  with Spectramed, Inc. and
Gould, Inc. Mr.  Savage received  a bachelors degree  in biomedical  engineering
from the University of Illinois at Chicago.
 
    THOMAS  O. GEPHART has  served as a  Director of the  Company since February
1995. In 1976, Mr. Gephart founded  Ventana Global, Ltd., a venture capital  and
private  investment banking firm, and has served as its Managing General Partner
since that  time.  Previously, Mr.  Gephart  held various  executive  management
positions  with AMP, Inc., a  manufacturer of electrical connectors, Bunker-Ramo
Corporation, a manufacturer of electric  components and the Radar, Missiles  and
Electronics  Division  of  Hughes  Aircraft  Corporation.  Mr.  Gephart  holds a
bachelors degree in engineering from the University of Southern California.
 
    ANTHONY RIPPO, M.D. founded the Company in December 1990 and has served as a
Director since that time. In addition,  Dr. Rippo served as President and  Chief
Executive  Officer of the Company  from December 1990 to  May 1994. From 1983 to
1990, Dr. Rippo founded  and served as President  of Marine Medical Services  of
San  Diego,  Inc., a  healthcare management  company. Prior  to 1983,  Dr. Rippo
founded industrial medical clinics and the California Marine Medical Service,  a
provider  of medical care systems  to remote areas, primarily  ships at sea. Dr.
Rippo holds an M.D. degree from the Loyola University Medical School.
 
    F. DUWAINE TOWNSEN  has been  a Director of  the Company  since 1992.  Since
1983,  Mr. Townsen has been  a managing partner of  Ventana Growth Fund, L.P., a
venture capital fund.  Previously, Mr.  Townsen was  Chairman of  the Board  and
Chief  Executive Officer  of Kay  Laboratories, Inc.  a manufacturer  of medical
products. Mr. Townsen holds  a bachelors degree  in business administration  and
accounting from San Diego State University and is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
    FREDRIK  C. SCHREUDER has been  a Director of the  Company since 1993. Since
1989, Mr. Schreuder  has been  President of  Medical Venture  Management A/S  of
Norway,  a  venture  capital  management  firm.  Previously,  Mr.  Schreuder was
Executive  Vice-President   of  Hafslund   Nycomed   A/S,  a   manufacturer   of
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
medical imaging contrast media. Mr. Schreuder holds a masters degree in business
administration  from Harvard Business School, worked  as a research associate at
the IMEDE Management Institute in Switzerland  and is a former President of  the
Norwegian Society of Financial Analysts. Mr. Schreuder serves as a member of the
Board   of  Directors  of   Fuisz  Technologies,  Limited,   a  manufacturer  of
pharmaceutical products.
 
    C. IAN SYM-SMITH  has been a  Director of the  Company since February  1995.
From  1960  to  1984, Mr.  Sym-Smith  was  a senior  partner  of  Hay Management
Consultants, a management consulting firm. From 1988 to May 1994, Mr.  Sym-Smith
was  Chairman of  the Board  of Rural/Metro  Corporation, an  emergency services
company. Since May  1994, Mr. Sym-Smith  has been an  independent investor.  Mr.
Sym-Smith  holds  a  diploma  in  electrical  engineering  from  the  College of
Technology in Birmingham, England and his masters degree with honors in business
administration from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.
 
    ROBI BLUMENSTEIN has been  a Director of the  Company since March 1996.  Mr.
Blumenstein  is a  Managing Director  of CIBC  Wood Gundy  Capital, the merchant
banking division of the  Canadian Imperial Bank of  Commerce, where he has  been
employed  since 1994.  From May  1992 to  December 1993,  Mr. Blumenstein  was a
principal of Hadley & Baxendale Limited, an investment and consulting firm. From
May 1991 to April 1992, Mr. Blumenstein was a Managing Director of Environmental
Capital Management,  an investment  firm.  From July  1984  to April  1991,  Mr.
Blumenstein was employed at First City Capital Corporation, a merchant bank. Mr.
Blumenstein  serves as a member of the  Board of Directors of Thermatrix Inc., a
publicly held environmental technology company. Mr. Blumenstein holds  bachelors
and  law degrees from the University of Toronto and a masters degree in business
administration from Harvard University.
 
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    All members of the Company's Board  of Directors hold office until the  next
annual  meeting  of  stockholders  or until  their  successors  are  elected and
qualified. Officers serve at  the discretion of the  Board of Directors and  are
elected  annually.  There are  no family  relationships  among the  directors or
officials of the Company.
 
    Mr. Blumenstein  was appointed  to  the Board  of  Directors in  March  1996
pursuant  to the  terms and conditions  of an Investors'  Rights Agreement dated
March 20, 1996  among the Company,  CIBC Wood Gundy  Ventures, Inc. and  certain
other shareholders of the Company, which provided that the holders of the Series
D  Preferred Stock shall have the right to  elect up to two members of the Board
of Directors. Such right terminates upon the closing of this Offering.
 
    Following the closing of this Offering, Messrs. Townsen and Rippo intend  to
resign  as members of the Board of Directors, and the Company intends to appoint
two outside directors to fill the resulting vacancies.
 
BOARD COMMITTEES AND COMPENSATION
 
    The Audit Committee  consists of  Messrs. Townsen and  Sym-Smith. The  Audit
Committee  makes  recommendations  to  the  Board  of  Directors  regarding  the
selection of independent auditors,  reviews the results and  scope of the  audit
and  other services provided by the  Company's independent auditors, and reviews
and evaluates the Company's internal control functions.
 
    The Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Sym-Smith, Gephart and Rippo.
The Compensation Committee  administers the  Company's 1991  Stock Option  Plan,
1996  Stock  Incentive Plan  and  1996 Employee  Stock  Purchase Plan  and makes
recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning compensation for  executive
officers and consultants of the Company.
 
   
    The  Company's  directors currently  do  not receive  cash  compensation for
attendance at Board of Directors or committee meetings. However, in the  future,
non-employee  directors  may  receive  compensation for  attendance  and  may be
reimbursed for  certain expenses  in  connection with  attendance at  board  and
committee  meetings. In addition, pursuant to the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive
Plan, each non-employee director  who is initially elected  as a director  after
the  closing  of  this  Offering during  the  term  of such  plan  is  granted a
nonstatutory option to  purchase 12,000  shares of the  Company's Common  Stock,
which  option vests and becomes  exercisable at the rate  of 50% immediately and
25% upon reelection as a director in each
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
of the two years  following the date  of grant. The exercise  price of all  such
options  shall be 100% of the fair market  value of the Common Stock on the date
of grant, and all such options shall have a term of 10 years. In addition,  upon
the  expiration  of each  such four-year  period during  the director's  term of
office, such  director shall  receive  an additional  option to  purchase  3,000
shares  of  Common  Stock, exercisable  immediately,  subject to  the  terms and
conditions of the 1996 Plan.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    During  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1995,  decisions  regarding
compensation  of executive officers  were made by  the Compensation Committee of
the Board of Directors.  Dr. Rippo served as  the Company's President and  Chief
Executive  Officer  from  December 1990  to  May  1994. Certain  members  of the
Compensation Committee have been  party to transactions  with the Company  since
January 1, 1993. See "Certain Transactions."
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  following table sets  forth compensation earned  during the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1995,  by the individuals who  served as the Company's  Chief
Executive  Officer during such year and  the four other executive officers whose
total salary and  bonus during  such year exceeded  $100,000 (collectively,  the
"Named Executive Officers").
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        LONG-TERM
                                                      ANNUAL COMPENSATION             COMPENSATION
                                            ----------------------------------------  -------------
                                                                         OTHER         SECURITIES         ALL
                                                                        ANNUAL         UNDERLYING        OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                   SALARY      BONUS    COMPENSATION (1)    OPTIONS (#)   COMPENSATION
- ------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------  -----------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>                <C>            <C>
Douglas R. Hillier........................  $  111,576  $  30,000      $   5,250          108,333         --
 Chief Executive Officer (2)
W. Jerry Mezger...........................     113,533     --              4,000           --          $  42,894
 Chief Executive Officer (3)
George Pache..............................     103,069     --             --               40,000         --
 Chief Financial Officer
Ronald Betts, Ph.D........................     100,800     --             --               38,333         --
 Vice President, Operations
Matthew Leader............................     102,000     --             --               35,000         --
 Director of Research and Development
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Consists of car allowances paid to such individuals.
 
(2) The Company paid Mr. Hillier $46,214 in consulting fees between January 1995
    and August 1995, at which time Mr. Hillier was appointed President and Chief
    Executive  Officer of  the Company, and  paid Mr. Hillier  $65,362 in salary
    between August 1995 and December 1995.
 
(3) Mr. Mezger served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company from March  1994
    until his resignation in August 1995.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
    The  following  table sets  forth certain  information concerning  grants of
options to each of the Named  Executive Officers during the year ended  December
31, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    % OF TOTAL                                 POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                      OPTIONS                                    VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                       NUMBER OF      GRANTED                                 ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                                      SECURITIES        TO                                    PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                      UNDERLYING     EMPLOYEES     EXERCISE                      OPTION TERM (3)
                                        OPTIONS      IN FISCAL       PRICE      EXPIRATION   ------------------------
NAME                                  GRANTED (#)    YEAR (1)      ($/SHARE)     DATE (2)      5% ($)      10% ($)
- ------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  ------------  ----------  ------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Douglas R. Hillier..................      50,000          7.8%     $    1.50     02/14/2005  $  943,000  $  1,546,089
                                          50,000          7.8           1.50     08/24/2005     943,000     1,546,089
                                           8,333          1.3           1.50     10/08/2005     157,171       257,672
W. Jerry Mezger (4).................      16,667          2.6           1.50     05/24/1996      --           --
George Pache........................      33,333          5.2           1.50     03/05/2005     628,705     1,030,716
                                           6,667          1.0           1.50     10/08/2005     125,747       206,155
Ronald Betts, Ph.D..................      33,333          5.2           1.50     01/17/2005     628,705     1,030,716
                                           5,000          0.8           1.50     10/08/2005      94,306       154,609
Matthew Leader......................      28,333          4.4           1.50     01/17/2005     534,395       876,199
                                           6,667          1.0           1.50     10/08/2005     125,747       206,155
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Options to  purchase an  aggregate of 644,317  shares of  Common Stock were
    granted to employees,  including the  Named Executive  Officers, during  the
    year ended December 31, 1995.
 
(2)  Options granted have a term of  10 years, subject to earlier termination in
    certain events related to termination of employment. The options granted  to
    Mr. Mezger were granted in March 1994 and terminate in May 1996.
 
(3)  Based  on  an  assumed  initial offering  price  of  $12.50  per  share. In
    accordance with the  rules and  regulations of the  Securities and  Exchange
    Commission,  such gains are based on  assumed rates of annual compound stock
    appreciation of 5% and 10% from the  date on which the options were  granted
    over  the full term of the options. The rates do not represent the Company's
    estimate or projection of future Common  Stock prices, and no assurance  can
    be  given that the  rates of annual compound  stock appreciation assumed for
    the purposes of the table will be achieved.
 
(4) Options were forfeited upon termination of employment.
 
                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                       AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding   option
exercises  during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 by the Named Executive
Officers:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                                            UNDERLYING             VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                       UNEXERCISED OPTIONS         IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                   SHARES                             AT FISCAL YEAR-END (#)    AT FISCAL YEAR-END ($)(2)
                                 ACQUIRED ON           VALUE        --------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                            EXERCISE (#)      REALIZED ($)(1)   EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- ----------------------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                           <C>                <C>                <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Douglas R. Hillier..........              0             --               8,333        100,000    $  91,663    $ 1,100,000
W. Jerry Mezger.............             33          $      46          67,649              0      804,318              0
George Pache................              0             --                   0         40,000            0        440,000
Ronald Betts, Ph.D..........              0             --               7,000         31,333       77,000        344,663
Matthew Leader..............              0             --               6,000         29,000       66,000        319,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Based on a $1.50 per share valuation on the date of exercise.
 
(2) Calculated by determining the difference between the assumed initial  public
    offering price of $12.50 per share and the exercise price of the options.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
STOCK PLANS
 
1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
   
    The  Company adopted the 1991 Stock Option Plan (the "1991 Plan") in January
1992. At March 31, 1996, of the 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock which have been
reserved for issuance under  the 1991 Plan, 846,796  are subject to  outstanding
options  at a weighted average exercise price of $1.32 per share, 141,811 shares
had been purchased upon exercise of options and 11,393 shares were available for
future grants of options. The 1991 Plan  provides for the grant to employees  of
the  Company of "incentive stock options," within  the meaning of Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and for the grant  of
nonstatutory options to employees, consultants and non-employee directors of the
Company. The purpose of the 1991 Plan is to provide participants with incentives
which  will encourage them to acquire a proprietary interest in, and continue to
provide services to, the  Company. The 1991 Plan  may be administered either  by
the  Board of Directors or  a committee approved by the  Board of Directors in a
manner that complies with Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of  1934,
as  amended.  Currently,  the  1991 Plan  is  administered  by  the Compensation
Committee,  which  has  sole  discretion  and  authority,  consistent  with  the
provisions  of  the 1991  Plan, to  determine  which eligible  participants will
receive options, the  time when options  will be granted,  the terms of  options
granted  and the number of shares which will be subject to options granted under
the 1991 Plan.
    
 
    The exercise price of incentive stock options must at least be equal to  the
fair  market value of a share of Common  Stock on the date the option is granted
(110% with  respect  to  optionees  who  own  at  least  10%  of  the  Company's
outstanding  voting stock). Nonstatutory options shall have an exercise price of
not less than 85%  of the fair market  value of a share  of Common Stock on  the
date such option is granted (110% with respect to optionees who own at least 10%
of the Company's outstanding voting stock). Payment of the exercise price may be
made  in  cash,  by  delivery  of  shares  of  the  Company's  Common  Stock or,
potentially, through  the  delivery of  a  full recourse  promissory  note.  The
Compensation Committee has the authority to determine the time or times at which
options  granted under the  Plan become exercisable,  provided that options must
expire no later than ten years from  the date of grant (five years with  respect
to  optionees who own at least 10% of the outstanding Common Stock). Options are
nontransferable, other  than upon  death by  will and  the laws  of descent  and
distribution,  and generally may be exercised only by an employee while employed
by the Company or within three months after termination of employment (one  year
for termination resulting from death or disability).
 
1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
   
    The  Company adopted the 1996 Stock Incentive  Plan (the "1996 Plan") in May
1996, covering an aggregate  of 700,000 shares of  Common Stock plus any  shares
which  are or  become available  for grant  under the  1991 Plan.  The 1996 Plan
provides for the granting  of "incentive stock options,"  within the meaning  of
Section  422 of  the Internal  Revenue Code  of 1986,  as amended  (the "Code"),
nonstatutory  options  and  restricted  stock  grants  to  directors,  officers,
employees  and consultants of  the Company, except  that incentive stock options
may not be granted to non-employee directors or consultants. The purpose of  the
1996  Plan is to provide participants  with incentives which will encourage them
to acquire a proprietary interest in,  and continue to provide services to,  the
Company.  The 1996 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee, which has
sole discretion and authority, consistent with the provisions of the 1996  Plan,
to  determine which  eligible participants will  receive options,  the time when
options will be granted, the terms of  options granted and the number of  shares
which  will be  subject to options  granted under the  1996 Plan. As  of May 31,
1996, there were 135,596 options outstanding  under the 1996 Plan at a  weighted
average exercise price of $6.14 per share.
    
 
   
    In  addition, the 1996 Plan provides  that each non-employee director of the
Company who is initially elected as a director of the Company after the  closing
of  this Offering during the  term of the 1996 Plan,  shall be granted an option
consisting of 12,000 shares of Common Stock, which option shall vest and  become
exercisable at the rate of 50% immediately and 25% upon reelection as a director
in  each  of the  two  years following  the grant  date.  In addition,  upon the
reelection   of   such   non-employee   director   in   each   year   of    such
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
   
non-employee  director's term of office such non-employee director shall receive
an  additional  option  covering  3,000  shares  of  Common  Stock,  exercisable
immediately, subject to the limitations set forth in the 1996 Plan.
    
 
   
    The  exercise price of incentive stock options must at least be equal to the
fair market value of a share of Common  Stock on the date the option is  granted
(110%  with respect to optionees who own  at least 10% of the outstanding Common
Stock). Nonstatutory options shall have an  exercise price of not less than  85%
of  the fair market value of a share of  Common Stock on the date such option is
granted (110% with respect to optionees who own at least 10% of the  outstanding
Common Stock). Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash, by delivery of
shares  of the Company's Common Stock or, potentially, through the delivery of a
promissory note. The Compensation Committee  has the authority to determine  the
time  or times at which options granted  under the 1996 Plan become exercisable,
provided that options must expire no later than ten years from the date of grant
(five years with respect to  optionees who own at  least 10% of the  outstanding
Common  Stock). Options are  nontransferable, other than upon  death by will and
the laws of descent and distribution, and generally may be exercised only by  an
employee  while employed by the Company or within three months after termination
of employment (one year for termination resulting from death or disability).
    
 
1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
   
    The Company's 1996 Employee  Stock Purchase Plan  (the "Purchase Plan")  was
adopted  by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company's stockholders in
May 1996, covering an aggregate of 200,000 shares of Common Stock. The  Purchase
Plan,  which is intended to  qualify as an "employee  stock purchase plan" under
Section 423  of the  Internal Revenue  Code, will  be implemented  by  six-month
offerings with purchases occurring at six-month intervals commencing on the date
of  this Prospectus. For  the initial offering period,  the offering period will
commence on the effective  date for the Purchase  Plan and conclude on  December
31,  1996. The Purchase Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee.
Employees will be eligible  to participate if they  are employed by the  Company
for at least 20 hours per week and if they have been employed by the Company for
at  least  90 days.  The Purchase  Plan permits  eligible employees  to purchase
Common Stock  through  payroll  deductions,  which may  not  exceed  20%  of  an
employee's  compensation. The price  of stock purchased  under the Purchase Plan
will be 85% of  the lower of the  fair market value of  the Common Stock at  the
beginning  of the six-month offering period  or on the applicable purchase date.
Employees may end  their participation in  the offering at  any time during  the
offering   period,  and  participation  ends  automatically  on  termination  of
employment. The Board  may at  any time amend  or terminate  the Purchase  Plan,
except  that  no  such amendment  or  termination may  adversely  affect options
previously granted under the Purchase Plan. The Purchase Plan will in all events
terminate on January 1, 2006.
    
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    In August  1995,  the Company  entered  into an  employment  agreement  with
Douglas  R. Hillier,  which agreement remains  in effect until  August 25, 1997,
unless and until terminated by either the Company or Mr. Hillier at any time and
for any reason, with or without cause,  upon 30 days notice to the other  party.
During  the fiscal year  ended December 31,  1995, Mr. Hillier  was paid $65,362
under such employment agreement. In the event Mr. Hillier's employment with  the
Company  is  terminated without  cause, Mr.  Hillier  shall receive  a severance
payment equal to five months base salary, plus continuation of health  insurance
benefits for a period of five months following such termination.
 
    In  January 1996, the Company entered into employment agreements with George
Pache, Michael W.  Mercer, Ronald  Betts, Ph.D., Ruben  Chairez, Ph.D.,  Matthew
Leader,  and Douglas Savage, which agreements  remain in effect until terminated
by either the  Company or  such officer  at any time,  for any  reason, with  or
without  cause,  upon  30 days  notice  to the  other  party. In  the  event the
officer's employment with the Company  is terminated without cause, the  officer
shall  receive a severance payment equal to five to six months base salary, plus
continuation of employee benefits for a  period of five to six months  following
such  termination,  and the  vesting of  such officer's  stock options  shall be
accelerated as  though such  officer's  employment had  terminated five  to  six
months following the actual date of termination.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
    The  Company's Bylaws provide that the  Company will indemnify its directors
and officers and  may indemnify its  employees and other  agents to the  fullest
extent  permitted by  law. The Company  believes that  indemnification under its
Bylaws covers at least negligence  and gross negligence by indemnified  parties,
and  permits  the  Company  to  advance  litigation  expenses  in  the  case  of
stockholder derivative actions or other  actions, against an undertaking by  the
indemnified party to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that the
indemnified  party is not  entitled to indemnification. Prior  to the closing of
this Offering, the Company expects to have in place liability insurance for  its
officers and directors.
 
    In  addition,  the  Company's Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides that,
pursuant to Delaware law, its directors shall not be liable for monetary damages
for breach of the directors' fiduciary duty as a director to the Company and its
stockholders. This  provision  in  the Certificate  of  Incorporation  does  not
eliminate  the  directors'  fiduciary  duty,  and  in  appropriate circumstances
equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will
remain available under Delaware law. In addition, each director will continue to
be subject to  liability for breach  of the  director's duty of  loyalty to  the
Company  for  acts  or omissions  not  in  good faith  or  involving intentional
misconduct, for  knowing violations  of  law, for  actions leading  to  improper
personal  benefit to the director,  and for payment of  dividends or approval of
stock repurchases  or redemptions  that  are unlawful  under Delaware  law.  The
provision  also does  not affect a  director's responsibilities  under any other
law, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.
 
    The Company intends to enter  into separate indemnification agreements  with
its  directors and officers prior to this Offering. These agreements require the
Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities  that
may  arise by reason of their status  or service as directors or officers (other
than liabilities arising from actions not taken in good faith or in a manner the
indemnitee believed  to be  opposed to  the best  interests of  the Company)  to
advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to
which  they could be indemnified and to obtain directors' insurance if available
on reasonable terms.  Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising  under
the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers
or persons controlling  the Company  pursuant to the  foregoing provisions,  the
Company  has been informed  that in the  opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission, such indemnification is  against public policy  as expressed in  the
Act and is therefore unenforceable. The Company believes that its Certificate of
Incorporation  and Bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary
to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    Since  January  1,  1993,  the  Company  has  issued,  in  private placement
transactions, shares of  Series A,  A-2, B and  C Preferred  Stock, as  follows:
3,321,997  shares of  Series A  Preferred Stock at  $1.00 per  share, 861,067 of
which were  subsequently exchanged  for shares  of Series  A-2 Preferred  Stock;
1,310,000  shares  of Series  B Preferred  Stock at  $1.00 per  share; 7,884,337
shares of Series C Preferred Stock at $1.00 per share, 364,395 shares of  Series
C Preferred Stock at $2.50 per share; and 3,809,524 shares of Series D Preferred
Stock  at $2.625 per share which numbers, as well as the numbers set forth below
except as otherwise indicated,  do not reflect  the one-for-three reverse  stock
split  effected in May  1996. All of  such Preferred Stock  will convert into an
aggregate of 5,563,418 shares of  Common Stock upon the  closing of the sale  of
the Shares offered hereby, provided, however, that if the initial offering price
is less than $11.81 per share, the Series D Preferred Stock will convert into up
to  35,812 additional  shares of Common  Stock. In addition,  the Company issued
warrants to  purchase  Common and  Series  A  Preferred Stock  and  warrants  to
purchase Series C Preferred Stock in connection with a Preferred Stock financing
and  a convertible  debt financing, respectively.  Executive officers, directors
and five percent stockholders of the Company and persons associated with them as
of the date of  this Prospectus participated in  such transactions as  described
below.
    
 
    Between  March 1993 and May 1994, the Company issued Demand Promissory Notes
in an aggregate principal amount of $671,500, each bearing interest at the  rate
of  8.0% per annum, to  Ventana Partnership III, L.P.  ("Ventana III"). In April
1993, the Company issued a Promissory Note in the principal amount of  $650,000,
bearing  interest at  the rate  of 12.0%  per annum  and due  in April  1994, to
Praktikerfinans AB. In October 1993, the Company issued a Demand Promissory Note
in the principal amount of  $250,000, bearing interest at  the rate of 8.0%  per
annum,  to Viking Medical  Ventures Limited ("Viking"). Each  note was issued in
exchange for cash equal to the principal amount thereof. Each of Ventana III and
Praktikerfinans AB  is a  beneficial owner  of  more than  five percent  of  the
outstanding  voting  stock of  the  Company. Thomas  O.  Gephart and  F. Duwaine
Townsen, both of  whom are  Directors of the  Company, are  General Partners  of
various  Ventana entities, and  exercise investment and  voting control over the
shares held by such entities. Fredrick Schreuder, a Director of the company,  is
the  President and Chief Executive Officer of Medical Venture Management AS, the
investment manager of Viking.
 
    In June 1994,  in connection with  a recapitalization and  financing of  the
Company, certain of such notes held by Ventana III having an aggregate principal
amount  equal  to  $361,500,  together with  accrued  interest  of  $5,440, were
refinanced, with  the notes  being converted  to term  promissory notes  due  in
December  1996 and  the interest  rate being lowered  to 8.0%.  In addition, the
$650,000 note  held by  Praktikerfinans AB,  together with  accrued interest  of
$88,688,  were refinanced,  with the  notes being  converted to  term promissory
notes due  in  June  1997 and  the  interest  rate being  lowered  to  9.0%.  As
consideration  for  such extension,  the  Company issued  to  Praktikerfinans AB
warrants to purchase 130,000 shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock at
an exercise price of $1.00 per share. In addition, the Company repaid  principal
and  accrued interest  on certain  of such notes  held by  Ventana III totalling
$60,250.
 
    In connection  with such  financing, Ventana  III and  Viking converted  the
principal  and accrued interest on certain of such notes into 263,981 shares and
262,221 shares, respectively, of Series A  Preferred Stock at a Preferred  Stock
at  a price of $1.00 per share.  In connection with such conversion, Ventana III
and  Viking  were  issued  warrants  to  purchase  52,796  shares,  and   52,444
respectively, of Common Stock.
 
    In  connection with such financing, the  Company also issued and sold shares
of Series A Preferred Stock to several entities, including Praktikerjanst AB (an
affiliate of  Praktikerfinans  AB)(150,000  shares) and  K/S  Nordic  Healthcare
Partners  (50,000 shares) at a price of $1.00 per share. In connection with such
financing, the  Company also  issued  to such  purchasers warrants  to  purchase
30,000  shares  and  10,000  shares,  respectively,  of  Common  Stock.  Fredrik
Schreuder, a  Director of  the Company,  is the  President and  Chief  Executive
Officer  of Medical Venture Management AS,  the investment manager of K/S Nordic
Healthcare Partners, and exercises investment  and voting power over the  shares
held by such entity.
 
    In  July 1994,  the Company issued  an aggregate of  $310,000 in convertible
promissory notes to S-E  Banken Lakemedelsfond and  S-E Banken Aktiv  Lakemedel,
two  affiliated  entities who  together  beneficially own  more  than 5%  of the
Company's stock.  In February  1995,  such entities  converted such  notes  into
shares  of Series B Preferred Stock at a price of $1.00 per share. In connection
with such  conversion,  such purchasers  were  issued Warrants  to  purchase  an
aggregate of 62,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
    In  October  1994,  the  Company  issued a  Demand  Promissory  Note  in the
principal amount of $300,000 to Ventana III, bearing interest at the rate of  8%
per  annum. In  December 1994  and January  1995, the  Company issued Promissory
Notes in  the aggregate  principal amount  of $600,000  to Ventana  III, due  in
September  1995 and bearing interest at the  rate of 8% per annum. Between March
1995, and June 1995, the Company issued Demand Promissory Notes bearing interest
at the prime rate plus 2% to several Ventana entities in the aggregate principal
amount of $705,000.  Each note  was issued  in exchange  for cash  equal to  the
principal  amount  thereof.  During  1995,  the  Company  paid  an  aggregate of
$1,199,843 in principal and accrued interest on such Notes.
    
 
    In addition, during 1995 the Company issued Convertible Promissory Notes  to
several new and existing stockholders of the Company, including C. Ian Sym-Smith
($150,000),  Viking  ($100,000)  and S-E  Banken  Lakemedelsfond  ($200,000), in
exchange for  cash. Such  notes were  due in  September 1995  and obligated  the
Company  to pay interest  at the rate of  8% per annum.  The Company also issued
Convertible Demand Promissory Notes, bearing interest at the prime rate plus 2%,
to several parties, including  Viking ($150,000), Praktikerjanst AB  ($300,000),
Canterbury  Holdings, Ltd. ($200,000) and Douglas  R. Hillier ($20,000). In July
1995, in connection with the Company's  Series C Financing, the holders of  such
notes  converted them,  together with accrued  interest thereon,  into shares of
Series C Preferred Stock  at a conversion  price of $1.00  per share. Thomas  O.
Gephart, a Director of the Company, is a General Partner of Canterbury Holdings,
Ltd.,  and exercises investment and voting control  over the shares held by such
entity. Mr. Hillier is an executive officer and Director of the Company, and Mr.
Sym-Smith is a Director of the Company.
 
   
    Between July and December  1995, the Company issued  and sold shares of  its
Series  C Preferred Stock at a purchase price  of $1.00 per share to several new
and existing stockholders of the Company, including certain Ventana entities and
affiliates  (1,211,901  shares),  FBL  Ventures  of  South  Dakota,  Inc.  ("FBL
Ventures")(1,200,000  shares), Canterbury Holdings, Ltd. (18,017 shares), C. Ian
Sym-Smith (393,304  shares),  Thomas O.  Gephart  (150,000 shares),  F.  Duwaine
Townsen  (258,845  shares), Douglas  R. Hillier  (129,817 shares),  George Pache
(55,000 shares)  and  Michael  W.  Mercer (7,500  shares).  FBL  Ventures  is  a
beneficial  owner of more than 5% of  the Company's Stock, and Messrs. Pache and
Mercer are executive officers of the Company.
    
 
   
    In February 1996, the Company issued Convertible Promissory Notes to several
existing investors of the Company in exchange for cash. As consideration for the
extension of  such financing  by  such investors,  the  Company issued  to  each
investor warrants to purchase Series C Preferred Stock. These investors included
Ventana,  which was issued a promissory note for $21,067 and 5,267 warrants, FBL
Ventures, which  was issued  a Note  for 500,000  and 125,000  warrants, C.  Ian
Sym-Smith,  who was issued a Note for $75,000 and 18,750 in warrants, F. Duwaine
Townsen, who  was  issued Notes  for  $22,293  and 5,574  warrants,  Douglas  R.
Hillier, who was issued a Note for $80,000 and 20,000 warrants and George Pache,
who  was issued a Note for $20,000 and 5,000 warrants. In March 1996, all of the
promissory notes were  converted into shares  of Series C  Preferred Stock at  a
price of $2.50 per share.
    
 
    In March 1996, the Company issued 3,809,524 shares of its Series D Preferred
Stock  to CIBC Wood  Gundy Ventures, Inc.  ("CIBC Wood Gundy")  for an aggregate
purchase price  of $10,000,001,  which  shares represent  more  than 5%  of  the
Company's outstanding stock. Upon the closing of this Offering, such shares will
automatically convert into 1,269,841 shares of Common Stock, based on a price to
the  public in excess of $11.81. Pursuant to the terms of the Series D Preferred
Stock, CIBC Wood Gundy is entitled to  additional shares of Common Stock if  the
public  offering  is $11.81  or  less. Assuming  an  initial public  offering of
$11.50, CIBC  Wood  Gundy will  be  entitled  to 35,812  additional  shares.  In
connection  with  such  transaction, the  Company  entered into  an  Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement  with the holders  of Series C  Preferred
Stock and certain warrants to purchase Common Stock, including certain executive
officers,  directors and five percent  or greater stockholders, granting certain
preferential rights to CIBC Wood Gundy,  substantially all of which will  expire
upon the consummation of this Offering.
 
   
    In May 1996, the Company granted options to purchase Common Stock to Messrs.
Hillier  (50,000 shares), Pache  (10,000 shares), Mercer  (13,333 shares), Betts
(8,333 shares),  Chairez  (15,000 shares),  Leader  (11,667 shares)  and  Savage
(13,333  shares)  at an  exercise price  of  $11.50 per  share, and  granted Mr.
Blumenstein options to  purchase 12,000 shares  of Common Stock  at an  exercise
price of $6.00 per share.
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    The  following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock
as of June 1,  1996, by (i) each  person or entity known  to the Company to  own
beneficially  5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each of
the Company's directors, (iii) each of the Named Executive Officers and (iv) all
directors and executive officers of the  Company as a group. The information  as
to each person or entity has been furnished by such person or entity.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
                                                                                                   BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                                                                ------------------------
                                                                                                  BEFORE        AFTER
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                                  NUMBER OF SHARES (1)   OFFERING     OFFERING
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>                   <C>          <C>
CIBC Wood Gundy Ventures, Inc. .........................................         1,269,841            20.4%        14.7%
 423 Lexington Avenue
 New York, NY 10017
Ventana Funds (2) ......................................................         1,113,368            17.8         12.9
 c/o Ventana
 18881 Von Karman Avenue,
 Suite 350
 Irvine, CA 92715
FBL Ventures of South Dakota, Inc. (3) .................................           508,333             8.1          5.9
 c/o Farm Bureau Life Insurance Co.
 5400 University Avenue
 West Des Moines, IA 50266
S-E Banken (4) .........................................................           493,516             7.9          5.7
 Jakobsbergsgaten 17
 Stockholm, Sweden STJ9
Praktikerjanst AB (5) ..................................................           371,366             5.9          4.3
 Hollandargaten 10
 Stockholm, Sweden S-106-63
Thomas O. Gephart (6)...................................................         1,273,108            20.3         14.7
Anthony Rippo, M.D. (7).................................................           111,621             1.8          1.3
F. Duwaine Townsen (8)..................................................         1,214,480            19.4         14.0
Frederik C. Schreuder (9)...............................................           267,307             4.3          3.1
C. Ian Sym-Smith (10)...................................................           152,595             2.4          1.8
Robi Blumenstein (11)...................................................         1,275,841            20.4         14.7
Douglas R. Hillier (12).................................................            91,667             1.5          1.1
W. Jerry Mezger.........................................................            67,682             1.1        *
George Pache (13).......................................................            38,400           *            *
Ronald Betts, Ph.D. (14)................................................            14,000           *            *
Matthew Leader (15).....................................................            12,000           *            *
All executive officers and directors                                             3,399,333            52.1         38.1
 as a group (13 persons) (16)...........................................
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 *  Less than 1%
 
   
(1)  Beneficial  ownership is  determined in  accordance with  the rules  of the
    Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  generally  includes  voting   or
    investment  power with respect to securities. Shares of Common Stock subject
    to options or warrants currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60  days
    of  June 1, 1996, are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the
    person holding such options or warrants  but are not deemed outstanding  for
    computing  the  percentage  of  any other  person.  Except  as  indicated by
    footnote and  subject  to  community property  laws  where  applicable,  the
    persons  named  in the  table  have sole  voting  and investment  power with
    respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
(2) Includes  915,136 shares  held  by Ventana  Partnership III,  L.P.,  100,000
    shares  held by Ventana Growth Fund II,  L.P., 50,000 shares held by Ventana
    Equity Expansion Partnership IV, L.P., 30,634 shares held by Ventana  Growth
    Capital  Fund V, L.P., 6,667  shares held by Ventana  Global, Ltd. and 3,500
    shares held by Ventana Liquidating Trust. Also includes warrants for  17,599
    shares  held by Ventana Partnership III,  L.P. and warrants for 1,756 shares
    held by Ventana Growth Capital Fund V, both of which are exercisable  within
    60 days of June 1, 1996. Voting power with respect to shares held by Ventana
    Growth  Fund  II,  L.P.,  Ventana  Partnership  III,  L.P.,  Ventana  Equity
    Expansion Partnership IV, L.P.  and Ventana Growth Capital  Fund V, L.P.  is
    shared  by  Thomas O.  Gephart  and F.  Duwaine  Townsen. Voting  power with
    respect to shares held by Ventana Global, Ltd. and Ventana Liquidating Trust
    is held solely by Mr. Gephart.
    
 
   
(3) Includes 41,667 warrants exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 1996.
    
 
   
(4) Includes 382,849 shares held by S-E Banken Lakemedelsfond and 90,000  shares
    held  by S-E Banken Aktiv Lakemedel.  Also includes warrants exercisable for
    16,000 shares held by S-E Banken Lakemedelsfond and warrants exercisable for
    4,666 shares  held  by  S-E  Banken  Aktiv  Lakemedel,  both  of  which  are
    exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 1996.
    
 
   
(5)  Includes 318,033 shares  held by Praktikerjanst  AB. Also includes warrants
    exercisable for  10,000  shares  held  by  Praktikerjanst  AB  and  warrants
    exercisable  for 43,333 shares held by Praktikerfinans AB, both of which are
    exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 1996.
    
 
   
(6) Includes 1,123,535  shares held  by Ventana entities.  Also includes  73,907
    shares  held by  Canterbury Holdings,  Ltd., a company  which is  owned by a
    Grantor Trust established by Mr. Gephart, and 6,500 shares held in trust for
    The  Gephart  Family  Trust,  as  to  which  shares  Mr.  Gephart  exercises
    investment  and voting control. Also includes options exercisable for 19,167
    shares within 60  days of  June 1,  1996. Mr.  Gephart disclaims  beneficial
    ownership of all shares held by Ventana entities except to the extent of his
    pecuniary interest therein.
    
 
   
(7)  Consists of 44,954 shares  held in trust for The  Rippo Family Trust, as to
    which shares Dr. Rippo exercises investment and voting control, and  options
    exercisable  for 66,667 shares held  by Dr. Rippo within  60 days of June 1,
    1996.
    
 
   
(8) Includes 1,113,369  shares held  by Ventana entities.  Also includes  37,531
    shares  held in trust for  The Townsen Family Trust,  as to which shares Mr.
    Townsen exercises investment  and voting control,  warrants exercisable  for
    1,858  shares and options  exercisable for 10,000 shares,  both of which are
    exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 1996. Mr. Townsen disclaims beneficial
    ownership of all shares held by Ventana entities except to the extent of his
    pecuniary interest therein.
    
 
   
(9) Includes 172,886  shares held by  Viking Medical Ventures,  Ltd. and  66,663
    shares  held  by  K/S  Nordic Healthcare  Partners,  over  which  shares Mr.
    Schreuder exercises investment  and voting control.  Also includes  warrants
    exercisable  for  17,481  shares  held  by  Viking  Medical  Ventures, Ltd.,
    warrants  exercisable  for  3,333  shares  held  by  K/S  Nordic  Healthcare
    Partners,  and  options  exercisable  for 6,944  shares,  all  of  which are
    exercisable within  60  days  of  June  1,  1996.  Mr.  Schreuder  disclaims
    beneficial  ownership  of the  shares held  by such  entities except  to the
    extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
    
 
   
(10) Includes warrants for 6,250 shares  exercisable by Mr. Sym-Smith within  60
    days of June 1, 1996.
    
 
   
(11)  Consists of shares  held by CIBC  Wood Gundy Ventures,  Inc., an entity of
    which Mr.  Blumenstein is  a Managing  Director. Mr.  Blumenstein  disclaims
    beneficial  ownership of such shares. Also includes options for 6,000 shares
    exercisable by Mr. Blumenstein within 60 days of June 1, 1996.
    
 
   
(12) Includes 4,167  shares held  in trust for  The Hillier  Family Trust,  over
    which  shares  Mr. Hillier  exercises  investment and  voting  control. Also
    includes warrants exercisable for 6,667 shares held in trust for The Hillier
    Family Trust and options exercisable for 37,500 shares held by Mr.  Hillier,
    both of which are exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 1996.
    
 
   
(13) Includes options exercisable for 21,666 shares and warrants exercisable for
    1,667 shares, both of which are exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 1996.
    
 
   
(14) Consists of options exercisable for 14,000 shares within 60 days of June 1,
    1996.
    
 
   
(15) Consists of options exercisable for 12,000 shares within 60 days of June 1,
    1996.
    
 
   
(16)  Includes an  aggregate of 291,109  shares subject to  options and warrants
    exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 1996.
    
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 50,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, $0.001  par value per  share, and 10,000,000  shares of  Preferred
Stock, $0.001 par value per share.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
    As  of June 1, 1996,  there were 675,560 shares  of Common Stock outstanding
held by 96  stockholders of  record. There will  be 8,638,978  shares of  Common
Stock  outstanding after giving effect to the sale of 2,400,000 shares of Common
Stock offered by the Company hereby and after giving effect to the conversion of
all of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into 5,563,418 shares of Common
Stock.
    
 
    The holders  of Common  Stock are  entitled to  one vote  per share  on  all
matters  to  be  voted  upon  by the  stockholders,  including  the  election of
directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Subject to preferences that
may be applicable to  the holders of outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock,  if
any, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends,
if  any, as may be declared  from time to time by  the Board of Directors out of
funds legally  available  therefor.  See  "Dividend Policy."  In  the  event  of
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of shares of
Common Stock shall  be entitled to  receive pro rata  all of the  assets of  the
Company  available for distribution to its stockholders. The Common Stock has no
preemptive or  conversion rights  or  other subscription  rights. There  are  no
redemption  or  sinking  fund provisions  applicable  to the  Common  Stock. All
outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and  shares
of  Common Stock to be issued pursuant to  this offering shall be fully paid and
nonassessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Board of  Directors has authority  to issue up  to 10,000,000 shares  of
Preferred  Stock,  $0.001  par  value,  and  to  fix  the  rights,  preferences,
privileges and restrictions,  including voting rights,  of those shares  without
any  future vote or action by the stockholders. The rights of the holders of the
Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of
the holders  of any  Preferred  Stock that  may be  issued  in the  future.  The
issuance  of Preferred Stock could  have the effect of  making it more difficult
for a third party to acquire a  majority of the outstanding voting stock of  the
Company,  thereby delaying, deferring  or preventing a change  in control of the
Company. Furthermore,  such Preferred  Stock may  have other  rights,  including
economic  rights senior  to the  Common Stock,  and, as  a result,  the issuance
thereof could have a material adverse effect  on the market value of the  Common
Stock. The Company has no present plans to issue shares of Preferred Stock.
 
DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS
 
    The  Company is  subject to  the provisions of  Section 203  of the Delaware
General Corporation Law and anti-takeover law. In general, the statute prohibits
a publicly held Delaware corporation  from engaging in a "business  combination"
with  an "interested stockholder" for a period  of three years after the date of
the transaction in  which the  person became an  interested stockholder,  unless
either  (i)  prior  to  the  date at  which  the  person  becomes  an interested
stockholder, the  Board  of  directors approves  such  transaction  or  business
combination,  (ii) the  stockholder acquires  more than  85% of  the outstanding
voting stock of  the corporation  (excluding shares  held by  directors who  are
officers  or held  in certain  employee stock  plans) upon  consummation of such
transaction, or  (iii) the  business combination  is approved  by the  Board  of
Directors  and by two-thirds of the  outstanding voting stock of the corporation
(excluding  shares  held  by  the  interested  stockholder)  at  a  meeting   of
stockholders  (and not by written consent).  A "business combination" includes a
merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to such
interested stockholder. For purposes of Section 203, "interested stockholder" is
a person who,  together with affiliates  and associates, owns  (or within  three
years prior, did own) 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock.
 
   
    The  Company's Bylaws currently provide, and effective immediately following
the closing of this Offering, the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate  of
Incorporation  will provide, that all stockholder  actions must be effected at a
duly called meeting and not by a  consent in writing. The Bylaws provide that  a
special meeting of the Company's stockholders may only be called by the Chairman
of  the Board or upon  application by a majority of  the Board of Directors, and
not by the Company's stockholders, and
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
   
further provide that stockholders  must give the Company  advance notice of  any
proposals or business which they intend to present at a meeting of the Company's
stockholders.  These  provisions  of  the Amended  and  Restated  Certificate of
Incorporation and the  Bylaws could discourage  potential acquisition  proposals
and  could delay or prevent a change in control of the Company. These provisions
are intended  to enhance  the  likelihood of  continuity  and stability  in  the
composition  of the  Board of  Directors and in  the policies  formulated by the
Board of Directors  and to  discourage certain  types of  transactions that  may
involve  an  actual  or  threatened  change in  control  of  the  Company. These
provisions are  designed  to reduce  the  vulnerability  of the  Company  to  an
unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage
certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could
have  the  effect  of discouraging  others  from  making tender  offers  for the
Company's shares and, as  a consequence, they may  also inhibit fluctuations  in
the  market  price of  the Company's  shares  that could  result from  actual or
rumored  takeover  attempts.  Such  provisions  may  also  have  the  effect  of
preventing  changes  in the  management  of the  Company.  See "Risk  Factors --
Control  by  Management  and  Existing  Stockholders;  Effect  of   Antitakeover
Provisions."
    
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Pursuant  to an  Amended and  Restated Registration  Rights Agreement, dated
March 20,  1996, among  the  Company and  certain  stockholders of  the  Company
("Registration Rights Agreement"), after this offering, the holders of 6,255,166
shares  of  Common Stock  (including shares  issuable upon  the exercise  of the
Company's outstanding warrants) (the "Registrable Securities") will be  entitled
to,  subject  to  specific  limitations,  certain  rights  with  respect  to the
registration of the Registrable Securities under the Act. Under the Registration
Rights Agreement, if  the Company  proposes to  register any  of its  securities
under  the Act, either for its own account  or for the account of other security
holders exercising registration rights, such  holders may be entitled to  notice
of  such  registration and  to  include their  shares  of Common  Stock  in such
registration. These rights  are subject to  certain conditions and  limitations,
including  the right of the underwriters to  limit the number of shares included
in such registration. The stockholders benefiting from these rights may  require
the  Company, on not more than four  occasions, to file a registration statement
under the Act at the  Company's expense with respect  to their shares of  Common
Stock,  and  the Company  is required  to use  its best  efforts to  effect such
registration, subject to certain conditions.  Further, such holders may  require
the  Company to file additional registration  statements on Form S-3, subject to
certain conditions.
 
STOCK TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
   
    The stock transfer  agent and registrar  for the Company's  Common Stock  is
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York.
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Prior to this Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock of the
Company.  Therefore, future sales of substantial  amounts of Common Stock in the
public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time.
Furthermore, since only a  limited number of shares  will be available for  sale
shortly   after  this  Offering   because  of  certain   contractual  and  legal
restrictions on resale  (as described  below), sales of  substantial amounts  of
Common  Stock of the Company  in the public market  after the restrictions lapse
could adversely  affect the  prevailing  market price  and  the ability  of  the
Company to raise equity in the future.
 
   
    Upon  completion  of this  Offering, the  Company  will have  outstanding an
aggregate of 8,638,978 shares  of Common Stock (i)  assuming no exercise of  the
Underwriters'  over-allotment option, (ii) no exercise after May 31, 1996 of the
approximately 1,448,365  shares  issuable  pursuant to  outstanding  options  or
warrants, approximately 806,873 of which would be eligible for immediate sale if
exercised  and (iii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock
into 5,563,418 shares  of Common Stock.  Of these outstanding  shares of  Common
Stock,  the  2,400,000 shares  sold in  this Offering  will be  freely tradeable
without restriction or  further registration  under the  Securities Act,  unless
purchased  by an "affiliate" of the Company, as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities  Act (an  "Affiliate"). The remaining  6,638,978 shares  of
Common  Stock existing  are "restricted securities"  as that term  is defined in
Rule 144 under the Act ("Restricted  Shares"). Restricted Shares may be sold  in
the  public market only if  registered or if they  qualify for an exemption from
registration under Section  4(1) or Rules  144, 144(k), 145  or 701  promulgated
under  the Securities Act,  which are summarized below.  Sales of the Restricted
Shares in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale,  could
adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
    
 
   
    Holders  of an  aggregate of 6,190,117  shares of Common  Stock have agreed,
pursuant to  certain  "lock-up" agreements,  that  they will  not  offer,  sell,
contract  to sell or  grant any option  to purchase or  otherwise dispose of the
shares of Common Stock owned by them or that could be purchased by them  through
the  exercise of  options to  purchase Common Stock  of the  Company for certain
designated periods. All shares  owned by holders signing  such lock-ups will  be
restricted  from sale for a minimum of  180 days following the Effective Date of
this Offering, unless the holder receives the prior written consent of CS  First
Boston  to  sell such  shares. As  a result  of these  contractual restrictions,
notwithstanding possible earlier  eligibility for sale  under the provisions  of
Section  4(1)  or Rules  144, 144(k),  145  and 701,  shares subject  to lock-up
agreements will  not be  saleable until  the agreements  expire. The  number  of
outstanding  shares  that  will  be  available  for  sale,  subject  in  certain
circumstances to volume and manner of  sale restrictions, in the public  market,
after  giving  effect to  lock-up agreements,  will be  as follows  (assuming no
exercise after May  31, 1996 of  outstanding options or  warrants): (i)  240,073
shares  of Common Stock  will be eligible for  sale as of  the Effective Date of
this Offering, (ii)  270,906 shares of  Common Stock will  be eligible for  sale
beginning  90 days after the Effective Date of this Offering and (iii) 2,325,142
shares of Common Stock will  be eligible for sale  beginning 180 days after  the
Effective   Date  of  this  Offering.   The  approximately  3,913,836  remaining
Restricted Shares will not be eligible for  sale pursuant to Rule 144 until  the
expiration of their two-year holding periods.
    
 
    In  general, under Rule 144 as currently  in effect, beginning 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus, a  person (or persons whose shares are  aggregated)
who  has beneficially owned Restricted Shares  for at least two years (including
the holding period of any prior owner except an Affiliate) would be entitled  to
sell  within any three-month period a number  of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:  (i) one  percent  of the  number of  shares  of Common  Stock  then
outstanding;  or  (ii) the  average weekly  trading volume  of the  Common Stock
during the four calendar weeks preceding the  filing of a Form 144 with  respect
to  such sale. Sales under  Rule 144 are also subject  to certain manner of sale
provisions and notice  requirements and  to the availability  of current  public
information  about the Company. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to
have been an Affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90 days preceding a
sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least
three years  (including  the  holding  period  of  any  prior  owner  except  an
Affiliate), is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of
sale,  public information  volume limitation or  notice provisions  of Rule 144;
therefore, unless otherwise restricted, "144(k) shares" may be sold  immediately
upon the completion of this Offering.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
   
    In  addition,  any employee,  officer or  director of  or consultant  to the
Company who purchased his or her shares pursuant to a written compensatory  plan
or  contract may be entitled to rely on  the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule
701 permits an Affiliate to  sell their Rule 701  shares under Rule 144  without
complying  with the  holding period requirements  of Rule 144.  Rule 701 further
provides that  non-affiliates may  sell  such shares  in  reliance on  Rule  144
without  having  to comply  with the  public  information, volume  limitation or
notice provisions of Rule  144. In both  cases, a holder of  Rule 701 shares  is
required  to wait until 90 days after the date of this Prospectus before selling
such shares. At May  31, 1996, the Company  had outstanding options to  purchase
982,392  shares of Common Stock and an additional 575,797 shares of Common Stock
were available for issuance pursuant to the 1991 Plan and the 1996 Plan.
    
 
   
    The Company intends to file one or more registration statements on Form  S-8
under  the Securities  Act to  register all  shares of  Common Stock  subject to
outstanding stock options and  Common Stock issued or  issuable pursuant to  the
Company's  1996 Stock  Incentive Plan  and 1991  Plan and  Common Stock issuable
pursuant to  the Company's  Employee Stock  Purchase Plan.  Accordingly,  shares
registered  under such registration statements will,  subject to Rule 144 volume
limitations applicable to Affiliates and the lapsing of the Company's repurchase
options, be available for  sale in the  open market, except  to the extent  that
such  shares  are  subject  to  vesting restrictions  with  the  Company  or the
contractual restrictions  described  above.  See  "Management  --  Stock  Option
Plans."
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Under  the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Underwriting
Agreement dated                     , 1996 (the  "Underwriting Agreement"),  the
Underwriters  named below  (the "Underwriters")  have severally  but not jointly
agreed to purchase from the Company  the following respective numbers of  shares
of Common Stock:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     NUMBER OF
                                   UNDERWRITER                                        SHARES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
CS First Boston Corporation.......................................................
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc........................................................
Needham & Company, Inc............................................................
                                                                                    -----------
        Total.....................................................................
                                                                                    -----------
                                                                                    -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are  subject to certain  conditions precedent and that  the Underwriters will be
obligated to  purchase all  of the  shares of  the Common  Stock offered  hereby
(other  than those shares covered by  the over-allotment option described below)
if any are purchased.
 
    The Company has  granted to the  Underwriters an option,  exercisable by  CS
First  Boston, expiring at the close of business  on the 30th day after the date
of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 360,000 additional shares, at the  initial
public  offering price less  the underwriting discounts  and commissions, all as
set forth on the  cover page of  this Prospectus. Such  option may be  exercised
only  to cover over-allotments in the sale of the shares of Common Stock. To the
extent such option is exercised, each Underwriter will become obligated, subject
to certain conditions,  to purchase  approximately the same  percentage of  such
additional  shares of Common Stock  as it was obligated  to purchase pursuant to
the Underwriting Agreement.
 
    The Company has been advised by the Underwriters that they propose to  offer
the  shares of Common Stock  to the public at  the initial public offering price
set forth on the cover  page of this Prospectus and  to certain dealers at  such
price  less a concession of  not in excess of $   per share, of  which $  may be
reallowed to  certain other  dealers.  After the  initial public  offering,  the
public  offering price, concession and reallowance  to dealers may be changed by
the Representatives.
 
    The Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities,  including civil liabilities  under the Securities  Act of 1933, as
amended, or contribute to payments that the Underwriters may be required to make
in respect thereof.
 
   
    Pursuant to the  terms of  lock-up agreements, all  officers, directors  and
certain  stockholders have agreed that, until  180 days after the effective date
of the Registration Statement of which  this Prospectus is a part (the  "lock-up
period"), they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or
grant  any rights  with respect to  any shares  of Common Stock,  any options or
warrants to purchase shares of Common  Stock or any securities convertible  into
or  exchangeable  for shares  of Common  Stock now  owned or  hereafter acquired
directly by  such holders  or  with respect  to which  they  have the  power  of
disposition, without the prior written consent of CS First Boston. Approximately
6,190,117  shares of Common Stock subject  to the lock-up agreements will become
eligible for immediate public sale  following expiration of the lock-up  period,
subject  to  the  provisions of  Rule  144. CS  First  Boston may,  in  its sole
discretion, and at  any time without  notice, release  all or a  portion of  the
securities  subject to the  lock-up agreements. See  "Shares Eligible for Future
Sale." In addition,  the Company  has agreed that  until the  expiration of  the
lock-up  period, the Company will not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise
dispose of  any shares  of Common  Stock, any  options or  warrants to  purchase
Common  Stock or any  securities convertible into or  exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock, other  than the Company's  sales of shares  in this Offering,  the
issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of outstanding options, the
grant  of options to purchase  shares or the issuance  of shares of Common Stock
under the Company's, 1991 Plan, the 1996 Plan and Employee Stock Purchase  Plan,
without the prior written consent of CS First Boston.
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
    The   Underwriters  have  advised  the  Company  that  they  do  not  expect
discretionary sales to exceed 5% of the shares offered hereby.
    
 
    Prior to this  Offering, there  has been no  public trading  market for  the
Common  Stock  of  the  Company.  The  initial  public  offering  price  will be
determined through negotiations  among the Company  and the Underwriters.  Among
the  factors to  be considered  in such  negotiations will  be prevailing market
conditions, the net  sales and results  of operations of  the Company in  recent
periods, market valuations of publicly traded companies that the Company and the
Underwriters  believe to be comparable to the Company, estimates of the business
potential of the Company,  the present state of  the Company's development,  the
current  state of  the industry and  the economy  as a whole,  and other factors
deemed relevant.
 
                          NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
 
RESALE RESTRICTIONS
 
    The distribution of the shares of Common Stock in Canada is being made  only
on  a  private placement  basis  exempt from  the  requirement that  the Company
prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each
province where trades of the Common Stock are effected. Accordingly, any  resale
of  the  Common Stock  in  Canada must  be  made in  accordance  with applicable
securities laws  which will  vary depending  on the  relevant jurisdiction,  and
which  may require  resales to  be made  in accordance  with available statutory
exemptions or pursuant to  a discretionary exemption  granted by the  applicable
Canadian  securities regulatory authority. Purchasers  are advised to seek legal
advice prior to any resale of the Common Stock.
 
REPRESENTATIONS OF PURCHASERS
 
    Each purchaser  of  the Common  Stock  in  Canada who  receives  a  purchase
confirmation will be deemed to represent to the Company and the dealer from whom
such purchase confirmation is received that (i) such purchaser is entitled under
applicable  provincial securities laws to purchase such Common Stock without the
benefit of  a  prospectus  qualified  under such  securities  laws,  (ii)  where
required by law, that such purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent
and   (iii)  such   purchaser  has  reviewed   the  text   above  under  "Resale
Restrictions."
 
RIGHTS OF ACTION AND ENFORCEMENT
 
    The Common Stock  being offered are  those of a  foreign issuer and  Ontario
purchasers  will  not  receive the  contractual  right of  action  prescribed by
section 32 of the  Regulation under the SECURITIES  ACT (Ontario). As a  result,
Ontario  purchasers must rely on other remedies that may be available, including
common law rights of action for damages or rescission or rights of action  under
the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.
 
    All  of the Company's  directors and officers  as well as  the experts named
herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible
for Ontario  purchasers to  effect service  of process  within Canada  upon  the
Company  or such  persons. All  or a  substantial portion  of the  assets of the
Company and such persons may be located  outside of Canada and, as a result,  it
may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against the Company or such persons in
Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against such Company
or persons outside of Canada.
 
NOTICE TO BRITISH COLUMBIA RESIDENTS
 
    A  purchaser  of  the  Common  Stock to  whom  the  SECURITIES  ACT (British
Columbia) applies is advised  that such purchaser is  required to file with  the
British  Columbia Securities Commission a report within  ten days of the sale of
any Common Stock  acquired by  such purchaser  pursuant to  this Offering.  Such
report  must be in  the form attached to  British Columbia Securities Commission
Blanket Order BOR #95/17, a copy of which may be obtained from the Company. Only
one such report must  be filed in  respect of the Common  Stock acquired on  the
same date and under the same prospectus exemption.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by  Stradling,  Yocca,  Carlson &  Rauth,  a  Professional  Corporation,
Newport  Beach,  California.  Certain  legal  matters  in  connection  with this
offering will be passed upon for  the Underwriters by Wilson, Sonsini,  Goodrich
and Rosati Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  financial statements of SenDx Medical, Inc. as of December 31, 1994 and
1995, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995  and
the  financial statements of Medical Sensors at  December 31, 1993 and 1994, and
for each of the two  years in the period ended  December 31, 1994, appearing  in
this  Prospectus and Registration  Statement have been audited  by Ernst & Young
LLP, independent  auditors, as  set  forth in  their reports  thereon  appearing
elsewhere  herein and in  the Registration Statement.  Such financial statements
have been included herein in reliance on their reports given on their  authority
as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports containing
audited   financial  statements,  with  an   opinion  thereon  expressed  by  an
independent certified public accounting  firm, and quarterly reports  containing
unaudited  financial information  for the  first three  quarters of  each fiscal
year.
 
    The  Company  has  filed  with  the  Commission  a  Registration   Statement
(including  any amendments  thereto) on Form  S-1 under the  Securities Act with
respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a
part of the Registration Statement,  omits certain of the information  contained
in  the Registration  Statement and the  exhibits and schedules  thereto on file
with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act and the rules and regulations
of the Commission thereunder. The Registration Statement, including exhibits and
schedules  thereto,  may  be  inspected  and  copied  at  the  public  reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549  and at  the  regional  offices  of the
Commission located at Seven World Trade  Center, 13th Floor, New York, New  York
10048  and  Northwestern Atrium  Center, 500  West  Madison Street,  Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials may be obtained at  prescribed
rates  from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, Room 1024, Judiciary
Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and its public  reference
facilities  in New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois. Statements contained in
this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to
are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the  copy
of  such contract  or other  document filed  as an  exhibit to  the Registration
Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference
to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved, and  each
such statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Report of Independent Auditors.......................................................        F-2
Balance Sheets at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and at March 31, 1996 (Unaudited).......        F-3
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for
 the three months ended March 31, 1995 (Unaudited) and March 31, 1996 (Unaudited)....        F-4
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 1993,
 1994 and 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 (Unaudited).............        F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for
 the three months ended March 31, 1995 (Unaudited) and March 31, 1996 (Unaudited)....        F-6
Notes to Financial Statements........................................................        F-7
 
MEDICAL SENSORS
 
Report of Independent Auditors.......................................................       F-18
Balance Sheets at December 31, 1993 and 1994.........................................       F-19
Statements of Operations and Intercompany Advances for the years ended December 31,
 1993 and 1994.......................................................................       F-20
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994..............       F-21
Notes to Financial Statements........................................................       F-22
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
SenDx Medical, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of SenDx Medical, Inc. as of
December   31,  1994  and  1995,  and  the  related  statements  of  operations,
stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period  ended   December  31,   1995.  These   financial  statements   are   the
responsibility  of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material respects,  the financial  position of  SenDx Medical,  Inc. at
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
San Diego, California
March 1, 1996,
except for Note 8, as to which
the date is May 8, 1996
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
THE FOREGOING REPORT IS IN THE FORM  THAT WILL BE SIGNED UPON THE COMPLETION  OF
THE CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION DESCRIBED IN NOTE 8 TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
San Diego, California
May 9, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                           DECEMBER 31,                            STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                    ---------------------------                      EQUITY AT
                                                        1994          1995         MARCH 31,         MARCH 31,
                                                    ------------  -------------       1996              1996
                                                                                 --------------   ----------------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)       (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>            <C>              <C>
Current assets:
  Cash............................................  $    120,061  $     563,909  $    9,252,445
  Accounts receivable, less allowance of $2,473 in
   1994 and $25,206 in 1995 and 1996..............       352,897        203,724         420,407
  Inventories.....................................       554,095        429,510         375,661
  Other current assets............................        83,483         58,285          78,869
                                                    ------------  -------------  --------------
      Total current assets........................     1,110,536      1,255,428      10,127,382
Property and equipment, net.......................     1,337,849      1,627,432       1,829,231
Intangibles, net..................................     2,323,391      2,057,401       1,991,356
                                                    ------------  -------------  --------------
                                                    $  4,771,776  $   4,940,261  $   13,947,969
                                                    ------------  -------------  --------------
                                                    ------------  -------------  --------------
 
                                  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable................................  $    194,288  $     153,035  $      179,691
  Accrued expenses................................       409,951      1,152,497         743,523
  Notes payable, including accrued interest.......     2,561,682      2,191,543       2,244,085
  Current portion of long-term debt, including
   accrued interest...............................       --           1,000,000       1,000,000
                                                    ------------  -------------  --------------
      Total current liabilities...................     3,165,921      4,497,075       4,167,299
Long-term debt, including accrued interest........     6,588,129      5,379,967       5,521,658
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Convertible preferred stock, no par value
   ($0.001 unaudited pro forma):
    Authorized shares -- 100,000,000 (10,000,000
     unaudited pro forma)
    Issued and outstanding shares -- 4,631,997,
     12,516,334 and 16,690,253 in 1994, 1995 and
     1996, respectively, aggregate liquidation
     value -- $4,631,997, $12,516,334 and
     $22,880,730 in 1994, 1995 and 1996,
     respectively.................................     4,631,997     12,471,350      23,277,274
  Common stock, no par value ($0.001 unaudited pro
   forma):
    Authorized shares -- 50,000,000
    Issued and outstanding shares -- 559,333 in
     1994 and 606,828 in 1995 and 1996 (6,170,246
     shares unaudited pro forma)..................        53,800         72,780          72,780     $        6,170
  Additional paid-in capital......................       --            --              --               23,343,884
  Accumulated deficit.............................    (9,668,071)   (17,480,911)    (19,091,042)       (19,091,042)
                                                    ------------  -------------  --------------   ----------------
      Total stockholders' equity (deficit)........    (4,982,274)    (4,936,781)      4,259,012     $    4,259,012
                                                    ------------  -------------  --------------   ----------------
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                    $  4,771,776  $   4,940,261  $   13,947,969
                                                    ------------  -------------  --------------
                                                    ------------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     MARCH 31,
                                        -------------------------------------------  ----------------------------
                                            1993           1994           1995           1995           1996
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales.............................  $     190,178  $     154,424  $   1,250,945  $     377,221  $     825,965
Costs of goods sold...................        126,636         76,102      3,319,664        785,953        902,363
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Gross profit (loss)...................         63,542         78,322     (2,068,719)      (408,732)       (76,398)
Operating expenses:
  Research and development............        877,172        814,146      2,219,271        585,217        617,776
  Write-off of acquired in-process
   technology.........................       --            3,362,290       --             --             --
  General and administrative..........        810,327        962,348      1,614,663        368,951        361,024
  Sales and marketing.................        138,628         99,674      1,038,750        338,850        366,340
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Total operating expenses..............      1,826,127      5,238,458      4,872,684      1,293,018      1,345,140
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Loss from operations..................     (1,762,585)    (5,160,136)    (6,941,403)    (1,701,750)    (1,421,538)
 
Interest expense, net.................        (76,713)      (138,510)      (871,437)      (227,940)      (188,593)
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Net loss..............................  $  (1,839,298) $  (5,298,646) $  (7,812,840) $  (1,929,690) $  (1,610,131)
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Pro forma net loss per share..........                                $       (1.59)                $       (0.32)
                                                                      -------------                 -------------
                                                                      -------------                 -------------
Pro forma shares used in per share
 computations.........................                                    4,919,000                     4,967,000
                                                                      -------------                 -------------
                                                                      -------------                 -------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
 
                  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 CONVERTIBLE                                                   TOTAL
                                               PREFERRED STOCK          COMMON STOCK                       STOCKHOLDERS'
                                          -------------------------  ------------------   ACCUMULATED         EQUITY
                                            SHARES        AMOUNT      SHARES    AMOUNT      DEFICIT          (DEFICIT)
                                          -----------  ------------  --------  --------  --------------   ---------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>              <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992............    3,018,638  $  3,018,638   476,666  $14,300   $  (2,530,127)     $    502,811
  Issuance of common stock for services
   provided.............................      --            --         50,000   15,000        --                  15,000
  Issuance of common stock upon exercise
   of stock options for cash............      --            --         25,000    7,500        --                   7,500
  Net loss..............................      --            --          --       --         (1,839,298)       (1,839,298)
                                          -----------  ------------  --------  --------  --------------   ---------------
Balance at December 31, 1993............    3,018,638     3,018,638   551,666   36,800      (4,369,425)       (1,313,987)
  Issuance of common stock for services
   provided.............................      --            --          6,000   16,500        --                  16,500
  Issuance of common stock upon exercise
   of stock options for cash............      --            --          1,667      500        --                     500
  Issuance of Series A convertible
   preferred stock for cash of $452,500
   and conversion of notes payable of
   $850,859.............................    1,303,359     1,303,359     --       --           --               1,303,359
  Issuance of Series B convertible
   preferred stock for cash.............      310,000       310,000     --       --           --                 310,000
  Net loss..............................      --            --          --       --         (5,298,646)       (5,298,646)
                                          -----------  ------------  --------  --------  --------------   ---------------
Balance at December 31, 1994............    4,631,997     4,631,997   559,333   53,800      (9,668,071)       (4,982,274)
  Issuance of common stock upon exercise
   of stock options for cash............      --            --         47,495   18,980        --                  18,980
  Issuance of Series C convertible
   preferred stock for cash of
   $5,172,125 and conversion of notes
   payable of $2,667,228, net...........    7,884,337     7,839,353     --       --           --               7,839,353
  Net loss..............................      --            --          --       --         (7,812,840)       (7,812,840)
                                          -----------  ------------  --------  --------  --------------   ---------------
Balance at December 31, 1995............   12,516,334    12,471,350   606,828   72,780     (17,480,911)       (4,936,781)
  Conversion of notes payable to Series
   C convertible preferred stock
   (Unaudited)..........................      364,395       910,987     --       --           --                 910,987
  Issuance of Series D convertible
   preferred stock, net (Unaudited).....    3,809,524     9,894,937     --       --           --               9,894,937
  Net loss (Unaudited)..................      --            --          --       --         (1,610,131)       (1,610,131)
                                          -----------  ------------  --------  --------  --------------   ---------------
Balance at March 31, 1996 (Unaudited)...   16,690,253  $ 23,277,274   606,828  $72,780   $ (19,091,042)     $  4,259,012
                                          -----------  ------------  --------  --------  --------------   ---------------
                                          -----------  ------------  --------  --------  --------------   ---------------
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     31,
                                          ----------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                              1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss................................  $ (1,839,298) $ (5,298,646) $ (7,812,840) $ (1,929,690) $ (1,610,131)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
 net cash used in operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.........       147,674       132,561       798,894       204,434       207,993
  Write-off of patent...................        43,333       --            --            --            --
  Write-off of leasehold improvements...       --            --             35,252       --            --
  Payment for services through issuance
   of common stock......................        15,000        16,500       --            --            --
  Write-off of investment in
   affiliate............................       --             78,031       --            --            --
  Write-off of acquired in-process
   technology...........................       --          3,362,290       --            --            --
  Changes in operating assets and
   liabilities, net of effects from
   purchase of Medical Sensors (NOTE 2):
    Accounts receivable.................         9,314         9,519       149,173         1,346      (216,683)
    Inventories.........................        33,551        12,093       124,585        67,687        53,849
    Other current assets................        (9,308)       (7,380)       25,198        61,390       (20,584)
    Accounts payable....................       (33,026)      (43,621)      (41,253)      312,425        26,656
    Accrued expenses....................        29,018       163,855       369,551       107,999       (35,979)
    Accrued interest....................        79,604       138,134       704,189       226,098       194,233
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Net cash used in operating activities...    (1,524,138)   (1,436,664)   (5,647,251)     (948,311)   (1,400,646)
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Payment on purchase of Medical
 Sensors................................       --           (500,000)     (500,000)      --            --
Purchase of equipment and leasehold
 improvements...........................        (5,616)       (4,979)     (452,598)      (76,882)     (716,742)
Investment in affiliate.................       (28,031)      --            --            --            --
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Net cash used in investing activities...       (33,647)     (504,979)     (952,598)      (76,882)     (716,742)
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Principal payments on notes payable.....       --            (60,250)   (2,908,723)     (500,000)     (190,000)
Proceeds from notes payable.............     1,560,000     1,221,500     4,761,315     1,500,800     1,100,987
Issuance of convertible preferred stock,
 net....................................       --            762,500     5,172,125        69,424     9,894,937
Issuance of common stock................         7,500           500        18,980       --            --
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Net cash provided by financing
 activities.............................     1,567,500     1,924,250     7,043,697     1,070,224    10,805,924
Net increase (decrease) in cash.........         9,715       (17,393)      443,848        45,031     8,688,536
Cash at beginning of period.............       127,739       137,454       120,061       120,061       563,909
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Cash at end of period...................  $    137,454  $    120,061  $    563,909  $    165,092  $  9,252,445
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH
 INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Business acquired through issuance of
 debt...................................  $    --       $  7,061,682  $    --       $    --       $    --
Notes payable, including accrued
 interest, exchanged for convertible
 preferred stock........................  $    --       $    850,859  $  2,667,228  $    --       $    910,987
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION
Interest paid...........................  $    --       $    --       $    220,684  $    --       $     12,066
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                  ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
ORGANIZATION
 
    SenDx  Medical,  Inc.  (the  Company),  formerly  UniFET  Incorporated,  was
incorporated in  California in  December  1990 for  the purpose  of  developing,
manufacturing  and marketing highly advanced sensors for medical, laboratory and
industrial applications. In  December 1994, the  Company acquired the  principal
assets  of Medical Sensors, a business unit of PPG Industries, Inc. ("PPG"). The
primary operations of Medical Sensors consisted of developing, manufacturing and
marketing  proprietary  blood  analysis  systems  that  provide   cost-effective
measurement  of  critical diagnostic  parameters  at the  patient point-of-care.
Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company's primary focus has been to  continue
with the activities of Medical Sensors.
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  assuming the
Company will continue  as a going  concern. To continue  to finance the  planned
growth  of the Company's  business, management intends  to raise additional debt
and/or equity through private placements and  an initial public offering of  its
common  stock as  contemplated by  this Prospectus.  In March  1996, the Company
issued 3,809,524 shares of  Series D redeemable  convertible preferred stock  at
$2.625  per share  for total  proceeds of  $10,000,001 (see  Note 7).  The stock
issued through  the  private  placement  will allow  the  Company  to  meet  its
obligations and to continue its operations through 1996.
 
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
    The  financial statements at March 31,  1996 and for the three-month periods
ended March  31,  1995 and  1996  are  unaudited, but  include  all  adjustments
(consisting  only of  normal recurring  adjustments) which  management considers
necessary for a fair statement of the  financial position at such dates and  the
operating  results and cash flows for those periods. Results for interim periods
are not necessarily  indicative of  results for the  entire year  or any  future
periods.
 
PRO FORMA STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (UNAUDITED)
 
    If  the offering  contemplated by this  Prospectus is  consummated under the
terms presently anticipated, all of the convertible preferred stock will convert
to common stock  (see Note 7).  Unaudited pro forma  stockholders' equity as  of
March 31, 1996 is adjusted for the conversion of the preferred stock into common
stock.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
    The Company sells its products primarily to customers located throughout the
United  States, Europe and Japan.  Credit is extended based  on an evaluation of
the customer's financial condition. The  Company estimates its potential  losses
on  trade receivables on an ongoing basis and provides for anticipated losses in
the period in which the revenues  are recognized. Actual losses may differ  from
the Company's estimates.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories  are  stated at  lower of  cost  (using the  first-in, first-out
method) or market.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated over the  estimated
useful  lives of  the assets  (generally 5  - 7  years) using  the straight-line
method. Amortization of leasehold improvements  is computed over the shorter  of
the lease term or the estimated life of the related assets.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Costs associated with research and development are expensed as incurred.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                  ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INTANGIBLES
 
    Intangible  assets are recorded  at cost and  amortized over their estimated
useful  lives,  ten  years  for  patents  and  trademarks  and  five  years  for
workforce-in-place.  Periodically, management assesses whether  there has been a
permanent impairment in the  value of intangible assets  and the amount of  such
impairment   by  comparing  anticipated  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  from
operating activities with  the carrying value  of intangible assets.  Management
also  considers other factors such as current  operating results, as well as the
effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic conditions.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  using  the  liability  method  as
prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109.
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
    The  Company has elected  to follow Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No.
25,  "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees"  ("APB  25")  and   related
Interpretations  in accounting for  its employee stock  options. Accordingly, no
compensation expense is recognized  for stock options  granted to the  Company's
employees  if  the exercise  price  is not  less than  the  market price  of the
underlying stock on the date of grant.
 
    In October 1995, the  Financial Accounting Standards  Board issued SFAS  No.
123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based Compensation"  ("SFAS  123"),  effective for
fiscal years beginning after  December 15, 1995. SFAS  123 establishes the  fair
value-based  method  of  accounting for  stock-based  compensation arrangements,
under which compensation cost  is determined using the  fair value of the  stock
option  at the grant  date and the  number of options  vested, and is recognized
over the periods  in which the  related services are  rendered. The Company  has
made  the decision to continue with the current intrinsic value-based method, as
allowed by SFAS 123, and  will be required to disclose  the pro forma effect  of
adopting  the fair value-based method in  future fiscal years beginning with the
fiscal year ending December 31, 1996.
 
ACCOUNTING STANDARD ON IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
    In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.  121
"Accounting  for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be
Disposed Of" ("SFAS  121") regarding  the impairment of  the long-lived  assets,
identifiable  intangibles  and goodwill  related to  those  assets. SFAS  121 is
effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1995. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have  a
material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets and  liabilities and
disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
   
    Revenue is recognized at the date of shipment as the Company has no  further
significant obligations and, therefore, the earnings process is complete.
    
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                  ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
    Except  as noted below, historical net loss  per share is computed using the
weighted average number of common  shares outstanding. Common equivalent  shares
from  stock options, warrants and convertible  preferred stock are excluded from
the computation as  their effect is  antidilutive except that,  pursuant to  the
Securities  and Exchange Commission (the SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletins, common
and common equivalent shares  issued during the  period beginning twelve  months
prior  to  the  initial  filing  of  the  proposed  public  offering  at  prices
substantially below the initial public offering price have been included in  the
calculation  as if  they were outstanding  for all periods  presented (using the
treasury stock method and the assumed public offering price).
 
    Historical net loss per share information is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                               -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                 1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net loss per share...........................  $   (0.56) $   (1.59) $   (2.35) $   (0.58) $   (0.48)
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Shares used in computing net loss per share
 (in thousands)..............................      3,308      3,328      3,330      3,330      3,378
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER SHARE AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    Pro forma net loss per share has  been computed as described above and  also
gives  effect  to  the conversion  of  the convertible  preferred  shares, which
automatically convert upon completion of the Company's initial public  offering,
using  the  if-converted  method from  the  original  date of  issuance.  If the
Offering contemplated by this Prospectus is consummated, all of the  convertible
preferred  stock  outstanding  as  of the  closing  date  will  automatically be
converted into  5,563,418  shares  of  common stock,  based  on  the  shares  of
convertible  preferred stock outstanding at March  31, 1996. Unaudited pro forma
stockholders' equity  at March  31,  1996, as  adjusted  for the  conversion  of
preferred stock, is disclosed in the accompanying balance sheet.
 
2.  BUSINESS ACQUISITION
    Effective  December 31,  1994, the  Company acquired  for $7,561,682 certain
assets and liabilities of  Medical Sensors. The  acquisition has been  accounted
for  as a purchase and accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the
tangible and intangible assets acquired  and liabilities assumed based on  their
respective fair values on the date of acquisition as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>          <C>
Trade accounts receivable...............               $   338,325
Inventories.............................                   476,749
Other current assets....................                    63,128
Property and equipment..................                 1,256,440
Intangibles:
  Patents and trademarks................  $ 2,001,363
  In-process technology.................    3,362,290
  Workforce-in-place....................      320,218    5,683,871
                                          -----------  -----------
    Total assets........................                 7,818,513
Liabilities assumed.....................                  (256,831)
                                                       -----------
Net assets acquired.....................               $ 7,561,682
                                                       -----------
                                                       -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                  ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
2.  BUSINESS ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)
    As  required  by generally  accepted  accounting principles,  the in-process
technology was charged  against operations  on the  date of  acquisition as  the
technological feasibility of the in-process technology acquired had not yet been
established and had no alternative future use.
 
    In  consideration for the net assets acquired, the Company paid PPG $500,000
in both  December  1994  and  January 1995,  issued  PPG  a  $1,561,682  secured
promissory  note and a $5,000,000 secured promissory note (see Note 4). The note
is secured by the assets  of the Company; however,  PPG has granted the  Company
exclusive royalty-free license for the use of the patents related to the Medical
Sensors  technology. Upon payment  of the secured promissory  notes title to the
patents and trademarks passes to  the Company. Additionally, the Company  issued
PPG  a warrant  to purchase 166,667  shares of  the Company's common  stock at a
price of $4.50 per share expiring December 31, 1999.
 
    The following  unaudited pro  forma combined  results of  operations of  the
Company  and Medical  Sensors for  the years  ended December  31, 1993  and 1994
assume the acquisition occurred  as of the beginning  of each of the  respective
periods  presented below  and includes  the write-off  of in-process technology.
These pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the results that would
have occurred nor are they indicative of future results.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ------------------------------
                                                                     1993            1994
                                                                --------------  --------------
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>
Revenues......................................................  $      822,875  $    2,301,680
Operating loss................................................     (10,838,882)    (10,067,795)
Net loss......................................................     (14,985,955)    (10,801,923)
Historical net loss per share.................................           (4.53)          (3.25)
</TABLE>
 
3.  FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ----------------------  MARCH 31,
                                                              1994        1995        1996
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Raw materials and purchased parts........................  $  241,526  $  252,086  $  154,892
Work-in-process..........................................     234,077     134,350     194,352
Finished goods...........................................      78,492      43,074      26,417
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                           $  554,095  $  429,510  $  375,661
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                  ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
3.  FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                      --------------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                          1994          1995          1996
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>
Machinery and equipment.............................  $  1,206,730  $  1,324,653  $  1,509,725
Leasehold improvements..............................        46,501       732,594       857,915
Furniture and fixtures..............................       153,637       160,859       194,213
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                         1,406,868     2,218,106     2,561,853
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......       (69,019)     (590,674)     (732,622)
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      $  1,337,849  $  1,627,432  $  1,829,231
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
INTANGIBLES
 
    Intangibles consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                      --------------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                          1994          1995          1996
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>
Licenses and patents................................  $  2,001,363  $  2,001,363  $  2,001,363
Workforce-in-place..................................       320,218       320,218       320,218
Other...............................................         1,810         1,810         1,810
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                         2,323,391     2,323,391     2,323,391
Less accumulated amortization.......................       --           (265,990)     (332,035)
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      $  2,323,391  $  2,057,401  $  1,991,356
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    Interest expense  in the  accompanying  statement of  operations is  net  of
interest  income of  $3,232 in  1993, $4,230  in 1994,  and $34,423  in 1995 and
$1,805 and  $19,719  for  the  three  months ended  March  31,  1995  and  1996,
respectively.
 
EXPORT SALES
 
    The   following  information   summarizes  total  export   sales  (sales  to
unaffiliated customers outside the United States) by geographic area:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                THREE MONTHS    THREE MONTHS
                                                                ENDED MARCH     ENDED MARCH
                                                      1995        31, 1995        31, 1996
                                                   ----------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>             <C>
Asia.............................................  $  118,479    $    3,150      $   40,372
Europe...........................................      92,441        30,645           2,960
Other............................................      41,298         7,096          18,929
                                                   ----------       -------         -------
                                                   $  252,218    $   40,891      $   62,261
                                                   ----------       -------         -------
                                                   ----------       -------         -------
</TABLE>
 
The Company's export sales during 1993 and 1994 were not significant.
 
4.  DEBT FINANCINGS
 
NOTES PAYABLE
 
    In April  1995, the  Company  issued its  largest stockholder  an  unsecured
$100,000  demand note payable. The note accrues interest at prime plus 2% (10.5%
at December 31, 1995).
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                  ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
4.  DEBT FINANCINGS (CONTINUED)
   
    In July 1995, the Company issued  a single investor an unsecured  $2,000,000
note  payable which accrues interest  at 10% per annum. The  note is due on July
31, 1996.  The  note  contains  certain  restrictions  and  limitations  on  the
Company's  operations, including restrictions on sale of assets, sale of equity,
mergers or other  forms of business  combinations, transactions with  affiliates
and  the incurrence of  additional debt not  subordinated to the  note. The note
also contains  covenants  which  require  the  Company  to  prepay  all  amounts
outstanding  upon receipt of proceeds of a  public offering of its securities In
February 1996, the Company issued 8%  convertible notes in the principal  amount
of  $1,100,897  to  investors,  including  affiliates,  without  notice  to  the
noteholder.  In  addition,  such  8%   convertible  notes  were  not   expressly
subordinated  to the note as required. In  March 1996, $910,987 of the principal
amount of the 8% convertible notes  was converted into Series C Preferred  Stock
and the remaining balance of $190,000 was paid in cash from proceeds of the sale
of  Series D Preferred Stock. As a result,  none of the 8% convertible notes are
outstanding. The  Company requested,  but  did not  receive  a waiver  from  the
noteholder.  Since the debt is shown as  a current liability in the accompanying
balance sheet at March 31, 1996 and it  will be repaid from the proceeds of  the
initial  public offering  contemplated by  this Prospectus,  management believes
that this event does  not have a significant  effect on the Company's  financial
statements.
    
 
LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    Long-term debt obligations consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                  1994          1995           1996
                                                              ------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>            <C>
Note payable due PPG, principal and unpaid accrued interest
 due December 31, 1997, bears interest at prime plus 2%
 (10.5% at December 31, 1995), $1,000,000 of accrued
 interest and/or principal due December 31, 1996. Secured by
 all assets of the Company..................................  $  5,000,000  $   5,000,000  $   5,000,000
Unsecured notes payable due certain private investors,
 accrue interest at 9%, principal and accrued interest due
 June 1, 1997...............................................       852,789        738,688        738,688
Unsecured notes payable due the Company's largest
 shareholder, interest at 8%, paid in 1995, including
 accrued interest of $60,150................................       666,940       --             --
Other.......................................................       --              32,146         30,153
                                                              ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                 6,519,729      5,770,834      5,768,841
Accrued interest............................................        68,400        609,133        752,817
                                                              ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                 6,588,129      6,379,967      6,521,658
Less current portion of long-term debt and accrued
 interest...................................................       --          (1,000,000)    (1,000,000)
                                                              ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                              $  6,588,129  $   5,379,967  $   5,521,658
                                                              ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                              ------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    In connection with the Company's acquisition of Medical Sensors, the Company
issued  a  $500,000, 8%  convertible promissory  note  to the  Company's largest
shareholder. In July  1995, the convertible  promissory note, including  accrued
interest  of $23,342,  was converted into  523,342 shares of  Series C preferred
stock at $1.00 per share.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                  ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
4.  DEBT FINANCINGS (CONTINUED)
    In 1995, the Company issued  convertible notes payable to certain  investors
totaling  $2,661,315.  In July  1995, the  convertible notes  payable, including
accrued interest of $48,571,  were converted into 2,143,886  shares of Series  C
preferred  stock at  $1.00 per  share and $594,156  was paid  in cash, including
accrued interest of $28,156.
 
   
    In February 1996, the Company issued 8% convertible notes payable  amounting
to  $1,100,987. The  notes were  due and  were repaid  from the  proceeds of the
Series D redeemable preferred stock issued on March 20, 1996. The notes  accrued
interest at 8% and were convertible at the option of the note holder into shares
of  Series  C preferred  stock at  $2.50  per share.  The note  holders received
275,248 warrants to purchase shares of Series C preferred stock equal to 25%  of
the  amount  invested. The  warrants are  exercisable at  $1.8375 per  share and
expire February, 1999. During  March 1996, $910,987 of  the principal amount  of
the notes were converted into 364,395 Series C preferred stock and the remaining
balance of $190,000 was paid in cash.
    
 
    In May 1996, the Company reached an agreement with PPG that it would receive
a  5% discount on the  $5,000,000 of principal due  and related accrual interest
thereon in the event that these obligations  are prepaid by August 31, 1996.  In
accordance  with generally accepted accounting principles, any discount realized
will be reported as an extraordinary gain in Company's statement of operations.
 
    In 1994, in  connection with  the renegotiation of  the terms  of the  notes
payable issued in 1993, the Company granted the note holders warrants to acquire
150,000 shares of Series A preferred stock at $1.00 per share.
 
    In  1992, in  connection with  certain financings,  warrants were  issued to
purchase 150,000 shares  of Series  A preferred stock  at $1.00  per share.  The
warrants expire in 1997.
 
5.  INCOME TAXES
    At  December 31, 1995, the Company  had federal and California net operating
tax  loss   carryforwards   of   approximately   $12,900,000   and   $4,900,000,
respectively.  The difference between  the federal and  California net operating
tax loss  carryforwards  is  primarily attributable  to  the  capitalization  of
research  and development expenses for California income tax purposes and to the
fifty-percent limitation  on  California  loss carryforwards.  The  federal  and
California tax loss carryforwards begin expiring in 2006 and 1998, respectively,
unless  previously utilized.  At December 31,  1995 the Company  had federal and
California business credit carryforwards of approximately $233,000 and $121,800,
respectively, which will begin to expire in 2006 unless previously utilized.
 
    Pursuant to Sections 382 and  383 of the Internal  Revenue Code, use of  the
Company's  net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be limited because of
cumulative changes in  ownership of  more than 50%  which occurred  in 1992  and
1996.  Although the Company does  not believe such changes  will have a material
impact upon the  utilization of the  net operating losses  and credits over  the
respective  carryforward periods, the changes will  have an impact on the timing
of such utilization.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                  ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
5.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The components  of the  Company's deferred  tax assets  are shown  below.  A
valuation  allowance has  been recognized to  offset the deferred  tax assets as
realization of such assets is uncertain.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            ----------------------------
                                                                                1994           1995
                                                                            -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  NOL and credit carryforwards............................................  $   2,500,000  $   5,050,000
  Accruals and reserves...................................................      1,510,000      1,840,000
                                                                            -------------  -------------
Total deferred tax assets.................................................      4,010,000      6,890,000
Valuation allowance.......................................................     (4,010,000)    (6,890,000)
                                                                            -------------  -------------
Net deferred tax assets...................................................  $    --        $    --
                                                                            -------------  -------------
                                                                            -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    In connection with the acquisition  of Medical Sensors, the Company  assumed
assignment  of the  office and  facilities sublease  which expired  December 31,
1995. In  January  1996, the  Company  relocated its  office  and  manufacturing
facilities and entered into a non-cancelable operating lease expiring in January
2001.  At the end  of the lease  term, the Company  has the option  to renew the
lease for  three  years at  4%  above the  last  year's rent.  The  Company  has
subleased  a minor portion of the new facility under terms of an operating lease
that expires June 1996.
 
    Annual future  minimum payments  for the  years ended  December 31,  are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
1996....................................  $   275,600
1997....................................      386,600
1998....................................      440,000
1999....................................      448,600
2000....................................      453,200
                                          -----------
                                          $ 2,004,000
                                          -----------
                                          -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent  expense  for the  years ended  December  31, 1993,  1994 and  1995 was
$40,549, $51,443 and $857,851,  respectively, and $187,136  and $98,450 for  the
three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
    In  December 1995, the Company's previous lessor filed a lawsuit against the
Company in the Superior Court of  California alleging, among other things,  that
the  Company  caused  harm  to  the  property  and  failed  to  fulfill  certain
obligations. The landlord seeks at least $860,000 in damages, plus exemplary and
punitive damages. The  action is in  the procedural motion  and early  discovery
phase.  The Company is vigorously defending  this action and does not anticipate
that the  litigation will  have a  material effect  on the  Company's  financial
statements.  There can be no assurances, however,  that such action would not be
decided against the Company, which would  have a material adverse effect of  the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                  ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
7.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
    A summary of convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding at March 31,
1996 is as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            SHARES
                                                          ISSUED AND    LIQUIDATION
                                                         OUTSTANDING    PREFERENCE
                                                         ------------  -------------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>
Series A...............................................     2,460,930  $   2,460,930
Series A-2.............................................       861,067        861,067
Series B...............................................     1,310,000      1,310,000
Series C...............................................     8,248,732      8,248,732
Series D...............................................     3,809,524     10,000,001
                                                         ------------  -------------
                                                           16,690,253  $  22,880,730
                                                         ------------  -------------
                                                         ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    In  June  1994, the  Company  issued 452,500  Series  A preferred  stock and
310,000 Series B preferred stock at $1.00 per share, which resulted in  proceeds
of  $762,500. Warrants to  purchase 50,833 shares  of common stock  at $3.00 per
share were issued. Simultaneously, the  Company converted certain notes  payable
of  $850,859,  including accrued  interest of  $40,859,  into 850,859  shares of
Series A preferred stock at $1.00 per share. Additionally, the Company issued to
the note holders warrants to purchase 56,724 shares of common stock at $3.00 per
share.
 
    In 1995, the Company issued 7,884,337 shares of Series C preferred stock  in
exchange  for the conversion  of notes payable  of $2,667,228, including accrued
interest of $71,913, that were issued in  1994 and 1995 and $5,172,125 in  cash,
net of offering costs.
 
    On  March  20,  1996,  the  Company  issued  3,809,524  shares  of  Series D
redeemable preferred stock to a venture capital investor for $10,000,001 ($2.625
per share). This  amount was  recorded net of  offering costs  of $105,064.  The
purchase agreement provides the investor with a liquidation preference of $2.625
per  share and certain voting, automatic conversion and registration rights. The
investor may request  redemption of the  Series D shares  if a qualified  public
offering  (equal to or greater than $18 million) is not completed prior to March
20, 1998. Pursuant to the terms of the Series D Preferred Stock, the investor is
entitled to additional shares  of common stock if  the public offering price  is
$11.81 per share or less.
 
    At  the option of the holder, each share of the Series A, Series B, Series C
and Series D  preferred stock  are convertible into  one-third of  one share  of
common  stock, which will be automatically  converted into Common Stock upon the
closing of a public offering for at least $20 million for the Series A, B and  C
preferred  stock and  in excess  of $18  million for  Series D  preferred stock.
Holders of  Series A,  Series  B, Series  C and  Series  D preferred  stock  are
entitled  to non-cumulative  dividends, when  and if  declared, at  the rate per
share equal to the dividends paid on  the number of common shares issuable  upon
conversion of the preferred shares into common. The Series B preferred stock has
the same rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of Series A and Series
C  preferred stock, except the Series B shares may not be voted in elections for
the Company's directors. The  Series D preferred stock  may elect one  director;
any  remaining directors  are elected by  holders of common  stock and preferred
stockholders (other than Series D preferred stock). In the event of liquidation,
dissolution or winding  up of  the Company, the  holders of  Series D  preferred
stock  are  entitled to  receive  preference to  any  distribution to  the other
preferred and common stockholders up to an amount equal to $2.625 per share plus
unpaid dividends. If  assets are insufficient  to pay the  Series D  liquidation
preference,   then  the  assets  of   the  corporation,  legally  available  for
distribution,  shall  be   distributed  ratably  to   the  Series  D   preferred
stockholders.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                  ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
7.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
WARRANTS
 
    At  March 31,  1996, warrants  to purchase  274,224 common  shares at prices
ranging from $3.00  to $4.50  per share, 300,000  Series A  preferred shares  at
$1.00  per share and 275,248 Series C preferred shares at $1.8375 per share were
outstanding. The  warrants expire  at various  dates, principally  in 1999.  The
value  of these  warrants on  the various dates  of issuance  was not considered
significant.
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    In January 1995, the Board of  Directors and Stockholders voted to  increase
the  number of  shares available  for grant  to 1,000,000  under the  1991 Stock
Option Plan.  The  Plan provides  for  both incentive  and  non-qualified  stock
options  to be granted, with incentive stock options granted at no less than the
fair value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant. The options  vest
and  become  exercisable  over periods  determined  by the  Board  of Directors.
Options expire no more than 10 years after the date of grant, or earlier if  the
employment or consulting agreement terminates.
 
    The summary of stock option transactions is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      AVERAGE
                                                                                     PRICE PER
                                                          SHARES        PRICE          SHARE
                                                        ----------  --------------  -----------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>             <C>
Balance at January 1, 1993............................     158,288  $         0.30   $    0.30
Options granted.......................................       3,333  $         0.30
Options exercised.....................................     (25,000) $         0.30
                                                        ----------  --------------       -----
Outstanding at December 31, 1993......................     136,621  $         0.30   $    0.30
Options granted.......................................     255,879  $ 0.30 - $1.50
Options canceled......................................        (833) $         0.30
Options exercised.....................................      (1,667) $ 0.30 - $1.50
                                                        ----------  --------------       -----
Outstanding at December 31, 1994......................     390,000  $ 0.30 - $1.50   $    0.66
Options granted.......................................     644,317  $         1.50
Options canceled......................................    (139,735) $ 0.30 - $1.50
Options exercised.....................................     (47,495) $ 0.30 - $1.50
                                                        ----------  --------------       -----
Outstanding at December 31, 1995......................     847,087  $ 0.30 - $1.50   $    1.26
Options granted.......................................      37,158  $         3.00
Options canceled......................................     (12,084) $         1.50
                                                        ----------  --------------       -----
Outstanding at March 31, 1996.........................     872,161  $ 0.30 - $3.00   $    1.32
                                                        ----------
                                                        ----------
</TABLE>
 
    At  March 31, 1996,  339,992 options were vested  and exercisable and 44,510
were available for future grant.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
     (INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                  ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
7.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
SHARES RESERVED FOR FUTURE ISSUANCE
 
    The following common  stock is  reserved for  future issuance  at March  31,
1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Stock options:
<S>                                                                <C>
  Granted and outstanding........................................    872,161
  Reserved for future grants.....................................     44,510
                                                                   ---------
                                                                     916,671
Warrants.........................................................    274,224
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   1,190,895
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Additionally,  5,563,418  shares of  common  stock are  reserved  for future
conversion of preferred stock and 300,000 shares of Series A preferred stock and
275,248 shares of Series C preferred stock are reserved for future issuance upon
exercise of outstanding warrants.
 
8.  CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION
    On May  8,  1996 the  Company's  Board  of Directors  approved  (subject  to
shareholder  ratification) that,  prior to  the effective  date of  the Offering
contemplated by this Prospectus, the  Company will change the authorized  shares
of  preferred stock from 100,000,000 to 10,000,000, reincorporate the Company in
Delaware and effect a reverse 1 for  3 split of the common stock. The  financial
statements  have been retroactively restated to  reflect the stock split. On May
8,  1996,  the  Board  of  Directors  also  approved  (subject  to   shareholder
ratification)  the  adoption  of the  1996  Stock  Incentive Plan  and  the 1996
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
    The 1996 Stock Incentive Plan provides  for the granting of incentive  stock
options  to  purchase  shares  of  common  and  restricted  stock  to directors,
officers, employees and consultants of the Company, at the fair market value  as
of  the date of the grant. The purpose of the Stock Incentive Plan is to provide
participants with incentives to acquire an  interest in and continue to  provide
services to the Company.
 
   
    The  1996 Employee  Stock Purchase Plan  allows employees to  be eligible to
participate if they have been employed by the Company for at least 90 days.  The
plan will allow eligible employees to purchase stock at 85% of fair market value
through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 20% of employee compensation.
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
SenDx Medical, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Medical Sensors (Business
unit  of PPG Industries, Inc.) as of December 31, 1993 and 1994, and the related
statements of operations and intercompany advances and cash flows for the  years
then  ended. These financial statements are  the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our  responsibility is  to  express an  opinion on  these  financial
statements based on our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position  of Medical Sensors  (Business
unit  of PPG Industries, Inc.) at December 31, 1993 and 1994, and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for  the years then ended, in conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
San Diego, California
March 1, 1996
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                MEDICAL SENSORS
                    (BUSINESS UNIT OF PPG INDUSTRIES, INC.)
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                            1993          1994
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
Current assets:
  Cash................................................................................  $      8,630  $    --
  Accounts receivable.................................................................       297,503       380,468
  Inventories.........................................................................       705,758       699,267
  Other current assets................................................................        74,156       113,287
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                           1,086,047     1,193,022
Property and equipment, net...........................................................     2,132,908     1,569,480
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        $  3,218,955  $  2,762,502
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
 
                                      LIABILITIES AND INTERCOMPANY ADVANCES
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable....................................................................  $        819  $     47,846
  Accrued liabilities.................................................................       128,288        72,832
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                             129,107       120,678
Intercompany advances.................................................................     3,089,848     2,641,824
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        $  3,218,955  $  2,762,502
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                                MEDICAL SENSORS
                    (BUSINESS UNIT OF PPG INDUSTRIES, INC.)
               STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND INTERCOMPANY ADVANCES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              YEARS ENDED
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                          1993           1994
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Net sales...........................................................................  $     632,697  $   2,147,256
Cost of goods sold..................................................................      4,865,425      3,687,966
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Gross profit (loss).................................................................     (4,232,728)    (1,540,710)
Operating expenses:
  Research and development..........................................................      1,772,117        963,972
  Sales and marketing...............................................................      2,377,143      1,857,123
  General and administration........................................................        492,140        346,673
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Total operating expenses............................................................      4,641,400      3,167,768
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Loss from operations................................................................     (8,874,128)    (4,708,478)
Other expense, net..................................................................       (206,460)       (91,019)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net loss............................................................................     (9,080,588)    (4,799,497)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Intercompany advances at beginning of period........................................      2,835,010      3,089,848
Intercompany advances, net..........................................................      9,335,426      4,351,473
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Intercompany advances at end of period..............................................  $   3,089,848  $   2,641,824
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                                MEDICAL SENSORS
                    (BUSINESS UNIT OF PPG INDUSTRIES, INC.)
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              YEARS ENDED
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                          1993           1994
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss............................................................................  $  (9,080,588) $  (4,799,497)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.....................................................        654,915        662,482
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable.............................................................       (272,503)       (82,965)
    Inventories.....................................................................       (127,998)         6,491
    Other current assets............................................................         (2,156)       (39,131)
    Accounts payable................................................................            819         47,027
    Accrued expenses................................................................         73,288        (55,456)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net cash used in operating activities...............................................     (8,754,223)    (4,261,049)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of equipment...............................................................       (581,703)       (85,140)
Leasehold improvements..............................................................       --              (13,914)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net cash used in investing activities...............................................       (581,703)       (99,054)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Intercompany advances, net..........................................................      9,335,426      4,351,473
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net cash provided by financing activities...........................................      9,335,426      4,351,473
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net decrease in cash................................................................           (500)        (8,630)
Cash at beginning of period.........................................................          9,130          8,630
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Cash at end of period...............................................................  $       8,630  $    --
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                                MEDICAL SENSORS
                    (BUSINESS UNIT OF PPG, INDUSTRIES, INC.)
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
ORGANIZATION
 
    Medical Sensors ("Sensors"), a wholly-owned business unit of PPG Industries,
Inc.   ("Parent")  was  formed  in  1988  to  develop,  manufacture  and  market
proprietary blood chemistry  testing systems that  provide immediate  diagnostic
results at the patient point-of-care.
 
    On  December 31, 1994, the assets  and liabilities of Sensors were purchased
by SenDx Medical, Inc. from the Parent for $7,561,682 in cash and secured  notes
payable.
 
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
 
    The Company sells its products primarily to customers located throughout the
United  States,  Europe and  Japan.  Credit is  generally  extended based  on an
evaluation of  the customer's  financial condition.  The Company  estimates  its
potential  losses  on trade  receivables on  an ongoing  basis and  provides for
anticipated losses in the period in which the revenues are recognized.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at  the lower of cost  or market using the  first-in,
first-out method.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Furniture,  equipment  and  leasehold  improvements  are  recorded  at cost.
Depreciation is calculated on  a straight-line basis  over the estimated  useful
lives of the assets. Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided over the
life of the lease or the asset, whichever is less.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Costs associated with research and development are expensed as incurred.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenue is recognized at the later of shipment or final acceptance.
 
2.  INVENTORIES
    Inventories consist of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        ----------------------
                                                                           1993        1994
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Raw materials and purchased parts.....................................  $  624,596  $  544,822
Work-in-process.......................................................      --         115,661
Finished goods........................................................      81,162      38,784
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        $  705,758  $  699,267
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                                MEDICAL SENSORS
                    (BUSINESS UNIT OF PPG, INDUSTRIES, INC.)
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  ----------------------------
                                                                      1993           1994
                                                                  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>
Machinery and equipment.........................................  $   3,427,669  $   3,465,785
Furniture and fixtures..........................................        533,640        560,239
Leasehold improvements..........................................         96,938        131,277
                                                                  -------------  -------------
                                                                      4,058,247      4,157,301
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..................     (1,925,339)    (2,587,821)
                                                                  -------------  -------------
                                                                  $   2,132,908  $   1,569,480
                                                                  -------------  -------------
                                                                  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
4.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
   
    For  the  years  ended  December  31,  1993  and  1994  Sensors  had certain
transactions with  its  Parent  related to  its  principal  operations  totaling
$198,000  and $271,000, respectively. The financial statements include all costs
of conducting business. Costs incurred by  the Parent on behalf of the  Company,
which  have been allocated, are immaterial.  Management believes that the method
of allocation is reasonable.
    
 
5.  COMMITMENTS
    Sensors  leases   its   office   and  manufacturing   facilities   under   a
non-cancelable  operating lease that expires in  December 1995. Rent expense for
the  years  ended  December  31,  1993  and  1994  was  $842,307  and  $794,546,
respectively. Future minimum lease payments, excluding property taxes, under the
non-cancelable operating lease is $686,580 for 1995.
 
6.  LITIGATION SETTLEMENT
    In   August  1993,  the  Parent   sued  Diametrics  Medical,  Inc.  claiming
misappropriation of  trade secrets,  unfair competition  and infringement  of  a
design  patent  utilized  by  Sensors.  In  March  1994,  the  Parent  reached a
settlement with Diametrics with respect to  all claims of the lawsuit. The  cost
of the settlement was incurred by the Parent and not charged to Sensors.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                                     [LOGO]
The SenDx 100 utilizes a single,
multi-use disposable sensor
cassette to accurately and
simultaneously measure any
combination of seven blood tests
frequently ordered for critical
care patients. The sensor cassette
can be used for up to 100 tests.
 
   
                                               The SenDx 100 analyzer is a
                                               compact, light weight, portable,
                                               line- and battery-powered
                                               instrument, weighing less than 14
                                               pounds, with a nine inch by nine
                                               inch foot print.
    
 
               SenDx Medical, Inc. occupies a 39,000 square foot
                   facility located in Carlsbad, California.
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON OR  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS  AND,
IF  GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY  OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS  DOES
NOT  CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE
SECURITIES OFFERED  HEREBY IN  ANY JURISDICTION  TO  ANY PERSON  TO WHOM  IT  IS
UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH  JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE  MADE HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT
TO  THE DATE  HEREOF OR  THAT THERE  HAS BEEN  NO CHANGE  IN THE  AFFAIRS OF THE
COMPANY SINCE SUCH DATE.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                -----------
<S>                                             <C>
Prospectus Summary............................           3
Risk Factors..................................           6
The Company...................................          14
Use of Proceeds...............................          14
Dividend Policy...............................          14
Dilution......................................          15
Capitalization................................          16
Selected Financial Data.......................          17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...................................          18
Business......................................          21
Management....................................          35
Certain Transactions..........................          43
Principal Stockholders........................          45
Description of Capital Stock..................          47
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...............          49
Underwriting..................................          51
Notice to Canadian Residents..................          52
Legal Matters.................................          53
Experts.......................................          53
Additional Information........................          53
Index to Financial Statements.................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                 --------------
 
    UNTIL         ,  1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING),  ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN  THE REGISTERED  SECURITIES, WHETHER  OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY  BE REQUIRED TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS  IS IN ADDITION TO  THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS   OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                2,400,000 Shares
                                  Common Stock
                               ($0.001 PAR VALUE)
 
                              P R O S P E C T U S
 
                                CS First Boston
                               J.P. Morgan & Co.
                            Needham & Company, Inc.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The   following  table  sets  forth  all  costs  and  expenses,  other  than
underwriting discounts and  commissions, payable  by the  Company in  connection
with the sale of the Common Stock being registered hereunder. All of the amounts
shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and
the Nasdaq National Market application fee.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   TO BE PAID BY
                                                                    THE COMPANY
                                                                   -------------
<S>                                                                <C>
SEC registration fee.............................................  $     12,848
NASD filing fee..................................................         4,226
Nasdaq National Market application fee...........................        38,928
Printing expenses................................................       *
Legal fees and expenses..........................................       *
Accounting fees and expenses.....................................       *
Blue sky fees and expenses.......................................        10,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees................................       *
Director and Officer liability insurance.........................       *
Miscellaneous....................................................       *
                                                                   -------------
    Total........................................................  $
                                                                   -------------
                                                                   -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
*To be filed by amendment
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
   
    (a)  As permitted by  the Delaware General Corporation  Law, the Amended and
Restated Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company  (Exhibit  3.3  hereto)
eliminates  the liability  of directors to  the Company or  its stockholders for
monetary damages for  breach of  fiduciary duty as  a directors,  except to  the
extent otherwise required by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
    
 
   
    (b)  The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the
Company will indemnify each person who was or is made a party to any  proceeding
by  reason of the fact that  such person is or was  a director or officer of the
Company against all expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or  suffered
by  such person in connection therewith to  the fullest extent authorized by the
Delaware General  Corporation Law.  The Company's  Bylaws (Exhibit  3.4  hereto)
provide  for a similar indemnity to directors and officers of the Company to the
fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
    
 
   
    (c) The Amended  and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  also gives  the
Company  the ability to  enter into indemnification agreements  with each of its
directors and officers. The Company  has entered into indemnification  agreement
with  each of its  directors and officers (Exhibit  10.15 hereto), which provide
for the indemnification of directors an  officers of the Company against any  an
all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, to the
fullest extent permitted by law.
    
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    The  following is a summary  of transactions by the  Company during the last
three  years  preceding  the  date  hereof  involving  sales  of  the  Company's
securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:
 
   
    (1)  From time to time during the three years preceding the date hereof, the
Registrant issued incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options and rights
to purchase Common  Stock pursuant to  the Registrant's 1991  Stock Option  Plan
(the  "1991  Plan") and  1996 Stock  Incentive Plan  to officers,  directors and
employees of  the  Registrant. During  the  period referred  to  above,  117,310
options  and rights to purchase granted pursuant to the 1991 Plan were exercised
for an  aggregate exercise  price of  $62,534. Exemption  from the  registration
provisions  of  the Securities  Act is  claimed,  with respect  to the  grant of
options referred to above,
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
on the basis that the  grant of options did not  involve a "sale" of  securities
and,  therefore, registration thereof was not  required, and with respect to the
exercise of options and rights to purchase referred to above, on the basis  that
such  transactions met the requirements of Rule 701 as promulgated under Section
3(b) of the Securities Act.
 
   
    (2) Between March 1993 and May 1994, the Registrant issued promissory  notes
in  an aggregate principal amount of $1,560,000 to seven accredited investors in
exchange for  cash. In  June 1994,  as consideration  for the  extension of  the
maturity  date of certain of such notes, the Registrant issued to the holders of
such  notes  warrants  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  150,000  shares  of  the
Registrant's  Series A Preferred Stock, which shares are convertible into shares
of the Registrant's Common Stock upon the consummation of this Offering. In June
1994, certain of such  notes having an aggregate  principal amount of  $810,000,
together  with accrued interest thereon aggregating $40,859, were converted into
shares of the  Registrant's Series A  Preferred Stock and  Warrants to  purchase
Common Stock, in the financing referred to in item (3) below.
    
 
    (3)  In June 1994, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 1,303,359 shares of
Series A Preferred  Stock to 10  accredited investors  at a price  of $1.00  per
share.  In  connection  with  such  sale, the  Registrant  also  issued  to such
purchasers warrants to purchase an aggregate of 260,672 shares of Common  Stock.
In  1995, an aggregate of 861,067 of such shares elected to exchange such shares
for shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock  pursuant to an exchange offer made  by
the Registrant.
 
   
    (4)  In June 1994, the Registrant  issued convertible notes in the aggregate
principal amount of $310,000 to S-E  Banken Lakemedelsfond and S-E Banken  Aktiv
Lakemedel,  which  notes were  subsequently converted  into  shares of  Series B
Preferred Stock at  $1.00 per  share. In  connection with  such conversion,  the
Registrant  also issued to such purchasers  warrants to purchase an aggregate of
62,000 shares of Common Stock.
    
 
    (5) Between October  1994 and  June 1995, the  Registrant issued  promissory
notes  to  Ventana Partnership  I,  L.P. and  Ventana  Partnership III,  L.P. in
exchange for an aggregate of $1,605,000 in cash.
 
    (6) During 1995, the  Registrant issued Convertible  Promissory Notes to  12
accredited  investors in exchange  for cash. In  July 1995, the  holders of such
notes converted such notes into shares of Series C Preferred Stock in connection
with the financing referred to in item (7) below at a conversion price of  $1.00
per share.
 
    (7)  In July  1995, the Registrant  issued and  sold shares of  its Series C
Preferred Stock  at  a  purchase price  of  $1.00  per share  to  31  accredited
investors in addition to the purchasers referred to in item (6) above.
 
    (8)  In February  1996, the  Registrant issued  Convertible Promissory Notes
having an aggregate principal amount  of $1,100,987 to 28 accredited  investors.
As  consideration for  the extension  of such  financing by  such investors, the
Registrant issued to such investors warrants to purchase an aggregate of 275,248
shares of the  Registrant's Series  C Preferred Stock  at an  exercise price  of
$2.50  per share. In March  1996, all of such  Convertible Promissory Notes were
converted into  shares  of  the  Registrant's Series  C  Preferred  Stock  at  a
conversion price of $2.50 per share.
 
    (9)  In March 1996, the  Registrant issued 3,809,524 shares  of its Series D
Preferred Stock to  CIBC Wood  Gundy Ventures,  Inc. for  an aggregate  purchase
price of $10,000,001.
 
    Except  as  set forth  in item  (1) above,  exemption from  the registration
requirement of the  Act for the  transactions described above  is claimed  under
Section  4(2) of the Act, among others,  on the basis that such transactions did
not involve  any public  offering  and the  purchasers were  sophisticated  with
access  to the kind  of information registration  would provide. No underwriting
fees or  broker's  commissions  were  paid  in  connection  with  the  foregoing
transactions.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a) Exhibits
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
- ----------   -----------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
      1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
      2.1    Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger between  the  Company  and SenDx
              Medical, Inc., a California corporation
      3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of the Company+
      3.2    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
      3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of  the
              Company
      3.4    Bylaws of the Company, as currently in effect+
      4.1    Specimen Certificate of Common Stock*
      5.1    Opinion  of  Stradling, Yocca,  Carlson  & Rauth,  a Professional
              Corporation*
     10.1    SenDx Medical, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan (the "1991 Plan")+
     10.2    Form of Incentive Stock Option  Agreement pertaining to the  1991
              Plan+
     10.3    Form  of Nonqualified  Stock Option  Agreement pertaining  to the
              1991 Plan+
     10.4    SenDx Medical, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1996 Plan")
     10.5    Form of Stock Option Agreement pertaining to the 1996 Plan
     10.6    Intentionally Omitted
     10.7    SenDx Medical, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan -- 1996
     10.8    Employment Agreement dated  January 1, 1996  between the  Company
              and Douglas R. Hillier+
     10.9    Employment  Agreement dated  January 1, 1996  between the Company
              and George Pache+
     10.10   Employment Agreement dated  January 1, 1996  between the  Company
              and Michael W. Mercer+
     10.11   Employment  Agreement dated  January 1, 1996  between the Company
              and Ronald Betts, Ph.D.+
     10.12   Employment Agreement dated  January 1, 1996  between the  Company
              and Ruben Chairez, Ph.D.+
     10.13   Employment  Agreement dated  January 1, 1996  between the Company
              and Matthew Leader+
     10.14   Employment Agreement dated  January 1, 1996  between the  Company
              and Douglas Savage+
     10.15   Form  of Indemnification Agreement for  Officers and Directors of
              the Company
     10.16   Industrial Lease  Agreement dated  August  29, 1995  between  the
              Company and M.H.P.P., Inc.+
     10.17   Form of Warrant to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock+
     10.18   Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock+
     10.19   Form  of Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement entered into
              between the Company and purchasers of Series C Preferred Stock+
     10.20   Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 20,  1996
              between the Company and CIBC Wood Gundy Ventures, Inc.+
     10.21   Investors'  Rights  Agreement  dated  March  20,  1996  among the
              Company, CIBC  Wood  Gundy  Ventures,  Inc.  and  certain  other
              stockholders of the Company+
     10.22   Amended  and Restated  Registration Rights  Agreement dated March
              20,  1996  among  the  Company  and  certain  stockholders   and
              warrantholders of the Company+
     10.23   Form of Subscription Agreement between the Company and purchasers
              of  Convertible  Promissory  Notes  in  February  1996  ("Bridge
              Financing")+
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
- ----------   -----------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
     10.24   Form of Warrant to  purchase Series C  Preferred Stock issued  to
              investors in the Bridge Financing+
     10.25   Agreement  dated  January 17,  1995 between  the Company  and PPG
              Industries, Inc. ("PPG")+
     10.26   Amended License  Agreement dated  January  17, 1995  between  the
              Company and PPG (portions omitted pursuant to Rule 406)+
     10.27   Promissory  Note dated January 17, 1995, issued by the Company to
              PPG, as amended+
     10.28   Security Agreement dated January 17, 1995 between the Company and
              PPG+
     10.29   Amended and Restated Common Stock  Warrant dated March 20,  1996,
              issued to PPG+
     10.30   Promissory  Note dated  July 31,  1995 issued  by the  Company to
              Instrumentation Laboratory+
     10.31   Promissory Note dated  April 12,  1993 issued by  the Company  to
              Praktikerfinans AB
     10.32   Agreement  dated  June 8,  1994 between  the Company  and Beckman
              Instruments, Inc. (portions omitted pursuant to Rule 406)+
     11.1    Computation of pro forma net income (loss) per share+
     23.1    Consent of Stradling, Yocca, Carlson & Rauth (see Exhibit 5.1)*
     23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
     24.1    Power of Attorney+
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
+Previously filed.
    
*To be filed by amendment.
 
        All other  schedules  for which  provision  is made  in  the  applicable
    accounting  regulations of  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission are not
    required under the  related instructions or  are inapplicable and  therefore
    have been omitted.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The  Company hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the closing
specified in the Underwriting Agreement  certificates in such denominations  and
registered  in  such names  as  required by  the  Underwriters to  permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
 
    Insofar as  indemnification for  liabilities arising  under the  Act may  be
permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company pursuant
to  the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the  Company has been advised that in
the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission such indemnification  is
against  public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In the event that  a claim for indemnification  against such liabilities  (other
than  the payment  by the Company  of expenses  incurred or paid  by a director,
officer or controlling person  of the Company in  the successful defense of  any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person  in connection  with the securities  being registered,  the Company will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by  controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether
such  indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    The Company hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the information
omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a Registration Statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A  and contained in  the form of  prospectus filed by  the
Company  pursuant to  Rule 424(b)(1)  or (4)  or 497(h)  under the  Act shall be
deemed to be part of the Registration  Statement as of the time it was  declared
effective.
 
    (2)  For  the  purpose of  determining  any  liability under  the  Act, each
post-effective amendment that contains a form  of prospectus shall be deemed  to
be  a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that  time shall be deemed to be the  initial
bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements  of the Securities Act  of 1933 the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be  signed
on  its behalf  by the  undersigned, thereunto  duly authorized  in the  City of
Carlsbad, State of California, on the 13th day of June, 1996.
    
 
                                   SenDx Medical, Inc.
 
                                   By:           /s/ DOUGLAS R. HILLIER
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                   Douglas R. Hillier
                                         PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Registration Statement has  been signed below  by the following  persons in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               SIGNATURE                             TITLE                  DATE
- ----------------------------------------  ---------------------------  --------------
<C>                                       <S>                          <C>
                                          President, Chief Executive
            /s/ DOUGLAS R. HILLIER         Officer and Director
 -------------------------------------     (Principal Executive         June 13, 1996
           Douglas R. Hillier              Officer)
 
                                          Vice President and Chief
                 /s/ GEORGE PACHE          Financial Officer
 -------------------------------------     (Principal Financial and     June 13, 1996
              George Pache                 Principal Accounting
                                           Officer)
 
                            *             Chairman of the Board of
 -------------------------------------     Directors                    June 13, 1996
           Thomas O. Gephart
 
                            *
 -------------------------------------    Director                      June 13, 1996
          Anthony Rippo, M.D.
 
                            *
 -------------------------------------    Director                      June 13, 1996
           F. Duwaine Townsen
 
                            *
 -------------------------------------    Director                      June 13, 1996
          Fredrik C. Schreuder
 
                            *
 -------------------------------------    Director                      June 13, 1996
            C. Ian Sym-Smith
 
                            *
 -------------------------------------    Director                      June 13, 1996
            Robi Blumenstein
 
*By:      /s/ DOUGLAS R. HILLIER
        --------------------------------
           Douglas R. Hillier
            ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                               DESCRIPTION                           PAGE
- ----------   ------------------------------------------------------------  ----
<C>          <S>                                                           <C>
      1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement..............................
      2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company and SenDx
              Medical, Inc., a California corporation....................
      3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of the Company+
      3.2    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
              Company....................................................
      3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
              the Company
      3.4    Bylaws of the Company, as currently in effect+
      4.1    Specimen Certificate of Common Stock*
      5.1    Opinion of Stradling, Yocca, Carlson & Rauth, a Professional
              Corporation*
     10.1    SenDx Medical, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan (the "1991
              Plan")+
     10.2    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement pertaining to the
              1991 Plan+
     10.3    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement pertaining to
              the 1991 Plan+
     10.4    SenDx Medical, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1996
              Plan").....................................................
     10.5    Form of Stock Option Agreement pertaining to the 1996
              Plan.......................................................
     10.6    Intentionally Omitted
     10.7    SenDx Medical, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan -- 1996....
     10.8    Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between the
              Company and Douglas R. Hillier+
     10.9    Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between the
              Company and George Pache+
     10.10   Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between the
              Company and Michael W. Mercer+
     10.11   Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between the
              Company and Ronald Betts, Ph.D.+
     10.12   Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between the
              Company and Ruben Chairez, Ph.D.+
     10.13   Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between the
              Company and Matthew Leader+
     10.14   Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between the
              Company and Douglas Savage+
     10.15   Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers and Directors
              of the Company.............................................
     10.16   Industrial Lease Agreement dated August 29, 1995 between the
              Company and M.H.P.P., Inc.+
     10.17   Form of Warrant to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock+
     10.18   Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock+
     10.19   Form of Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement entered
              into between the Company and purchasers of Series C
              Preferred Stock+
     10.20   Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 20,
              1996 between the Company and CIBC Wood Gundy Ventures,
              Inc.+
     10.21   Investors' Rights Agreement dated March 20, 1996 among the
              Company, CIBC Wood Gundy Ventures, Inc. and certain other
              stockholders of the Company+
     10.22   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated
              March 20, 1996 among the Company and certain stockholders
              and warrantholders of the Company+
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                               DESCRIPTION                           PAGE
- ----------   ------------------------------------------------------------  ----
<C>          <S>                                                           <C>
     10.23   Form of Subscription Agreement between the Company and
              purchasers of Convertible Promissory Notes in February 1996
              ("Bridge Financing")+
     10.24   Form of Warrant to purchase Series C Preferred Stock issued
              to investors in the Bridge Financing+
     10.25   Agreement dated January 17, 1995 between the Company and PPG
              Industries, Inc. ("PPG")+
     10.26   Amended License Agreement dated January 17, 1995 between the
              Company and PPG (portions omitted pursuant to Rule 406)+
     10.27   Promissory Note dated January 17, 1995, issued by the
              Company to PPG, as amended+
     10.28   Security Agreement dated January 17, 1995 between the
              Company and PPG+
     10.29   Amended and Restated Common Stock Warrant dated March 20,
              1996, issued to PPG+
     10.30   Promissory Note dated July 31, 1995 issued by the Company to
              Instrumentation Laboratory+
     10.31   Promissory Note dated April 12, 1993 issued by the Company
              to Praktikerfinans AB......................................
     10.32   Agreement dated June 8, 1994 between the Company and Beckman
              Instruments, Inc. (portions omitted pursuant to Rule 406)+
     11.1    Computation of pro forma net income (loss) per share+
     23.1    Consent of Stradling, Yocca, Carlson & Rauth (see Exhibit
              5.1)*
     23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors..........
     24.1    Power of Attorney+..........................................
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
+Previously filed.
    
*To be filed by amendment.

<PAGE>

                                              

                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
                             OF SENDX MEDICAL, INC.,
                             A DELAWARE CORPORATION
                                       AND
                              SENDX MEDICAL, INC.,
                            A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION

     THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of ___________, 1996 (this
"Agreement"), is between SENDX MEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation ("SenDx
Delaware"), and SENDX MEDICAL, INC., a California corporation ("SenDx
California"), which corporations are sometimes referred to herein as the
"Constituent Corporations".

                                 R E C I T A L S

     A.   SenDx Delaware is a corporation duly organized and existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware and has an authorized capital of 60,000,000
shares, 50,000,000 of which are designated "Common Stock", $.001 par value, and
26,490,253 of which are designated "Preferred Stock", $.001 par value.  As of
May 31, 1996, 100 shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding, all of
which were held by SenDx California.  No shares of Preferred Stock were
outstanding.

     B.   SenDx California is a corporation duly organized and existing under
the laws of the State of California and has an authorized capital of 150,000,000
shares, 50,000,000 of which are designated "Common Stock", no par value and
100,000,000 of which are designated "Preferred Stock", no par value.  As of May
31, 1996, 2,029,930 shares of Common Stock were outstanding and 16,490,253
shares of Preferred Stock were outstanding.

     C.   The Board of Directors of SenDx California has determined that, for
the purpose of effecting the reincorporation of SenDx California in the State of
Delaware, it is advisable and in the best interests of SenDx California and its
shareholders that SenDx California merge with and into SenDx Delaware upon the
terms and conditions herein provided.

     D.   The respective Boards of Directors of SenDx Delaware and SenDx
California have approved this Agreement and have directed that this Agreement be
submitted to a vote of their respective stockholders and executed by the
undersigned officers.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants set
forth herein, SenDx Delaware and SenDx California hereby agree, subject to the
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, as follows:

                                       I.
                                     MERGER

     1.1  MERGER.  In accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the
Delaware General Corporation Law and the California General Corporation Law,
SenDx California shall be merged with and into SenDx Delaware (the "Merger"),
the separate existence of SenDx California shall cease and SenDx Delaware shall
be, and is herein sometimes referred to as, the "Surviving Corporation", and the
name of the Surviving Corporation shall be "SenDx Medical, Inc."

     1.2       FILING AND EFFECTIVENESS.  The Merger shall become effective when
the following actions have been completed:

<PAGE>

          (a)       This Agreement has been adopted and approved by the
     stockholders of each Constituent Corporation in accordance with the
     requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law and the California
     General Corporation Law;

          (b)       All of the conditions precedent to the consummation of the
     Merger specified in this Agreement have been satisfied or duly waived by
     the party entitled to satisfaction thereof ; and

          (c)       An executed Certificate of Merger or an executed counterpart
     of this Agreement meeting the requirements of the Delaware General
     Corporation Law has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
     Delaware.

     The date and time when the Merger shall become effective, as aforesaid, is
herein called the "Effective Date of the Merger".

     1.3  EFFECT OF THE MERGER.  Upon the Effective Date of the Merger, the
separate existence and corporate organization of SenDx California shall cease
and SenDx Delaware, as the Surviving Corporation, shall continue its corporate
existence under the laws of the State of Delaware.


                                       II.
                    CHARTER DOCUMENTS, DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     2.1  CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.  The Certificate of Incorporation of
SenDx Delaware as in effect immediately before the Effective Date of the Merger
shall continue in full force and effect as the Certificate of Incorporation of
the Surviving Corporation until duly amended or repealed in accordance with the
provisions thereof and applicable law.

     2.2  BYLAWS.  The Bylaws of SenDx Delaware as in effect immediately before
the Effective Date of the Merger shall continue in full force and effect as the
Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until duly amended or repealed in accordance
with the provisions thereof and applicable law.

     2.3  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.  The directors and officers of SenDx
California immediately before the Effective Date of the Merger shall be the
directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation until the expiration of
their current terms and until their successors have been duly elected and
qualified, or until their prior resignation, removal or death, subject to the
Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.


                                      III.
                          MANNER OF CONVERSION OF STOCK

     3.1  SENDX CALIFORNIA SHARES.  Upon the Effective Date of the Merger, each
share of SenDx California Common Stock, no par value, issued and outstanding
immediately before the Effective Date of the Merger shall by virtue of the
Merger and without any action by the Constituent Corporations, by the holder of
such shares or by any other person be converted into and exchanged for one-third
(1/3) of a fully paid and nonassessable share of Common Stock, $.001 par value,
of the Surviving Corporation. Upon the Effective Date of the Merger, each share
of Series A Preferred Stock, no par value, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, no par
value, Series B Preferred Stock, no par value, Series C Preferred Stock, no par
value, and Series D Preferred Stock, no par value, of SenDx California issued
and outstanding immediately before the Effective Date of the Merger shall by
virtue of the Merger and without any action by the Constituent Corporations, by
the holder of such shares or by any other person be converted into and exchanged
for one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Series A Preferred Stock,
$.001 par value, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, $.001 par value,

                                        2

<PAGE>

Series B Preferred Stock, $.001 par value, Series C Preferred Stock, $.001 par
value, and Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, of the Surviving Corporation.


     3.2  SENDX CALIFORNIA OPTIONS, STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS AND CONVERTIBLE
SECURITIES.  Upon the Effective Date of the Merger, the Surviving Corporation
shall assume and continue the SenDx California 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, the
SenDx California 1991 Stock Option Plan and all other employee benefit plans of
SenDx California.  Each outstanding and unexercised option, other right to
purchase or security convertible into SenDx California Common Stock shall become
an option, right to purchase or a security convertible into the Surviving
Corporation's Common Stock on the basis of one-third (1/3) share of the
Surviving Corporation's Common Stock for each share of SenDx California Common
Stock issuable pursuant to any such option, stock purchase right or convertible
security, under the same terms and conditions and at an exercise price per share
equal to three (3) times the exercise price per share applicable to any such
SenDx California stock option, stock purchase right or other convertible
security at the Effective Date of the Merger.  Each Preferred Stock Purchase
Warrant convertible into SenDx California Preferred Stock shall become a
Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant convertible into the Surviving Corporation's
Preferred Stock on the basis of one (1) share of the Surviving Corporation's
Preferred Stock for each share of SenDx California Preferred Stock issuable
pursuant to any such Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant, under the same terms and
conditions and at an exercise price per share equal to the exercise price per
share applicable to any such SenDx California Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant
at the Effective Date of the Merger.

     A number of shares of the Surviving Corporation's Common Stock and
Preferred Stock shall be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock
options, stock purchase rights and convertible securities equal to the number of
shares of SenDx California Common Stock and Preferred Stock so reserved
immediately before the Effective Date of the Merger.

     3.3  SENDX DELAWARE COMMON STOCK.  Upon the Effective Date of the Merger,
each share of Common Stock, $.001 par value, of SenDx Delaware issued and
outstanding immediately before the Effective Date of the Merger shall, by virtue
of the Merger and without any action by SenDx Delaware, by the holder of such
shares or by any other person be canceled and returned to the status of
authorized but unissued shares.

     3.4  EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES.   After the Effective Date of the Merger,
each holder of an outstanding certificate representing shares of SenDx
California Common Stock may, at such stockholder's option, surrender the same
for cancellation to the Surviving Corporation or to its transfer agent (the
"Exchange Agent"), and each such holder shall be entitled to receive in exchange
therefor a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of the
Surviving Corporation's Common Stock or Preferred Stock into which the
surrendered shares were converted as herein provided.  Until so surrendered,
each outstanding certificate theretofore representing shares of SenDx California
Common Stock or Preferred Stock shall be deemed for all purposes to represent
the number of shares of the Surviving Corporation's Common Stock or Preferred
Stock, as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.1 above, into which such shares of
SenDx California Common Stock or Preferred Stock were converted in the Merger.

     The registered owner on the books and records of the Surviving Corporation
or the Exchange Agent of any such outstanding certificate shall, until such
certificate has been surrendered for transfer or conversion or otherwise
accounted for to the Surviving Corporation or the Exchange Agent, have and be
entitled to exercise voting and other rights with respect to and to receive
dividends and other distributions upon the shares of Common Stock or Preferred
Stock of the Surviving Corporation represented by such outstanding certificate
as provided above.

     Each certificate representing Common Stock and Preferred Stock of the
Surviving Corporation so issued in the Merger shall bear the same legends, if
any, with respect to restrictions on transferability as the certificates of
SenDx California so converted and given in exchange therefor,


                                        3

<PAGE>

unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Surviving
Corporation in compliance with applicable laws.

     If any certificate for shares of SenDx Delaware stock is to be issued in a
name other than that in which the certificate surrendered in exchange therefor
is registered, it shall be a condition of issuance thereof that the certificate
so surrendered shall be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper form for
transfer, that such transfer otherwise be proper and that the person requesting
such transfer pay to the Exchange Agent any transfer or other taxes payable by
reason of issuance of such new certificate in a name other than that of the
registered holder of the certificate surrendered or establish to the
satisfaction of SenDx Delaware that such tax has been paid or is not payable.


                                       IV.
                       TRANSFER OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

     4.1  TRANSFER OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES.  On the Effective Date, (i) the
rights, privileges, powers and franchises, both of a public as well as of a
private nature, of each of the Constituent Corporations shall be vested in and
possessed by the Surviving Corporation, subject to all the disabilities, duties
and restrictions of or upon each of the Constituent Corporations; (ii) all
rights, privileges, powers and franchises of each of the Constituent
Corporations, all property, real, personal and mixed, of each of the Constituent
Corporations, all debts due to each of the Constituent Corporations on whatever
account and all things in action or belonging to each of the Constituent
Corporations shall be transferred to and vested in the Surviving Corporation;
(iii) all property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises, as well as all
other interests, shall be as effectively the property of the Surviving
Corporation as they were of the Constituent Corporations before the Effective
Date; and (iv) the title to any real estate vested by deed or otherwise in
either of the Constituent Corporations shall not revert to either of the
Constituent Corporations or be in any way impaired by reason of the Merger.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the liabilities of the Constituent
Corporations and of their stockholders, directors and officers shall not be
affected by the Merger; (ii) all rights of creditors and all liens upon any
property of either of the Constituent Corporations shall be preserved unimpaired
notwithstanding the Merger; and (iii) any claim existing or action or proceeding
pending by or against either of the Constituent Corporations may be prosecuted
to judgment as if the Merger had not taken place; provided, however, that the
claims and rights of the creditors of either or both of the Constituent
Corporations may be modified with the consent of such creditors; and, provided
further, that all debts, liabilities and duties of or upon each of the
Constituent Corporations shall attach to the Surviving Corporation and
accordingly may be enforced against it to the same extent as if such debts,
liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

     4.2  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  From time to time, as and when required by SenDx
Delaware or by its successors or assigns, there shall be executed and delivered
on behalf of SenDx California such deeds and other instruments, and there shall
be taken or caused to be taken by it such further and other actions as shall be
appropriate or necessary in order to vest or perfect in or conform of record or
otherwise by SenDx Delaware the title to and possession of all the property,
interests, assets, rights, privileges, immunities, powers, franchises and
authority of SenDx California and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this
Agreement, and the officers and directors of SenDx Delaware are fully authorized
in the name and on behalf of SenDx California or otherwise to take all such
actions and to execute and deliver all such deeds and other instruments.

                                        4

<PAGE>

                                        V.
                                     GENERAL

     5.1  COVENANTS OF SENDX DELAWARE.  SenDx Delaware covenants and agrees that
it will, on or before the Effective Date of the Merger:

          (a)       Qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in the State
     of California and in connection therewith irrevocably appoint an agent for
     service of process as required under the provisions of Section 2105 of the
     California General Corporation Law.

          (b)       File all documents with the California Franchise Tax Board
     necessary for the assumption by SenDx Delaware of all of the franchise tax
     liabilities of SenDx California.

          (c)       Take such other actions as may be required by the California
     General Corporation Law.

     5.2  DEFERRAL.  Consummation of the merger may be deferred by the Board of
Directors of SenDx California for a reasonable period of time if the Board of
Directors determines that deferral would be in the best interests of SenDx
California and its shareholders.

     5.3  AMENDMENT.  The parties hereto, by mutual consent of their respective
Boards of Directors, may amend, modify or supplement this Agreement in such
manner as may be agreed upon by them in writing at any time before or after
adoption and approval of this Agreement by the stockholders of SenDx Delaware
and SenDx California, but not later than the Effective Date; provided, however,
that no such amendment, modification or supplement not adopted and approved by
the stockholders of SenDx Delaware and SenDx California shall affect the rights
of such stockholders or change any of the principal terms of this Agreement.

     5.4  ABANDONMENT.  At any time before the Effective Date of the Merger,
this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned for any reason
whatsoever by the Board of Directors of either SenDx California or of SenDx
Delaware, or of both, notwithstanding the approval of this Agreement by the
shareholders of SenDx California or by the stockholders of SenDx Delaware, or by
both.

     In the event of abandonment of this Agreement, as above provided, this
Agreement shall become wholly void and of no effect, and no liability on the
part of either Constituent Corporation or its Board of Directors or its
stockholders shall arise by virtue of such termination except as provided in
Section 5.5 hereof.



     5.5  EXPENSES.  If the Merger becomes effective, the Surviving Corporation
shall assume and pay all expenses in connection therewith not theretofore paid
by the respective parties.  If for any reason the Merger shall not become
effective, SenDx California shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with
all the proceedings taken in respect of this Agreement or relating thereto.

     5.6  REGISTERED OFFICE.  The registered office of the Surviving Corporation
in the State of Delaware is located at The Corporation Trust Company, 1209
Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and The Corporate Trust Company is
the registered agent of the Surviving Corporation at such address.

     5.7  AGREEMENT.  Executed copies of this Agreement will be on file at the
principal place of business of the Surviving Corporation at 1945 Palomar Oaks
Way, Carlsbad, California 92009, and, upon request and without cost, copies
thereof will be furnished to any stockholder of either Constituent Corporation.


                                        5

<PAGE>

     5.8  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall in all respects be construed,
interpreted and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the
State of Delaware and, so far as applicable, the Merger provisions of the
California General Corporation Law.

     5.9  COUNTERPARTS.  In order to facilitate the filing and recording of this
Agreement, the same may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one
and the same instrument.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement having first been approved by
resolutions of the Boards of Directors of SenDx Delaware and SenDx California is
hereby executed on behalf of each of such two corporations and attested by their
respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

                                   SenDx Medical, Inc.,
                                   a Delaware corporation



                                   By:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Douglas R. Hillier
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer



                                   SenDx Medical, Inc.,
                                   a California corporation



                                   By:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Douglas R. Hillier
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer


                                        6


<PAGE>

         

                AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                               SENDX MEDICAL, INC.

          (Duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the
                        Delaware General Corporation Law)

     It is hereby certified that:

     1.   The present name of the corporation (hereinafter called the
"Corporation") is SenDx Medical, Inc., which is the name under which the
Corporation was originally incorporated; the original Certificate of
Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
May 9, 1996.

     2.   The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and
restated herein, at the effective time of filing of this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State, shall read in
full as follows:

               "AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                               SENDX MEDICAL, INC.

                                ARTICLE I:  NAME

     The name of the Corporation is SenDx Medical, Inc.

                    ARTICLE II:  REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

     The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of
Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New
Castle.  The name of the Corporation's registered agent at that address is The
Corporation Trust Company.

                             ARTICLE III:  PURPOSE

     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity
for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

                         ARTICLE IV:  AUTHORIZED SHARES

     4.1  This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares,
designated respectively "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock."  The Corporation
is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 26,490,253 shares
of Preferred Stock.

     4.2  The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in any number of
series.  The Board shall fix the designation and number of shares of each such
series.  The Board may determine and alter the rights, preferences, privileges
and restrictions granted to and imposed upon any such wholly unissued series of
the Preferred Stock.  The Board of Directors (within the limits and restrictions
of any resolution adopted by it, originally fixing the number of shares of any
series) may increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series after
the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of then
outstanding shares of such series.  In case the number of shares of any series
shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the
status that they had before the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the
number of shares of such series.

     4.3  PREFERRED STOCK.

          4.3.1     DESIGNATION.  This initial five Series of Preferred Stock 
shall be designated "Series A Preferred Stock," "Series A-2 Preferred Stock," 
"Series B Preferred Stock," "Series C Preferred Stock" and "Series D Preferred
Stock."

     4.4  NUMBER.  The number of authorized shares constituting the Series A
Preferred Stock shall be 5,000,000 shares, the number of authorized shares
constituting the Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall be 1,500,000 shares, the
number of authorized shares constituting the Series B Preferred Stock shall be
1,500,000 shares, the number of authorized shares constituting the Series C
Preferred Stock shall be 10,000,000 shares and the number of authorized shares
constituting the Series D Preferred Stock shall be 3,809,524 shares.

     4.5  DIVIDENDS.

          4.5.1     SERIES A, SERIES A-2, SERIES B AND SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK.
The holders of shares of the Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the
Corporation legally available therefor and as and when declared by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation in its sole discretion, noncumulative dividends at
a rate per share equal to the aggregate dividend paid on the number of shares of
Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of such Share of Preferred Stock.
Such dividends shall be payable to the holders of record as they appear on the
stock books of the Corporation on such record dates, not more than 50 days nor
less than 10 days preceding the payment date(s), as shall be fixed by the Board
of Directors of the Corporation in its sole discretion.

     Unless full dividends on the Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C
Preferred Stock have been paid, no other dividends or other distributions with
respect to Common Stock or shares ranking on liquidation junior to the
respective Series of Preferred Stock, may be paid.

                                        2

<PAGE>

          4.5.2     SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK.  In the event that any dividends
or other distributions are declared or paid on the Common Stock, the holders of
shares of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of the
assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, noncumulative dividends or
other distributions at the rate per share equal to that declared or paid on the
number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of
Series D Preferred Stock.  In the event that any dividends or other
distributions are declared or paid on any Preferred Stock, the holders of shares
of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets
of the Corporation legally available therefor, noncumulative dividends at the
rate per share equal to that declared or paid on such other shares of Preferred
Stock, based upon the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion
of such other shares of Preferred Stock and the shares of Series D Preferred
Stock.  In the event such other shares of Preferred Stock are not convertible
into Common Stock, the holders of shares of the Series D Preferred Stock shall
be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation legally available
therefor, noncumulative dividends at the rate per share equal to that paid on
such other Preferred Stock, based upon the relative liquidation preferences of
such other shares of Preferred Stock and the shares of Series D Preferred Stock.


     4.6  LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE.

          4.6.1     SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK.  In the event of any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary,
subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may from time to
time come into existence, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be
entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the
assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-2
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock and
holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per
share equal to $2.625 for each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock
(the "Series D Original Issue Price" for the Series D Preferred Stock), plus an
amount equal to declared but unpaid dividends or other distributions on such
shares or which have been declared or which should have been declared or paid
pursuant to Section 4.5.2 above or 4.7.4.4(d)(iv) below (the "Series D
Liquidation Preference").  If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and
funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall
be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the Series D
Liquidation Preference, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation
legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the
holders of the Series D Preferred Stock with each such holder to receive an
amount equal to the aggregate assets and funds to be distributed multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate Series D Liquidation
Preference of all the shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by such holder and
the denominator of which is the aggregate Series D Liquidation Preference of all
of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding.

               4.6.1.1   MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS, ETC.  The transactions
referenced in 4.10 below shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or
winding up within the meaning of this Section 4.6.1 but shall instead be
governed by the provisions set forth in 4.10.

               4.6.1.2   DISTRIBUTIONS TO JUNIOR SHARES.  Sections 502 and 503
of the

                                        3

<PAGE>

Corporations Code do not apply to the Corporation's purchase of shares of Common
Stock (which are specifically approved by the Corporation's Board of Directors)
from an employee, officer, director or consultant of the Corporation upon
termination of their employment or services pursuant to a right of purchase
granted to the Corporation under a contract for the services of the employee or
consultant.

          4.6.2     SERIES A, SERIES A-2 AND SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK.  In the
event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation, the holders of Series A, Series A-2 and Series B Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation,
whether such assets are capital or surplus, an amount equal to $1.00 per share
plus any declared but unpaid dividends before any payment shall be made or any
assets distributed to the holders of shares of Common Stock or shares ranking on
liquidation junior to the Series A, Series A-2 and Series B Preferred Stock.

     If, upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation,
the amounts payable to the holders of the Series A, Series A-2 and Series B
Preferred Stock are not paid in full, then the entire remaining assets of the
Corporation shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A,
Series A-2 and Series B Preferred Stock.

          4.6.3     SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK.  In the event of any voluntary or
involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after
payment of the liquidation preferences of the Series A, Series A-2 and Series B
Preferred Stock, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
receive, out of the assets of the Corporation, whether such assets are capital
or surplus, an amount equal to $1.00 per share plus any declared but unpaid
dividends before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the
holders of shares of Common Stock or shares ranking on liquidation junior to the
Series C Preferred Stock.

     If, upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation,
after payment of the liquidation preferences of the Series A, Series A-2 and
Series B Preferred Stock, the amounts payable to the holders of the Series C
Preferred Stock are not paid in full, then the entire remaining assets of the
Corporation shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C
Preferred Stock.

          4.6.4     ASSETS REMAINING FOLLOWING PAYMENT OF LIQUIDATION
PREFERENCES.  In the event that, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the Corporation, the liquidation preferences of the Series D Preferred Stock
and the Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock, together
with the liquidation preferences of any Series of Preferred Stock subsequently
designated by the Board of Directors, are paid in full, the entire remaining
assets of this Corporation shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the
Common Stock.

     4.7  CONVERSION RIGHTS.

          4.7.1     RIGHT TO CONVERT.  Shares of Series A, Series A-2, Series B,
Series C and Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Common Stock at
any time at the option of the holders thereof.  The number of shares of Common
Stock issuable with respect to any share of Series A, Series A-2, Series B and
Series C Preferred Stock upon conversion shall be determined by dividing $1.00
by the conversion price for each Series of Preferred Stock in effect at the date
of conversion (the "Series A Conversion Price," the "Series A-2 Conversion
Price," the "Series

                                        4

<PAGE>

B Conversion Price" and the "Series C Conversion Price," respectively) and the
number of shares of Common Stock issuable with respect to any share of Series D
Preferred Stock upon conversion shall be determined by dividing $2.625 by the
conversion price in effect at the date of conversion (the "Series D Conversion
Price") (the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-2 Conversion Price, the
Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price and the Series D
Conversion Price shall sometimes be collectively referred to as the "Conversion
Prices").  The Series A Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B
Conversion Price and Series C Conversion Price shall initially be $3.00, and the
Series D Conversion Price shall initially be $7.875.  The Conversion Prices
shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 4.7.4
below.  In effecting the conversion, accrued unpaid dividends on the Series A,
Series A-2, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock, if any, shall be
disregarded but remain payable to the holders of the respective Series of
Preferred Stock so converted.  The Corporation shall reserve and keep reserved
out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock sufficient shares to
effect the conversion of all shares of Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C
and Series D Preferred Stock outstanding from time to time.

          4.7.2     AUTOMATIC CONVERSION.

               4.7.2.1   SERIES A, SERIES A-2, SERIES B AND SERIES C PREFERRED
STOCK.  Upon the closing of a sale of Common Stock by the Corporation in a
public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form SB-2
(or any successor to such forms) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
which results in either aggregate cash proceeds (before payment of underwriter
commissions and expenses) in excess of $20,000,000 or the sale of a number of
shares of Common Stock equal to twenty percent (20%) of the then-outstanding
capital stock of the Corporation, each share of Series A, Series A-2, Series B
and Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall automatically be converted
into shares of Common Stock at the respective Conversion Price for such Series
of Preferred Stock then in effect.  On and after such conversion date, all
designated but unissued shares of Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C
Preferred Stock shall be cancelled and no longer authorized, and notwithstanding
that any certificates for shares of the Series A, Series A-2, Series B and
Series C Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered for conversion, the
shares of Series A, Series A-2, Series B, and Series C Preferred Stock evidenced
thereby shall be deemed to be cancelled and no longer outstanding or authorized,
and all rights with respect thereto shall forthwith cease and terminate, except
only the rights of the holder (i) to receive the shares of Common Stock to which
such holder shall be entitled upon conversion thereof, and (ii) with respect to
any dividends or other distributions declared but unpaid, or which should have
been declared or paid pursuant to Section 4.5 above or Section 4.7.4.4(d)(ii)
below, on the respective Series of Preferred Stock prior to such conversion
date.

               4.7.2.2   SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK.  Upon (A) the closing of a
sale of Common Stock by the Corporation in a public offering pursuant to a
registration statement on Form S-1 or Form SB-2 (or any successor to such forms)
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which results in aggregate gross
proceeds to the Corporation in excess of $18,000,000 (a "Qualified Public
Offering"), or (B) upon the written approval of the respective holders of at
least 90% of the Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding, each share of Series
D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall automatically be converted into shares
of Common Stock at the Conversion Price for Series D Preferred Stock then in
effect.  On and after such conversion date, all designated but unissued shares
of Series D Preferred Stock shall be cancelled and no longer

                                        5

<PAGE>

authorized, and notwithstanding that any certificates for shares of the 
Series D Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered for conversion, the 
shares of Series D Preferred Stock evidenced thereby shall be deemed to be 
cancelled and no longer outstanding or authorized, and all rights with 
respect thereto shall forthwith cease and terminate, except only the rights 
of the holder (i) to receive the shares of Common Stock to which such holder 
shall be entitled upon conversion thereof, and (ii) with respect to any 
dividends or other distributions declared but unpaid, or which should have 
been declared or paid pursuant to Section 4.5 above or Section 4.7.4.4(d)(ii) 
below, on the Series D Preferred Stock prior to such conversion date.

          4.7.3     MECHANICS OF CONVERSION.  In order to convert shares of
Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C and/or Series D Preferred Stock into
shares of Common Stock, the holder thereof shall deliver the share certificate
or certificates for such shares to the Corporation's transfer agent if it has
one, or otherwise to the Corporation at its principal executive office,
accompanied by a written request to convert, specifying the number of shares to
be converted.  The endorsement of the share certificate and the request to
convert shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the transfer agent or to the
Corporation, as the case may be.  Upon the date of such delivery, the conversion
is deemed to have occurred and the person entitled to receive share certificates
for Common Stock shall be regarded for all corporate purposes from and after
such date as the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock to which such
holder is entitled upon the conversion.  If the conversion is in connection with
an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of
1933, the conversion shall be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriter
of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the
person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of
the Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C or Series D Preferred Stock shall
not be deemed to have converted such shares until immediately prior to the
closing of such sale of securities.  If the conversion is in connection with the
written approval of the respective holders of at least 90% of the Series A,
Series A-2, Series B, Series C or Series D Preferred Stock, as set forth in
subsection 4.7.2(B) above, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made on
the effective date of such conversion as set forth in such written approval.

          4.7.4     CONVERSION PRICE ADJUSTMENTS.  The Series A Conversion
Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C
Conversion Price and the Series D Conversion Price shall be subject to
adjustment from time to time as follows:

               4.7.4.1   SPECIAL DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this subsection
4.7.4, the following definitions shall apply:

                    (a)  "OPTIONS" shall mean rights, options or warrants to
subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible
Securities (as hereinafter defined).

                    (b)  "ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE" shall mean, with respect to each
of the Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C, or Series D Preferred Stock,
the date on which the first share of such series was first issued.

                                        6

<PAGE>

                    (c)  "CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES" shall mean any evidences of
indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for
Common Stock, other than Options.

                    (d)  "ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK" shall mean all
shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to subsection 4.7.4.3 below, deemed
to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, OTHER THAN
shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to subsection 4.7.4.3 below, deemed
to be issued) or issuable:

                         (i)       upon conversion of shares of the Series A,
Series A-2, Series B, Series C or Series D Preferred Stock, including without
limitation conversion of shares of Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C or
Series D Preferred Stock issued upon exercise of warrants therefor pursuant to
the terms of any stock purchase agreement or warrants or Convertible Securities
in effect on the date hereof;

                         (ii)      to officers, directors, employees and
consultants of the Corporation which have been approved by the Board of
Directors, provided however, that the number of shares of Common Stock issued or
issuable under option to officers, directors, employees and consultants shall
not at any time exceed 16% of the outstanding Common Stock, on a fully diluted
basis after giving effect to all shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of
Options and conversion of Convertible Securities (and including in such 16%,
shares previously issued to employees, consultants, vendors or directors,
pursuant to any equity participation plan for such persons);

                         (iii)     pursuant to the issuance or exercise of any
Options to purchase shares of Common or Preferred Stock of the Company, provided
however, that, with respect to adjustments to the Conversion Price for the
Series D Preferred Stock, such Options must have been (i) issued prior to the
Original Issue Date (or issued in exchange for Options issued prior to the
Original Issue Date) but not to exceed 3,465,882 shares of Common Stock, 300,000
shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and 275,248 shares of Series C Preferred
Stock, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations after the
date hereof, or (ii) the issuance of such Options must have been approved in
writing by the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock; or

                         (iv) pursuant to any event for which adjustment has
already been made pursuant to this subsection 4.7.4.

               4.7.4.2   NO ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICES.  No adjustment in
the Conversion Prices shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional
Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share for an Additional
Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less
than the respective Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue.

               4.7.4.3   DEEMED ISSUE OF ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.
Except as provided in subsection 4.7.4.1(d), above, in the event the Corporation
at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for the Series A,
Series A-2, Series B, Series C or Series D Preferred Stock shall issue any
Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the
determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such

                                        7

<PAGE>

Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set
forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions
contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock
issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible
Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible
Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of
the time of such issue of Options or Convertible Securities or, in case such a
record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record
date, provided that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock
are deemed to be issued:

                    (a)  no further adjustment in the Conversion Prices shall be
made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common
Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such
Convertible Securities.

                    (b)  if such Options or Convertible Securities by their
terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or
decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or increase or
decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise,
conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Prices computed upon the initial
issue thereof  (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto),
and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or
decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease
insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under
such Convertible Securities; and

                    (c)  upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights
of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have
been exercised, the Conversion Prices computed upon the initial issue thereof
(or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any
subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed
as if:

                         (i)  in the case of Convertible Securities or Options
for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common Stock issued were shares
of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or
the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and the consideration
received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for
the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration
actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, or for the issue of all
such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged plus the
consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or
exchange, if any, and

                         (ii) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities,
only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise
thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options and the consideration
received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to
have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation
for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the
consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation upon the issue of
the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually
exercised;

                                        8


<PAGE>

                    (d)  no readjustment pursuant to clause 4.7.4.4 below shall
have the effect of increasing the Conversion Prices to an amount which exceeds
the lower of (i) the respective Conversion Price on the original adjustment
date, or (ii) the respective Conversion Price that would have resulted from any
issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment
date and such readjustment date.

               4.7.4.4   ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICES UPON ISSUANCE OF
ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON AND OTHER EVENTS.

                    (a)  ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE FOR SERIES A PREFERRED
STOCK.  If, after the Original Issue Date of the Series A Preferred Stock (the
"Series A Issue Date"), the Corporation shall issue any Additional Shares of
Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued
pursuant to subsection 4.7.4.3) without consideration or for a consideration per
share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance
or deemed issuance of such Common Stock, then the Series A Conversion Price in
effect immediately prior to each such issuance or deemed issuance shall
forthwith be adjusted to a price equal to a quotient obtained by dividing (a) an
amount equal to the sum of (i) the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding (including the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued)
immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance multiplied by the
conversion price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance
plus, plus (ii) the consideration received by the Corporation upon such issuance
or deemed issuance, by (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding then including the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been
issued) immediately after the issuance or deemed issuance of such Common Stock.

                         (i)  DETERMINATION OF CONSIDERATION.  For purposes of
this subsection 4.7.4.4(a), the consideration received by the Corporation for
the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

                              (A)  In the case of the issuance or deemed
issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the
amount of cash paid therefor without deduction for any discounts, commissions or
other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting
or otherwise in connection with the issuance or deemed issuance and sale
thereof.

                              (B)  In the case of the issuance or deemed
issuance of Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than
cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market
value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                              (C)  In the case of the issuance of options or
rights to subscribe for Common Stock (but not including any issuance of options,
warrants or rights under Section 4.7.4.1(d)(i) and 4.7.4.1(d)(ii) or the
issuance of any securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for
Common Stock:

                                   (1)  The aggregate number of shares of Common
Stock initially deliverable upon exercise of such options or rights shall be
deemed to have been issued at the times such options or rights were granted or
issued, as the case may be,

                                        9

<PAGE>

and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any (determined in the
same manner provided in Sections 4.7.4.4(a)(i)(1) and 4.7.4.4(a)(i)(2) above
with respect to cash consideration and consideration other than cash) received
by the Corporation upon the grant or issuance of such options or rights plus the
minimum purchase price provided in such options or rights or shares of Common
Stock covered thereby;

                                   (2)  The aggregate number of shares of Common
Stock initially deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange for any such
convertible or exchangeable securities shall be deemed to have been issued at
the times such securities were issued and for a consideration equal to the
consideration received by the Corporation by any such securities (excluding any
cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the
additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation upon the
conversion or exchange thereof (the consideration in each case to be determined
in the same manner as provided in Sections 4.7.4.4(a)(i)(1) and 4.7.4.4(a)(i)(2)
above); and

                                   (3)  On the expiration of such options or
rights or the termination of such right to convert or exchange, the conversion
price shall forthwith be readjusted to such conversion price as would have
obtained had the adjustment made upon the issuance of such options, rights or
securities been made on the basis of the issuance or sale of only the number of
shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise of such options or
rights or upon the conversion or exchange of such securities.

                    (b)  ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICES FOR SERIES A-2, SERIES
B AND SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK.  If, after the Original Issue Date of the Series
A-2, Series B or Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue any
Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock
deemed to be issued pursuant to subsection 4.7.4.3) without consideration or for
a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect for such
Series immediately prior to the issuance or deemed issuance of such Common
Stock, then the respective Conversion Price in effect for each such Series (but
not for the Series A or Series D Preferred Stock) immediately prior to each such
issuance or deemed issuance shall forthwith be adjusted to such lesser price.

                    (c)  ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE FOR SERIES D PREFERRED
STOCK.  If, after the Original Issue Date of the Series D Preferred Stock, the
Corporation shall issue any Additional Shares of Common Stock (including
Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to subsection
4.7.4.3 but excluding stock dividends, subdivisions or split-ups that are the
subject of adjustment pursuant to subsections 4.7.4.4(d)(i) and 4.7.4.4(d)(ii)
without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion
Price applicable on and immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event,
the Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price
(calculated to the nearest one-tenth cent) determined by dividing (X) the
aggregate consideration received or to be received by the Corporation for the
total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued (or deemed issued)
by (Y) the total number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.  In the event
the Corporation has not requested to redeem all of the Series D Preferred Stock
pursuant to subsection 4.9.2.1, or in the event the Corporation did make such
request, but failed to redeem shares of Series D Preferred Stock delivered for
redemption, then the Conversion Price shall be reduced, commencing one month
following the second anniversary of the Original Issue Date (as defined in this
Section 4.7.4), and on the same day of each month thereafter, by an amount equal

                                       10

<PAGE>

to one-twelfth (1/12) of the difference between the Conversion Price and $3.00,
so that after twelve (12) months of such adjustment, the Conversion Price shall
be $3.00.  In the event that the Conversion Price is, during such period,
adjusted pursuant to another subsection of this subsection 4.7.4 such monthly
adjustments to the Conversion Price shall be appropriately adjusted so that any
remaining monthly adjustments are equal and result in the Conversion Price at
the end of the twelve (12) month period being equal to $3.00. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, at any time that a majority of the authorized number of directors
have been elected by the Series D Preferred Stock holders pursuant to Section
4.8.4.1 hereto, such monthly Conversion Price adjustments shall be suspended
(however, any adjustments made prior to such time shall remain effective).  The
foregoing $3.00 target Conversion Price shall be adjusted as set forth in
subsections 4.7.4.4(d)(i), 4.7.4.4(d)(ii), 4.7.4.4(d)(iii), and 4.7.4.4(d)(iv).

                         (i)  DETERMINATION OF CONSIDERATION.  For purposes of
this subsection 4.7.4.4(c), the consideration received by the Corporation for
the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

                              (A)  CASH AND PROPERTY.  Such consideration shall:

                                   (1)  insofar as it consists of cash, be
computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation;

                                   (2)  Such consideration insofar as it
consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at
the time of such issue, as determined in accordance with
Section 4.7.4.4(c)(i)(A)(4) below; and

                                   (3)  In the event Additional Shares of Common
Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the
Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such
consideration so received, as determined in Section 4.7.4.4(c)(i)(A)(4) below.

                                   (4)  The determination set forth in Sections
4.7.4.4(c)(i)(A)(2) and 4.7.4.4(c)(i)(A)(3) above shall be determined in good
faith as promptly as reasonably practicable by the mutual agreement of the Board
of Directors and a representative designated by the holders of a majority of the
outstanding Series D Preferred Stock (the "Series D Representative").  If such
parties are unable to reach agreement within 20 days after the need for such
determination arises, the Board of Directors shall appoint a nationally
recognized investment banking firm acceptable to the Series D Representative
(the "Appointed Firm") to make such determination.  The parties shall use their
best efforts to cause the Appointed Firm to resolve all disagreements as soon as
practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the submission of the
disputes to such Appointed Firm.  The resolution of such disagreements and the
determinations by the Appointed Firm shall be final and binding on the
Corporation and the holders of Series D Preferred Stock.  The Appointed Firm
will determine the allocation of its fees and expenses in connection with its
determinations based upon the percentage which the portion of the contested
amount not awarded to each party bears to the amount actually contested by such
party.  For example, if the Board of Directors claims that the fair value is
$1,000 less than the amount claimed by the Series D Representative, and if the
Appointed Firm ultimately resolves the dispute by awarding the holders of the
Series D Preferred

                                       11

<PAGE>

Stock $300 of the $1,000 contested, then the fees and expenses of the Appointed
Firm will be allocate 70% (ie: 700/1,000) to the holders of the Series D
Preferred Stock and 30% (ie: 300/100) to the Corporation.

                              (B)  OPTIONS AND CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES.  The
consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of
Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 4.7.4.3, relating
to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

                                   (1)  the total amount, if any, received or
receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or
Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional
consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard
to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such
consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or
the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of
Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such options for Convertible
Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

                                   (2)  the maximum number of shares of Common
Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any
provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable
upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such
Convertible Securities.

                    (d)  ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICES.  In addition to the
adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price as provided in Section 4.7.4.4(a)
above, the adjustment of the respective Conversion Prices of the Series A-2,
Series B and/or Series C Preferred Stock as provided in Section 4.7.4.4(b) above
and the adjustment of the Series D Conversion Price as provided in Section
4.7.4.4(c) above, each of the Conversion Prices shall be subject to adjustment
from time to time as follows:

                         (i)  ADJUSTMENTS FOR STOCK DIVIDENDS, SUBDIVISIONS, OR
SPLIT-UPS OF COMMON STOCK.  If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
at any time after the effectiveness of these resolutions is increased by a stock
dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or by a subdivision or split-up of
shares of Common Stock, then, immediately effective at the close of business
upon the record date fixed for the determination of holders of Common Stock
entitled to receive such stock dividend, subdivision or split-up, the Conversion
Prices shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common
Stock issuable on conversion of each share of Series A, Series A-2, Series B,
Series C and Series D Preferred Stock shall be increased in proportion to such
increase of outstanding shares of Common Stock.

                         (ii) ADJUSTMENTS FOR COMBINATIONS OF COMMON STOCK.  If
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the
effectiveness of these resolutions is decreased by a combination of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, immediately effective at the opening
of business upon the record date of such combination, the Conversion Prices
shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock
issuable on conversion of each share of such Series A, Series A-2, Series B,
Series C and Series D Preferred Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such
decrease in outstanding shares of Common Stock.

                                       12

<PAGE>

                         (iii)     ADJUSTMENTS FOR OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS.  In the
event the Corporation at any time or from time to time makes, or fixes a record
date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, any
distribution payable in securities of the Corporation other than shares of
Common Stock, then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the
holders of the Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred
Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares
of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities of the
Corporation which they would have received had their Series A, Series A-2,
Series B, Series C, or Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, been converted
into Common Stock on the date of such event to and including the date of
conversion, and retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during
such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period
under these resolutions with respect to the rights of the holders of the
respective Series of Preferred Stock.

                         (iv) ADJUSTMENTS FOR REORGANIZATIONS,
RECLASSIFICATIONS, ETC.  Subject to Section 4.10 below, if the Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of the Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C and/or
Series D Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of
shares of any other class or classes of stock or other securities or property,
whether by reclassification, a merger or consolidation of this Corporation with
or into any other corporation or corporations in which the holders of the
capital stock of this Corporation then hold 50% or more of the voting securities
of the surviving corporation (other than pursuant to a subdivision or
combination of shares provided for above), the respective Conversion Price then
in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or
reclassification, be proportionately adjusted such that the Series A, 
Series A-2, Series B, Series C and/or Series D Preferred Stock shall be 
convertible into, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the 
holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of 
such other class or classes of stock or securities or other property 
equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been 
subject to receipt by the holders upon conversion of the respective Series of 
Preferred Stock immediately before such event; and, in any such case, 
appropriate adjustment (pursuant to the procedures set forth in 
Section 4.7.4.4(c)(i)(A)(4) above) shall be made in the application of the 
provisions herein set forth with respect to the rights and interest 
thereafter of the holders of the respective Series of Preferred Stock, to the 
end that the provisions set forth herein (including provisions with respect 
to changes in and other adjustments of the respective Conversion Price) shall 
thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be reasonable, in relation to any 
shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion 
of the Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C and/or Series D Preferred 
Stock, provided that no such change or adjustment shall adversely affect the 
rights, preference and privileges of the Series A, Series A-2, Series B, 
Series C or Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, hereunder.

                    (e)  SPECIAL ADJUSTMENT TO SERIES D CONVERSION PRICE ON
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OR SALE OF MAJORITY INTEREST.  In the event this
Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock in its initial public
offering (which may include a Qualified Public Offering) or in the event of a
private sale, in a transaction or series of related transactions, of more than
50% of its voting stock (determined after the consummation thereof), to a single
person or group of persons acting together (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), for a consideration per share of Common
Stock less than 150% of the Series D Conversion Price applicable on and
immediately prior to such issue, then immediately prior to the closing of such
sale of securities the Series D Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently
with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-tenth cent) equal to
33.3%

                                       13

<PAGE>

of such consideration per share, but in no event less than $3.00.  The foregoing
$3.00 minimum Series D Conversion Price shall be adjusted as set forth in
subsections 4.7.4.4(d)(i), 4.7.4.4(d)(ii), 4.7.4.4(d)(iii), and 4.7.4.4(d)(iv).

          4.7.5     COMPUTATIONS.  The Corporation may retain a firm of
independent public accountants (recognized as one of the "Big Six"), which may
be a firm regularly employed by the Corporation, to make any computation
required under this subsection 4.7.4, and a certificate signed by such firm
shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of any computation made under
this subsection 4.7.4, provided that the holders of Series A, Series A-2, Series
B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock have the opportunity to review such
computation prior to the issuance of a certificate by such accounting firm.

          4.7.6     OFFICER'S CERTIFICATES.  Whenever the number of Common
Shares into which the Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C and/or Series D
Preferred Stock is convertible or the respective Conversion Price shall be
adjusted as required by the provisions of this subsection 4.7.4, the Corporation
forthwith shall file in the custody of its secretary or an assistant secretary,
at its principal office, an officer's certificate showing the adjusted number of
Common Shares into which the Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C and/or
Series D Preferred Stock is convertible and the respective Conversion Price and
setting forth in reasonable detail the circumstances requiring the adjustment.
Each such officer's certificate shall be made available at all reasonable times
during reasonable hours for inspection by any holder of Series A, Series A-2,
Series B, Series C or Series D Preferred Stock.  The Corporation shall also
cause a notice setting forth any such adjustment to be sent by mail, first-
class, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of shares of Series A, Series
A-2, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock at such holder's address
appearing on the stock register.

          4.7.7     NOTICES TO HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK.  So long as any
Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C and/or Series D Preferred Stock shall
be outstanding (a) if the Corporation shall pay any dividends or make any
distribution upon the Common Stock or any class or series of Preferred Stock
otherwise than in cash or (b) if the Corporation shall offer generally to the
holders of Common Stock or any class or series of Preferred Stock the right to
subscribe to or purchase any shares of any class of Common Stock, Options,
Convertible Securities, or any other securities of the Corporation, or any
similar rights or (c) if there shall be any capital reorganization of the
Corporation in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity,
recapitalization of the capital stock of the Corporation, consolidation or
merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation, sale, lease or other
transfer of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the
Corporation, or voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up
of the Corporation, then in such event, the Corporation shall cause to be mailed
to any holder of Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred
Stock and the holders of any options, warrants or convertible securities
exercisable, exchangeable or convertible into or for such Series of Preferred
Stock, at least twenty days prior to the relevant date described below (or such
shorter period as is reasonably possible if twenty days is not reasonably
possible), a notice containing a description of the proposed action and stating
the date or expected date on which a record of the Corporation's shareholders is
to be taken for the purpose of any such dividend, distribution of rights, or
such reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, merger, conveyance, lease
or transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is to take place and the
date or expected date, if any is to be fixed, as of which the record holders of
capital stock shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for
securities or other

                                       14

<PAGE>

property deliverable upon such event.  All notices required to be given or given
under the terms of these resolutions shall be treated as properly given to each
holder of Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock
if mailed first class mail, postage prepaid, to the record holders of such
Series of Preferred Stock on the Corporation's records.

          4.7.8     FRACTIONAL SHARES.  The Corporation shall not be required to
issue fractional shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A,
Series A-2, Series B, Series C and/or Series D Preferred Stock, so long as the
value of a share of Common Stock is less than $100 per share.  As to any final
fraction of a share of Common Stock which a holder of one or more shares of
Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C or Series D Preferred Stock would
otherwise be entitled to receive upon conversion of shares of respective
Series of Preferred Stock, in the same transaction the Corporation shall pay a
cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to the same
fraction of the last sale price (or bid price if there was no sale) per share on
the national stock exchange which shall then constitute the principal market for
the Common Stock on the business day which next precedes the date of conversion
or, if such Common Stock is not then listed on any national stock exchange, of
the market price per share (as determined in a reasonable manner prescribed in
good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) at the close of
business on the business day which next precedes the date of conversion.

          4.7.9     ISSUANCE TAXES.  The Corporation shall pay all documentary
stamp or other issuance taxes attributable to the issuance or delivery of shares
of Common Stock upon conversion of any shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

          4.7.10    RESERVATION OF STOCK.  The Corporation shall at all times
reserve and keep available, out of its authorized and unissued stock, solely for
the purpose of effecting the conversion of shares of Series A, Series A-2,
Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Common
Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all
shares of the respective Series of Preferred Stock from time to time outstanding
and issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase Series A, Series A-2,
Series B, Series C and/or Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding.

          4.7.11    CONVERTED SHARES.  All certificates evidencing shares of
Series A, Series A-2, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock
surrendered for conversion shall be appropriately cancelled on the books of the
Corporation, and the shares so converted represented by such certificates shall
not be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred
Stock,but instead shall no longer constitute authorized shares of the
Corporation

     4.8  VOTING RIGHTS.

          4.8.1     SERIES A AND SERIES A-2 PREFERRED STOCK.  The holder of a
share of Series A or Series A-2 Preferred Stock issued and outstanding shall
have voting rights equal to the voting rights of that number of shares of Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of the share of Series A or Series A-2 Preferred
Stock.  The holders of the Series A and Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall vote as
one class with the holders of Common Stock and the holders of Series C and
Series D Preferred Stock; provided however,

                                       15

<PAGE>

               4.8.1.1   that consent of the holders of a majority of the
Series A and Series A-2 Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, will be
required for any action which (i) alters or changes the rights, preferences or
privileges of the Series A and Series A-2 Preferred Stock in a materially
adverse way, or (ii) causes repurchases of the Corporation's stock, except for
repurchases from employees, officers or directors of the Corporation or
repurchases pursuant to any stock option plan or other benefit plan for
employees, officers, directors, consultants and other persons rendering services
to the Corporation or its subsidiaries; and

               4.8.1.2   for purposes of any vote of holders of shares of
Series A and Series A-2 Preferred Stock at any meeting of shareholders of the
Corporation, the holders of a majority of such shares then outstanding, present
in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum.

          4.8.2     SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK.  The holder of a share of Series B
Preferred Stock issued and outstanding shall not have voting rights.

          4.8.3     SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK.  The holder of a share of Series C
Preferred Stock issued and outstanding shall have voting rights equal to the
voting rights of that number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion
of the share of Series C Preferred Stock.  The holders of Series C Preferred
Stock shall vote as one class with the holders of Common Stock and the holders
of Series A, Series A-2 and Series D Preferred Stock; provided, however,

               4.8.3.1   that consent of the holders of a majority of the
Series C Preferred Stock will be required for any action which (i) alters or
changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock in
a materially adverse way, or (ii) causes repurchases of the Corporation's stock,
except for repurchases from employees, officers or directors of the Corporation
or repurchases pursuant to any stock option plan or other benefit plan for
employees, officers, directors, consultants and other persons rendering services
to the Corporation or its subsidiaries; and

               4.8.3.2   for purposes of any vote of holders of shares of
Series C Preferred Stock at any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, the
holders of a majority of such shares then outstanding, present in person or by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum.

          4.8.4     SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK.  The holder of a share of Series D
Preferred Stock issued and outstanding shall have voting rights equal to that
number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the share of Series
D Preferred Stock.  The holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall vote as
one class with the holders of Common Stock and holders of Series A, Series A-2
and Series C Preferred Stock; provided, however,

               4.8.4.1   so long as at least 100,000 shares of Series D
Preferred Stock are outstanding, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock
shall be entitled, voting as a separate class, to elect one (1) director of the
Corporation at each annual election of directors.  Any remaining directors shall
be elected by the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (other than the
Series D Preferred Stock) voting together as a class, subject to any voting
agreements among the shareholders of the Corporation.  In the case of any
vacancy in the office of a director occurring among the directors elected by the
holders of a series or class of stock pursuant hereto, the remaining directors
so elected by that series or class may by affirmative vote

                                       16

<PAGE>

of a majority thereof (or the remaining director so elected if there be but one,
or if there are no directors remaining, by the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of the shares of that series or class), elect a successor or
successors to hold office for the unexpired term of the director or directors
whose place or places shall be vacant.  Any director who shall have been elected
by the holders of a series or class of stock or by any directors so elected as
provided in the next preceding sentence hereof may be removed during the
aforesaid term of office either with or without cause, by, and only by, the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the series or
class of stock who elected such director or directors, given either at a special
meeting of such shareholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a
written consent of shareholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled
by the holders of that series or class of stock represented at such meeting or
pursuant to such written consent.

               4.8.4.2   in the event that subsequent to a Holders Notice of
Redemption (as defined in Section 4.9.2.1 below) all of the Series D Preferred
Stock requested to be redeemed shall not have been redeemed in accordance with
Section 4.9.2.1 below, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be
entitled, upon giving written notice to the Corporation, voting together as a
single class, to elect the number of directors which is equal to the smallest
number of directors which would constitute a majority of the authorized number
of directors, and the holders of Common Stock and any other class or series
(other than the Series D Preferred Stock) entitled to vote generally for the
election of directors, voting together as a single class shall be entitled to
elect the remaining members of the Board of Directors.  Such right to elect a
majority of the authorized number of directors shall continue until all of the
shares of Series D Preferred Stock requested to be redeemed have been so
redeemed or until the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock have elected to
suspend their rights hereunder (which rights may be later reasserted) (in which
the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to adjustment of
the Series D Conversion Price as set forth in Section 4.7.4.4(c)

               4.8.4.3   The Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the
approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at
least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

                    (a)  amend the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws if such action would have an adverse effect on the rights, preferences or
privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock;

                    (b)  create, authorize or file any certificate of
determination with respect to, any new class or series of stock or any other
securities convertible into equity securities of the Corporation having a
preference equal to or over the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to voting,
dividends, redemption or upon merger, consolidation or liquidation;

                    (c)  pay or declare any dividend or distribution on shares
of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any
of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock of this Corporation; provided, however,
that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common
Stock or Preferred Stock from directors, officers, consultants, vendors or
employees of, or others with important business relationships with, this
Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements approved by this
Corporation's Board of Directors under which this Corporation has a right of
first refusal with respect to such

                                       17

<PAGE>

shares or the option or obligation to repurchase such shares upon the 
occurrence of certain events, including the termination of employment or 
services.

     4.9  REDEMPTION.

          4.9.1     SERIES A, SERIES A-2, SERIES B AND SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK.
Series A, Series A-2, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock are not subject to
redemption.

          4.9.2     SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK.

               4.9.2.1   REDEMPTION AS REMEDY FOR BREACH OF COVENANT.  In the
event the Corporation breaches its covenant to complete a Qualified Public
Offering (as defined in Section 4.7.2 below) as set forth in Section 2.5(i) of
that certain Investor Rights Agreement with the initial purchaser of Series D
Preferred Stock, upon the written request of the holders of at least fifty
percent (50%) of the Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together
as a single class) each holder of Series D Preferred Stock may at its option
require the Corporation to redeem all of the Series D Preferred Stock held by it
by delivery of a written notice to the Corporation requesting such redemption
and specifying the number of shares to be redeemed (the "Holders Redemption
Notice").  The rights of holders of the Series D Preferred Stock to request
redemption pursuant to this Section 4.9.2.1 may be exercised one time only and
may not be exercised until at least 21 months after the Original Issue Date, as
defined in Section 4.7.4.  After the receipt of a Holders Redemption Notice (the
"Date of Receipt"), the Corporation shall deliver written notice to all other
holders of Series D Preferred Stock informing each such holder of (1) the
receipt of such Holders Redemption Notice, (2) the Date of Receipt, (3) the
number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock requested to be redeemed in the
Holders Redemption Notice, and (4) the total number of shares of Series D
Preferred Stock outstanding as of the Date of Receipt.  Any such other holder
desiring to have all of its Series D Preferred Stock redeemed by the Corporation
in accordance with the above schedule shall have until thirty (30) days after
receipt of such written notice (the "Exercise Period") in which to notify the
Corporation.  The Corporation first shall redeem all the shares of Series D
Preferred Stock so requested to be redeemed at a redemption price equal to the
Series D Liquidation Preference (the "Redemption Price") within one hundred
twenty days (120) of the receipt by the Company of the Holders Redemption
Notice.  The Corporation shall pay for shares redeemed hereunder by delivery of
cash in the amount of the Redemption Price for the shares to be so redeemed on
the respective redemption date pursuant to subsection 4.9.2.5 below.  The
Corporation may satisfy its obligations hereunder by arranging or causing a
third party to purchase the shares of Series D Preferred Stock requested to be
redeemed for a price not less than the Redemption Price.

               4.9.2.2   OPTIONAL REDEMPTION AT THE ELECTION OF THE CORPORATION.
In the event the Corporation has not completed a Qualified Public Offering (as
defined in Section 4.7.2 below) prior to the second anniversary of the Original
Issue Date, at any time after the second anniversary of the Original Issue Date,
the Corporation may request redemption of all of the Series D Preferred Stock
for the Redemption Price.  If the Corporation desires to redeem the Series D
Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall give the holders thereof notice of such
redemption, which notice shall set forth the number of shares to be redeemed and
the place and date fixed for redemption, which date shall be not less than
thirty (30) nor more than ninety (90) days after the date of such notice.  The
holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall notify the Corporation of their
election to accept or reject redemption pursuant to the Corporation's notice.

                                       18

<PAGE>

Unless holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding
reject such redemption within ten (10) business days of receipt of the
Corporation's notice, the Corporation shall have the right to and shall be
obligated to redeem all shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

               4.9.2.3   SURRENDER OF STOCK.  On or before the date fixed for
redemption pursuant to subsection 4.9.2.1 or 4.9.2.2 above (the "Redemption
Date"), each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed, unless
the holder of Series D Preferred Stock has exercised its right to convert the
shares as provided in Section 4.7 hereof, shall surrender the certificate or
certificates representing such shares to the Corporation, and thereupon the
Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person
whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof, and
each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled and retired.  In the event less
than all of the shares represented by such certificate are redeemed, a new
certificate representing the unredeemed shares shall be issued to the holder of
such shares.

               4.9.2.4   PARTIAL REDEMPTION.  From and after the Redemption
Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price,
all rights of the holders as to the shares of Series D Preferred Stock requested
to be redeemed (except the right to receive the Redemption Price upon surrender
of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares,
and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the
Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.  If the
funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Series D
Preferred Stock on the Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total
number of such shares to be redeemed on such date (which for purposes hereof
shall constitute a default in the payment of the Redemption Price), then subject
to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come
into existence, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem
the maximum possible number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, with each
holder of Series D Preferred Stock to receive an amount equal to the aggregate
funds to be distributed multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
aggregate Redemption Price of all of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock
requested to be redeemed held by such holder, and the denominator of which is
the aggregate Redemption Price of all shares of Series D Preferred Stock
requested to be redeemed held by all holders of Series D Preferred Stock.  The
shares of Series D Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and
entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein.  At any time
thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for
the redemption of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, such funds will
immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Corporation
has become obliged to redeem, but which it has not redeemed in accordance with
the foregoing provisions.

               4.9.2.5   DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.  On or prior to the
Redemption Date, the Corporation shall deposit the Redemption Price of all
shares designated for redemption and not yet redeemed with a bank or trust
company having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000 as a
trust fund for the benefit of the respective holders of the shares designated
for redemption and not yet redeemed, with irrevocable instructions and authority
to the bank or trust company to pay the Redemption Price for such shares to
their respective holders as soon as practical on or after the Redemption Date
upon receipt of notification from the Corporation that such holder has
surrendered its share certificate to the Corporation pursuant to Section 4.9.2.3
above.  Such instructions shall also provide that any moneys deposited by the
Corporation pursuant to this Section 4.9.2.5 for the redemption of

                                       19

<PAGE>

shares of Series D Preferred Stock thereafter converted into shares of the
Corporation's Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.7 hereof prior to the
Redemption Date shall be returned to the Corporation forthwith upon such
conversion.  The balance of any moneys deposited by the Corporation pursuant to
this Section 4.9.2.5 remaining unclaimed at the expiration of two (2) years
following the Redemption Date shall thereafter be returned to the Corporation
upon its request expressed in a resolution of its Board of Directors, in which
event the Corporation shall thereafter be obligated to directly make any such
payment required by this Section 4.9.

     4.10 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION

          4.10.1    At any time, in the event of (i) any transaction or series
of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization,
merger or consolidation) which will result in the Corporation's shareholders
immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions not
holding at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or continuing entity,
or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation,
unless the Corporation's shareholders immediately prior to such sale will hold
at least 50% of the voting power of the purchasing entity after such sale; then
each holder of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon written request
to the Corporation to receive, prior and in preference to any payment of
consideration to the holders of Series A, Series A-2, Series B or Series C
Preferred Stock or Common Stock, in cash or in freely marketable securities
received from the acquiring corporation (or, if consented to by holders of a
majority of the Series D Preferred, other securities) in such transaction, or in
a combination thereof, at the closing of any such transaction, an amount per
share equal to the Series D Liquidation Preference as of the date of closing of
such transaction.  In the event such Series D Liquidation Preference is not
satisfied, then the entire amount legally available to pay such Series D
Liquidation Preference shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the
Series D Preferred Stock with each such holder to receive an amount equal to the
aggregate assets and funds to be distributed multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the aggregate liquidation preferences of all the shares of
Series D Preferred Stock held by such holder and the denominator of which is the
aggregate liquidation preference of all of the shares of Series D Preferred
Stock then outstanding.  Upon completion of the payment to the holders of
Series D Preferred Stock as provided in the preceding sentence, and subject to
the rights of any other Series of Preferred Stock, the remaining proceeds of
such transaction (if any) shall be distributed among the holders of the capital
stock of the Corporation in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation of the
Corporation.  Unless otherwise directed to by the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, such payments shall be made with
respect to the Series D Preferred Stock by purchase of such shares of Series D
Preferred Stock by the surviving corporation, entity or person or by redemption
of such shares by the Corporation.  Holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall
receive all payments made pursuant to this Section 4.10 in cash to the extent
available unless otherwise agreed.

          4.10.2    Any securities to be delivered to the holders of the 
Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection 4.7.1 above shall be valued as 
follows:

               4.10.2.1  Securities not subject to investment letter or other
similar restrictions on free marketability covered by 4.10.2.2 below:

                                       20

<PAGE>

                    (a)  If traded on a securities exchange or reported on the
Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the
closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the 30-day period ending
three (3) days prior to the closing;

                    (b)  If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be
deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever are
applicable) over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;
and

                    (c)  If there is no active public market, the value shall be
the fair market value thereof, as determined in accordance with
Section 4.10.2.1.4 below.

                    (d)  Fair market value shall be determined in good faith as
promptly as reasonably practicable by the mutual agreement of the Board of
Directors and a representative designated by the holders of a majority of the
outstanding Series D Preferred Stock and Underlying Common Stock (the "Series D
Representative").  If such parties are unable to reach agreement within seven
(7) days after the need for such determination arises, the Board of Directors
shall appoint a nationally recognized investment banking firm acceptable to the
Series D Representative (the "Appointed Firm") to make such determination.  The
parties shall use their best efforts to cause the Appointed Firm to resolve all
disagreements as soon as practicable, but in any event within 14 days after the
submission of the disputes to such Appointed Firm.  The resolution of such
disagreements and the determination of fair market value by the Appointed Firm
shall be final and binding on the Corporation and the holders of Series D
Preferred Stock.  The Appointed Firm will determine the allocation of its fees
and expenses in connection with its determination of fair market value based
upon the percentage which the portion of the contested amount not awarded to
each party bears to the amount actually contested by such party.  For example,
if the Board of Directors claims that the fair market value is $1,000 less than
the amount claimed by the Series D Representative, and if the Appointed Firm
ultimately resolves the dispute by awarding the holders of the Series D
Preferred Stock $300 of the $1,000 contested, then the fees and expenses of the
Appointed Firm will be allocated 70% (ie: 700/1,000) to the holders of the
Series D Preferred Stock and 30% (ie: 300/1,000) to the Corporation.

               4.10.2.2  The method of valuation of securities subject to
investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than
restrictions arising solely by virtue of a shareholder's status as an affiliate
or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market
value determined as above in 4.10.2.1(a), 4.10.2.1(b), or 4.10.2.1(c) to reflect
the approximate fair market value thereof, as reasonably determined in
accordance with Section 4.10.2.1(d) above.

          4.10.3    In the event the requirements of subsection 4.10.1 are not
complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either:

               4.10.3.1  cause such closing to be postponed until such time as
the requirements of subsection 4.10.1 have been complied with, or

                                       21


<PAGE>

               4.10.3.2  cancel such transaction, in which event the rights,
preferences and privileges of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall
revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing
immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in subsection
4.10.4 hereof.

          4.10.4    The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Series D
Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than
twenty (20) days prior to the shareholders' meeting called to approve such
transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction,
whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final
approval of such transaction.  The first of such notices shall describe the
material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of
this subsection 4.7.4, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders
prompt notice of any material changes.  The transaction shall in no event take
place sooner than twenty (20) days after the Corporation has given the first
notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after the Corporation
has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however,
that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of a
75% of the Series D Preferred Stock.

          4.10.5    The provisions of this subsection 4.10 are in addition to
the provisions of subsection 4.8.4.3 hereof.

           ARTICLE V - BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     5.1  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall
be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors and elections of
directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws.
The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by
the Board of Directors either by a resolution or Bylaw adopted by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

     5.2  MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  Meetings of the stockholders may be held
within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide.  The books
of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the
Delaware Statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may
be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the Bylaws of
the Corporation.

                 ARTICLE VI - LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS' LIABILITY

     A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit
the liability of a director (i) for any breach of his duty of loyalty to the
Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law,
(iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,
or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal
benefit.  If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is hereafter
amended to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of the directors of the
Corporation shall be limited

                                       22

<PAGE>

or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware, as so amended from time to time.  Any repeal or
modification of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be
prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal
liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.

                        ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

     The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to make,
alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation."

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said SenDx Medical, Inc. has caused this certificate to
be signed by Douglas R. Hillier, its President and Chief Executive Officer, this
           day of June, 1996.

                                   SenDx Medical, Inc.

                                   By:
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Douglas R. Hillier
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer

                                       23



<PAGE> 


                AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                               SENDX MEDICAL, INC.

          (Duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the
                        Delaware General Corporation Law)

     It is hereby certified that:

     1.   The present name of the corporation (hereinafter called the
"Corporation") is SenDx Medical, Inc., which is the name under which the
Corporation was originally incorporated; the original Certificate of
Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
May 9, 1996, and an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed
with the Secretary of State on June ___, 1996.

     2.   The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and
restated herein, at the effective time of filing of this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State, shall read in
full as follows:

               "AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                               SENDX MEDICAL, INC.

                                ARTICLE I:  NAME

     The name of the Corporation is SenDx Medical, Inc.

                    ARTICLE II:  REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

     The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of
Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New
Castle.  The name of the Corporation's registered agent at that address is The
Corporation Trust Company.

                             ARTICLE III:  PURPOSE

     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity
for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, as amended from time to time.



<PAGE>

                         ARTICLE IV:  AUTHORIZED CAPITAL

     The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation
shall have authority to issue is 60,000,000, of which (i) 50,000,000 shares
shall be designated "Common Stock" and shall have a par value of $0.001 per
share; and (ii) 10,000,000 shares shall be designated "Preferred Stock" and
shall have a par value of $0.001 per share.  The Board of Directors is
authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the
issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and by filing a
certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware, to
establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such
series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares
of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.
The authority of the Board with respect to each series shall include, but not be
limited to, determination of the following:

          (a)  The number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive
designation of that series;

          (b)  The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends
shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative
rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that series;

          (c)  Whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the
voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

          (d)  Whether that series shall have conversion privileges and, if so,
the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for adjustment
of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

          (e)  Whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable and,
if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates
upon or after which they shall be redeemable and the amount per share payable in
case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at
different redemption dates;

          (f)  Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption
or purchase of shares of that series and, if so, the terms and amount of such
sinking fund; and

          (g)  The rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary
or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and
the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series.


           ARTICLE V:  BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     A.   BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall
be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors and elections of
directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws.
The number of directors of the

                                        2

<PAGE>

Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors either by
a resolution or Bylaw adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
entire Board of Directors.

     B.   MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  Meetings of the stockholders may be held
within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide.  The books
of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the
Delaware Statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may
be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the Bylaws of
the Corporation.

     C.   NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.  Any action required or
permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at
a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected
by any consent in writing by such holders.  At any annual meeting or special
meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, only such business shall be
conducted as shall have been brought before such meeting in the manner provided
by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                 ARTICLE VI - LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS' LIABILITY

     A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit
the liability of a director (i) for any breach of his duty of loyalty to the
Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law,
(iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,
or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal
benefit.  If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is hereafter
amended to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of the directors of the
Corporation shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended from time to
time.  Any repeal or modification of this Article VI by the stockholders of the
Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any
limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing
at the time of such repeal or modification.

                        ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

     The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to make,
alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation."

                                        3

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said SenDx Medical, Inc. has caused this certificate to
be signed by Douglas R. Hillier, its President and Chief Executive Officer, this
           day of June, 1996.

                                   SenDx Medical, Inc.

                                   By:
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Douglas R. Hillier
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer

                                        4


<PAGE>


                               SENDX MEDICAL, INC.

                            1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN


     This 1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (the "Plan") is hereby established by SENDX
MEDICAL, INC., a California corporation (the "Company") and adopted by its Board
of Directors as of the 8th day of May, 1996 (the "Effective Date").


                                   ARTICLE 1.

                              PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

     1.1  PURPOSES.  The purposes of the Plan are (a) to enhance the Company's
ability to attract and retain the services of qualified employees, officers and
directors (including non-employee officers and directors), and consultants and
other service providers upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the
successful conduct and development of the Company's business largely depends,
and (b) to provide additional incentives to such persons or entities to devote
their utmost effort and skill to the advancement and betterment of the Company,
by providing them an opportunity to participate in the ownership of the Company
and thereby have an interest in the success and increased value of the Company.


                                   ARTICLE 2.

                                   DEFINITIONS

     For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated:

     2.1  ADMINISTRATOR.  "Administrator" means the Board or, if the Board
delegates responsibility for any matter to the Committee, the term Administrator
shall mean the Committee.

     2.2  AFFILIATED COMPANY.  "Affiliated Company" means any "parent
corporation" or "subsidiary corporation" of the Company, whether now existing or
hereafter created or acquired, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and
424(f) of the Code, respectively.

     2.3  BOARD.  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

     2.4  CHANGE IN CONTROL.  "Change in Control" shall mean (i) the
acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or group (within the meaning
of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the
beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding
securities of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company
is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of
which is to change the state in which the Company is incorporated; (iii) the
sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company; (iv) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the


<PAGE>


Company; or (v) any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity
but in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total
combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities are transferred to
a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities
immediately prior to such merger.

     2.5  CODE.  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

     2.6  COMMITTEE.  "Committee" means a committee of two or more members of
the Board appointed to administer the Plan, as set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

     2.7  COMMON STOCK.  "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company,
subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.

     2.8  DISABILITY.  "Disability" means permanent and total disability as
defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.  The Administrator's determination of a
Disability or the absence thereof shall be conclusive and binding on all
interested parties.

     2.9  EFFECTIVE DATE.  "Effective Date" means the date on which the Plan is
adopted by the Board, as set forth on the first page hereof.

     2.10 EXERCISE PRICE.  "Exercise Price" means the purchase price per share
of Common Stock payable upon exercise of an Option.

     2.11 FAIR MARKET VALUE.  "Fair Market Value" on any given date means the
value of one share of Common Stock, determined as follows:

          (a)  If the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading on a
Nasdaq market system or a stock exchange which reports closing sale prices, the
Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price on the date of valuation on
such Nasdaq market system or principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock
is then listed or admitted to trading, or, if no closing sale price is quoted on
such day, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price of the
Common Stock on such Nasdaq market system or such exchange on the next preceding
day on which a closing sale price is quoted.

          (b)  If the Common Stock is not then listed or admitted to trading on
a Nasdaq market system or a stock exchange which reports closing sale prices,
the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices
of the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on the date of valuation.

          (c)  If neither (a) nor (b) is applicable as of the date of valuation,
then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in good
faith using any reasonable method of evaluation, which determination shall be
conclusive and binding on all interested parties.

     2.12 INCENTIVE OPTION.  "Incentive Option" means any Option designated and
qualified as an "incentive stock option" as defined in Section 422 of the Code.


                                        2

<PAGE>

     2.13 INCENTIVE OPTION AGREEMENT.  "Incentive Option Agreement" means an
Option Agreement with respect to an Incentive Option.

     2.14 NASD DEALER.  "NASD Dealer" means a broker-dealer that is a member of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

     2.15 NONQUALIFIED OPTION.  "Nonqualified Option" means any Option that is
not an Incentive Option.  To the extent that any Option designated as an
Incentive Option fails in whole or in part to qualify as an Incentive Option,
including, without limitation, for failure to meet the limitations applicable to
a 10% Shareholder or because it exceeds the annual limit provided for in Section
5.6 below, it shall to that extent constitute a Nonqualified Option.

     2.16 NONQUALIFIED OPTION AGREEMENT.  "Nonqualified Option Agreement" means
an Option Agreement with respect to a Nonqualified Option.

     2.17 OFFEREE.  "Offeree" means a Participant to whom a Right to Purchase
has been offered or who has acquired Restricted Stock under the Plan.

     2.18 OPTION.  "Option" means any option to purchase Common Stock granted
pursuant to the Plan.

     2.19 OPTION AGREEMENT.  "Option Agreement" means the written agreement
entered into between the Company and the Optionee with respect to an Option
granted under the Plan.

     2.20 OPTIONEE.  "Optionee" means a Participant who holds an Option.

     2.21 PARTICIPANT.  "Participant" means an individual or entity who holds an
Option, a Right to Purchase or Restricted Stock under the Plan.

     2.22 PURCHASE PRICE.  "Purchase Price" means the purchase price per share
of Restricted Stock payable upon acceptance of a Right to Purchase.

     2.23 RESTRICTED STOCK.  "Restricted Stock" means shares of Common Stock
issued pursuant to Article 6 hereof, subject to any restrictions and conditions
as are established pursuant to such Article 6.

     2.24 RIGHT TO PURCHASE.  "Right to Purchase" means a right to purchase
Restricted Stock granted to an Offeree pursuant to Article 6 hereof.

     2.25 SERVICE PROVIDER.  "Service Provider" means a consultant or other
person or entity who provides services to the Company or an Affiliated Company
and who the Administrator authorizes to become a Participant in the Plan.

     2.26 STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT.  "Stock Purchase Agreement" means the
written agreement entered into between the Company and the Offeree with respect
to a Right to Purchase offered under the Plan.


                                        3

<PAGE>


     2.27 10% SHAREHOLDER.  "10% Shareholder" means a person who, as of a
relevant date, owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules
applicable under Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of
the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of an
Affiliated Company.


                                   ARTICLE 3.

                                   ELIGIBILITY

     3.1  INCENTIVE OPTIONS.  Officers and other key employees of the Company or
of an Affiliated Company (including members of the Board if they are employees
of the Company or of a Affiliated Company) are eligible to receive Incentive
Options under the Plan.

     3.2  NONQUALIFIED OPTIONS AND RIGHTS TO PURCHASE.  Officers and other key
employees of the Company or of an Affiliated Company, members of the Board
(whether or not employed by the Company or an Affiliated Company), and Service
Providers are eligible to receive Nonqualified Options or Rights to Purchase
under the Plan.

     3.3  LIMITATION ON SHARES.  In no event shall any Participant be granted
Rights to Purchase or Options in any calendar year pursuant to which the
aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be acquired thereunder
exceeds 600,000 shares.


                                   ARTICLE 4.

                                   PLAN SHARES

     4.1  SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  The total number of shares of Common
Stock which may be issued under the Plan shall be equal to 2,100,000 shares,
plus such number of additional shares as shall be available for grant under the
Company's 1991 Stock Option Plan, including shares underlying lapsed options
granted thereunder, subject to adjustment as to the number and kind of shares
pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.  For purposes of this limitation, in the event
that (a) all or any portion of any Option or Right to Purchase granted or
offered under the Plan can no longer under any circumstances be exercised, or
(b) any shares of Common Stock are reacquired by the Company pursuant to an
Incentive Option Agreement, Nonqualifed Option Agreement or Stock Purchase
Agreement, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of
such Option or such Right to Purchase, or the shares so reacquired, shall again
be available for grant or issuance under the Plan.

     4.2  CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.  In the event that the outstanding
shares of Common Stock are hereafter increased or decreased or changed into or
exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the
Company by reason of a recapitalization, stock split, combination of shares,
reclassification, stock dividend, or other change in the capital structure of
the Company, then appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Administrator to
the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to this Plan, and the number and
kind of shares and the price per share subject to outstanding Option Agreements,
Rights to Purchase and Stock Purchase Agreements in order to preserve, as nearly
as practical, but not to increase, the benefits to Participants.


                                        4

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 5.

                                     OPTIONS

     5.1  OPTION AGREEMENT.  Each Option granted pursuant to this Plan shall be
evidenced by an Option Agreement which shall specify the number of shares
subject thereto, the Exercise Price per share, and whether the Option is an
Incentive Option or Nonqualified Option.  As soon as is practical following the
grant of an Option, an Option Agreement shall be duly executed and delivered by
or on behalf of the Company to the Optionee to whom such Option was granted.
Each Option Agreement shall be in such form and contain such additional terms
and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the
Administrator shall, from time to time, deem desirable, including, without
limitation, the imposition of any rights of first refusal and resale obligations
upon any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option Agreement.  Each
Option Agreement may be different from each other Option Agreement.

     5.2  EXERCISE PRICE.  The Exercise Price per share of Common Stock covered
by each Option shall be determined by the Administrator, subject to the
following: (a) the Exercise Price of an Incentive Option shall not be less than
100% of Fair Market Value on the date the Incentive Option is granted, (b) the
Exercise Price of a Nonqualifed Option shall not be less than 85% of Fair Market
Value on the date the Nonqualified Option is granted, and (c) if the person to
whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Shareholder on the date of grant,
the Exercise Price shall not be less than 110% of Fair Market Value on the date
the Option is granted.

     5.3  PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE.  Payment of the Exercise Price shall be
made upon exercise of an Option and may be made, in the discretion of the
Administrator, subject to any legal restrictions, by: (a) cash; (b) check; (c)
the surrender of shares of Common Stock owned by the Optionee that have been
held by the Optionee for at least six (6) months, which surrendered shares shall
be valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of such exercise; (d) the
Optionee's promissory note in a form and on terms acceptable to the
Administrator; (e) the cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the
Optionee; (f) the waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Optionee for
services rendered; (g) provided that a public market for the Common Stock
exists, a "same day sale" commitment from the Optionee and an NASD Dealer
whereby the Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a
portion of the shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price and whereby the
NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such shares to forward the
Exercise Price directly to the Company; (h) provided that a public market for
the Common Stock exists, a "margin" commitment from the Optionee and an NASD
Dealer whereby the Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to
pledge the shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as
security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price,
and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such shares to
forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or (i) any combination of
the foregoing methods of payment or any other consideration or method of payment
as shall be permitted by applicable corporate law.

     5.4  TERM AND TERMINATION OF OPTIONS.  The term and termination of each
Option shall be as fixed by the Administrator, but no Option may be exercisable
more than ten (10) years after the date it is granted.  An Incentive Option
granted to a person who is a 10% Shareholder on the date of grant shall not be
exercisable more than five (5) years after the date it is granted.


                                        5

<PAGE>


     5.5  VESTING AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  Each Option shall vest and be
exercisable in one or more installments at such time or times and subject to
such conditions, including without limitation the achievement of specified
performance goals or objectives, as shall be determined by the Administrator.

     5.6  ANNUAL LIMIT ON INCENTIVE OPTIONS.   To the extent required for
"incentive stock option" treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate
Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common Stock shall
not, with respect to which Incentive Options granted under this Plan and any
other plan of the Company or any Affiliated Company become exercisable for the
first time by an Optionee during any calendar year, exceed $100,000.

     5.7  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.  No Option shall be assignable or
transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during
the life of the Optionee shall be exercisable only by such Optionee; provided,
however, that, in the discretion of the administrator, any Option may be
assigned or transferred in any manner which an "incentive stock option" is
permitted to be assigned or transferred under the Code.

     5.8  RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER.  An Optionee or permitted transferee of an
Option shall have no rights or privileges as a shareholder with respect to any
shares covered by an Option until such Option has been duly exercised and
certificates representing shares purchased upon such exercise have been issued
to such person.

     5.9  NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS.  Each non-employee director of the Company who
is a director as of the date of this Plan or who is initially elected as a
director of the Company during the term of this Plan shall be granted an option
consisting of 12,000 shares of Common Stock, which option shall vest and become
excisable at the rate of 50% immediately and 25% upon reelection as a director
in each of the two years following the grant date.  The exercise price of all
options granted hereunder shall be 100% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of grant, and all such options shall have a term of 10 years.
In addition, upon the reelection of such non-employee director in each year of
such non-employee director's term of office such non-employee director shall
receive an additional option converting 3,000 shares of Common Stock,
exercisable immediately, subject to the limitations set forth herein.


                                   ARTICLE 6.

                               RIGHTS TO PURCHASE

     6.1  NATURE OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE.  A Right to Purchase granted to an
Offeree entitles the Offeree to purchase, for a Purchase Price determined by the
Administrator, shares of Common Stock subject to such terms, restrictions and
conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant ("Restricted
Stock").  Such conditions may include, but are not limited to, continued
employment or the achievement of specified performance goals or objectives.

     6.2  ACCEPTANCE OF RIGHT TO PURCHASE.  An Offeree shall have no rights with
respect to the Restricted Stock subject to a Right to Purchase unless the
Offeree shall have accepted the Right to Purchase within ten (10) days (or such
longer or shorter period as the Administrator may specify) following the grant
of the Right to Purchase by making payment of the full Purchase Price to the


                                        6

<PAGE>


Company in the manner set forth in Section 6.3 hereof and by executing and
delivering to the Company a Stock Purchase Agreement.  Each Stock Purchase
Agreement shall be in such form, and shall set forth the Purchase Price and such
other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Restricted Stock, not
inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the Administrator shall, from
time to time, deem desirable.  Each Stock Purchase Agreement may be different
from each other Stock Purchase Agreement.

     6.3  PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE.  Subject to any legal restrictions, payment
of the Purchase Price upon acceptance of a Right to Purchase Restricted Stock
may be made in the discretion of the Administrator, by: (a) cash; (b) check;
(c) the surrender of shares of Common Stock owned by the Offeree that have been
held by the Offeree for at least six (6) months, which surrendered shares shall
be valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of such exercise; (d) the
Offeree's promissory note in a form and on terms acceptable to the
Administrator; (e) the cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the
Offeree; (f) the waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Offeree for
services rendered; or (g) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment or
any other consideration or method of payment as shall be permitted by applicable
corporate law.

     6.4  RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.  Upon complying with the provisions of
Section 6.2 hereof, an Offeree shall have the rights of a shareholder with
respect to the Restricted Stock purchased pursuant to the Right to Purchase,
including voting and dividend rights, subject to the terms, restrictions and
conditions as are set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement.  Unless the
Administrator shall determine otherwise, certificates evidencing shares of
Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company in accordance
with the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

     6.5  RESTRICTIONS.  Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned,
transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as
specifically provided in the Stock Purchase Agreement or by the Administrator.
In the event of termination of a Participant's employment, service as a director
of the Company or Service Provider status for any reason whatsoever (including
death or disability), the Stock Purchase Agreement may provide, in the
discretion of the Administrator, that the Company shall have the right,
exercisable at the discretion of the Administrator, to repurchase (i) at the
original Purchase Price, any shares of Restricted Stock which have not vested as
of the date of termination, and (ii) at Fair Market Value, any shares of
Restricted Stock which have vested as of such date, on such terms as may be
provided in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

     6.6  VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK.  The Stock Purchase Agreement shall
specify the date or dates, the performance goals or objectives which must be
achieved, and any other conditions on which the Restricted Stock may vest.

     6.7  DIVIDENDS.  If payment for shares of Restricted Stock is made by
promissory note, any cash dividends paid with respect to the Restricted Stock
may be applied, in the discretion of the Administrator, to repayment of such
note.


                                        7

<PAGE>

     6.8  NONASSIGNABILITY OF RIGHTS. No Right to Purchase shall be assignable
or transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as
otherwise provided by the Administrator.


                                   ARTICLE 7.

                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     7.1  ADMINISTRATOR. Authority to control and manage the operation and
administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Board, which may delegate such
responsibilities in whole or in part to a committee consisting of two (2) or
more members of the Board (the "Committee"). Members of the Committee may be
appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board.
As used herein, the term "Administrator" means the Board or, with respect to any
matter as to which responsibility has been delegated to the Committee, the term
Administrator shall mean the Committee.

     7.2  POWERS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR. In addition to any other powers or
authority conferred upon the Administrator elsewhere in the Plan or by law, the
Administrator shall have full power and authority: (a) to determine the persons
to whom, and the time or times at which, Incentive Options or Nonqualified
Options shall be granted and Rights to Purchase shall be offered, the number of
shares to be represented by each Option and Right to Purchase and the
consideration to be received by the Company upon the exercise thereof; (b) to
interpret the Plan; (c) to create, amend or rescind rules and regulations
relating to the Plan; (d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions
contained in, and the form of, Option Agreements and Stock Purchase Agreements;
(e) to determine the identity or capacity of any persons who may be entitled to
exercise a Participant's rights under any Option or Right to Purchase under the
Plan; (f) to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any
inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option Agreement or Stock Purchase
Agreement; (g) to accelerate the vesting of any Option or release or waive any
repurchase rights of the Company with respect to Restricted Stock; (h) to extend
the exercise date of any Option or acceptance date of any Right to Purchase; 
(i) to provide for rights of first refusal and/or repurchase rights; (j) to 
amend outstanding Option Agreements and Stock Purchase Agreements to provide 
for, among other things, any change or modification which the Administrator 
could have provided for upon the grant of an Option or Right to Purchase or 
in furtherance of the powers provided for herein; and (k) to make all other 
determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, but 
only to the extent not contrary to the express provisions of the Plan. Any 
action, decision, interpretation or determination made in good faith by the 
Administrator in the exercise of its authority conferred upon it under the 
Plan shall be final and binding on the Company and all Participants.

     7.3  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. No employee of the Company or member of the
Board or Committee shall be subject to any liability with respect to duties
under the Plan unless the person acts fraudulently or in bad faith. To the
extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each member of the Board or
Committee, and any employee of the Company with duties under the Plan, who was
or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending
or completed proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of such person's conduct in the performance of duties
under the Plan.

                                        8

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 8.

                                CHANGE IN CONTROL

     8.1  CHANGE IN CONTROL. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company,
the Administrator in its discretion may, at any time an Option or Right to
Purchase is granted, or at any time thereafter, take one or more of the
following actions: (A) provide for the purchase of each Option or Right to
Purchase for an amount of cash or other property that could have been received
upon the exercise of the Option or Right to Purchase had the Option been
currently exercisable, (B) adjust the terms of the Options and Rights to
Purchase in a manner determined by the Administrator to reflect the Change in
Control, (C) cause the Options and Rights to Purchase to be continued or
assumed, or new rights substituted therefor, by the surviving or another entity,
through the continuance of the Plan and the continuation or assumption of
outstanding Options and Rights to Purchase, or the substitution for such Options
and Rights to Purchase of new options and new rights to purchase of comparable
value covering shares of a successor corporation, with appropriate adjustments
as to the number and kind of shares and Exercise Prices, in which event the Plan
and such Options and Rights to Purchase, or the new options and rights to
purchase substituted therefor, shall continue in the manner and under the terms
so provided or (D) make such other provision as the Administrator may consider
equitable. If the Administrator does not take any of the forgoing actions, all
Options and Rights to Purchase shall terminate upon the consummation of the
Change in Control and the Administrator shall cause written notice of the
proposed transaction to be given to all Participants not less than fifteen (15)
days prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed transaction,
provided however that if no provision is made for continuance of the Plan and
the continuance, assumption or substitution of outstanding Options or Rights to
Purchase, then concurrent with the effective date of the Change of Control all
Options, Rights of Purchase and Restricted Stock shall be accelerated and
concurrent with such date the holders of such Options and Rights to Purchase
shall have the right to exercise such Options and Rights of Purchase in respect
to any or all shares subject thereto. The Administrator shall have the right,
with respect to any specific Option, Right of Purchase or Restricted Stock
granted under the Plan, to provide that such Options, Rights of Purchase or
Restricted Stock shall be accelerated in any event upon the effective date of
the Change of Control.


                                   ARTICLE 9.

                      AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     9.1  AMENDMENTS. The Board may from time to time alter, amend, suspend or
terminate the Plan in such respects as the Board may deem advisable. No such
alteration, amendment, suspension or termination shall be made which shall
substantially affect or impair the rights of any Participant under an
outstanding Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement without such
Participant's consent. The Board may alter or amend the Plan to comply with
requirements under the Code relating to Incentive Options or other types of
options which give Optionee more favorable tax treatment than that applicable to
Options granted under this Plan as of the date of its adoption. Upon any such
alteration or amendment, any outstanding Option granted hereunder may, if the
Administrator so determines and if permitted by applicable law, be subject to
the more favorable tax treatment afforded to an Optionee pursuant to such terms
and conditions.

                                        9

<PAGE>

     9.2  PLAN TERMINATION. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been 
terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the 
Effective Date and no Options or Rights to Purchase may be granted under the 
Plan thereafter, but Option Agreements, Stock Purchase Agreements and Rights 
to Purchase then outstanding shall continue in effect in accordance with 
their respective terms.


                                   ARTICLE 10.

                                 TAX WITHHOLDING

     10.1 WITHHOLDING. The Company shall have the power to withhold, or 
require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to 
satisfy any applicable Federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements 
with respect to any Options exercised or Restricted Stock issued under the 
Plan. To the extent permissable under applicable tax, securities and other 
laws, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion and upon such terms and 
conditions as it may deem appropriate, permit a Participant to satisfy his or 
her obligation to pay any such tax, in whole or in part, up to an amount 
determined on the basis of the highest marginal tax rate applicable to such 
Participant, by (a) directing the Company to apply shares of Common Stock to 
which the Participant is entitled as a result of the exercise of an Option or 
as a result of the purchase of or lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock 
or (b) delivering to the Company shares of Common Stock owned by the 
Participant. The shares of Common Stock so applied or delivered in 
satisfaction of the Participant's tax withholding obligation shall be valued 
at their Fair Market Value as of the date of measurement of the amount of 
income subject to withholding.


                                   ARTICLE 11.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     11.1 BENEFITS NOT ALIENABLE. Other than as provided above, benefits under
the Plan may not be assigned or alienated, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.
Any unauthorized attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition
shall be without effect.

     11.2 NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS. This Plan is strictly a voluntary
undertaking on the part of the Company and shall not be deemed to constitute a
contract between the Company and any Participant to be consideration for, or an
inducement to, or a condition of, the employment of any Participant. Nothing
contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give the right to any Participant to be
retained as an employee of the Company or any Affiliated Company or to interfere
with the right to the Company or any Affiliated Company to discharge any
Participant at any time.

     11.3 APPLICATION OF FUNDS. The proceeds received by the Company from the
sale of Common Stock pursuant to Option Agreements and Stock Purchase
Agreements, except as otherwise provided herein, will be used for general
corporate purposes.

                                       10




<PAGE>

                  
                        
                               SENDX MEDICAL, INC.

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

TYPE OF OPTION (CHECK ONE):   / /   INCENTIVE              / /  NONQUALIFIED


     This Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into as of
____________, 199_, by and between SenDx Medical, Inc., a California corporation
(the "Company") and ___________________ (the "Optionee") pursuant to the
Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan").

     1.   GRANT OF OPTION.  The Company hereby grants to Optionee an option (the
"Option") to purchase all or any portion of a total of ___________________
(______) shares (the "Shares") of the Common Stock of the Company at a purchase
price of $_______ per share  (the "Exercise Price"), subject to the terms and
conditions set forth herein and the provisions of the Plan.  If the box marked
"Incentive" above is checked, then this Option is intended to qualify as an
"incentive stock option" as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  If this Option fails in whole or in part to
qualify as an incentive stock option, or if the box marked "Nonqualified" is
checked, then this Option shall to that extent constitute a nonqualified stock
option.

     2.   VESTING OF OPTION.  The right to exercise this Option shall vest in
installments, and this Option shall be exercisable from time to time in whole or
in part as to any vested installment.  The Optionee's right to exercise this
Option shall vest in ________ Shares on the first anniversary hereof, and
thereafter at the rate of________ Shares per month commencing on ___________,
199__, and, subject to the terms of this Agreement, continuing each month
thereafter and shall be fully vested as of _________________, 199__ when ______
Shares shall so vest.

     No additional shares shall vest after the date of termination of Optionee's
"Continuous Service" (as defined in Section 3 below), but this Option shall
continue to be exercisable in accordance with Section 3 hereof with respect to
that number of shares that have vested as of the date of termination of
Optionee's Continuous Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, immediately prior
to the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 10 below), the
vesting of this Option shall accelerate as if Optionee had held such Option for
a period two years longer than actually held.

     3.   TERM OF OPTION.  Optionee's right to exercise this Option shall
terminate upon the first to occur of the following:

          (a)  the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of this Agreement;

          (b)  the expiration of three (3) months from the date of termination
of Optionee's Continuous Service if such termination occurs for any reason other
than permanent disability or death; provided, however, that if Optionee dies
during such three-month period the provisions of Section 3(d) below shall apply;



<PAGE>

          (c)  the expiration of one (1) year from the date of termination of
Optionee's Continuous Service if such termination is due to permanent disability
of the Optionee (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

          (d)  the expiration of one (1) year from the date of termination of
Optionee's Continuous Service if such termination is due to Optionee's death or
if death occurs during either the three-month or one-month period following
termination of Optionee's Continuous Service pursuant to Section 3(b) or 3(c)
above, as the case may be; or

          (e)  a Change in Control of the Company if such options are terminated
pursuant to Section 10.

     As used herein, the term "Continuous Service" means (i) employment by
either the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, or by
a corporation or a parent or subsidiary of a corporation issuing or assuming a
stock option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, which
is uninterrupted except for vacations, illness (except for permanent disability,
as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) or leaves of absence which are
approved in writing by the Company or any of such other employer corporations,
if applicable, (ii) service as a member of the Board of Directors of the
Company, or (iii) so long as Optionee is engaged as a consultant or service
provider to the Company or other corporation referred to in clause (i) above.

     4.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.  On or after the vesting of any portion of this
Option in accordance with Section 2 above, and until termination of this Option
in accordance with Section 3 above, the portion of this Option which has vested
may be exercised in whole or in part by the Optionee (or, after Optionee's
death, by the successor designated in Section 5 below) upon delivery of the
following to the Company at its principal executive offices:

          (a)  a written notice of exercise which identifies this Agreement and
states the number of Shares then being purchased (but no fractional Shares may
be purchased);

          (b)  a check or cash in the amount of the Exercise Price (or payment
of the Exercise Price in such other form of lawful consideration as the
Administrator may approve from time to time under the provisions of Section 5.3
of the Plan);

          (c)  a check or cash in the amount reasonably requested by the Company
to satisfy the Company's withholding obligations under federal, state or other
applicable tax laws with respect to the taxable income, if any, recognized by
the Optionee in connection with the exercise of this Option (unless the Company
and Optionee shall have made other arrangements for deductions or withholding
from Optionee's wages, bonus or other compensation payable to Optionee, or by
the withholding of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Option or the delivery
of Shares owned by the Optionee in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Plan,
provided such arrangements satisfy the requirements of applicable tax laws); and

          (d)  a letter, if requested by the Company, in such form and substance
as the Company may require, setting forth the investment intent of the Optionee,
or person designated in Section 5 below, as the case may be.

                                        2

<PAGE>

     5.   DEATH OF OPTIONEE; NO ASSIGNMENT.  The rights of the Optionee under
this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred except by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the
Optionee only by such Optionee.  Any attempt to sell, pledge, assign,
hypothecate, transfer or dispose of this Option in contravention of this
Agreement or the Plan shall be void and shall have no effect.  If the Optionee's
Continuous Service terminates as a result of Optionee's death, and provided
Optionee's rights hereunder shall have vested pursuant to Section 2 hereof,
Optionee's legal representative, Optionee's legatee, or the person who acquired
the right to exercise this Option by reason of the death of the Optionee
(individually, a "Successor") shall succeed to the Optionee's rights and
obligations under this Agreement.  After the death of the Optionee, only a
Successor may exercise this Option.

     6.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OPTIONEE.

          (a)  Optionee represents and warrants that this Option is being
acquired by Optionee for Optionee's personal account, for investment purposes
only, and not with a view to the distribution, resale or other disposition
thereof.

          (b)  Optionee acknowledges that the Company may issue Shares upon the
exercise of the Option without registering such Shares under the Securities Act
of l933, as amended (the "Act"), on the basis of certain exemptions from such
registration requirement.  Accordingly, Optionee agrees that Optionee's exercise
of the Option may be expressly conditioned upon Optionee's delivery to the
Company of an investment certificate including such representations and
undertakings as the Company may reasonably require in order to assure the
availability of such exemptions, including a representation that Optionee is
acquiring the Shares for investment and not with a present intention of selling
or otherwise disposing thereof and an agreement by Optionee that the
certificates evidencing the Shares may bear a legend indicating such
non-registration under the Act and the resulting restrictions on transfer.
Optionee acknowledges that, because Shares received upon exercise of an Option
may be unregistered, Optionee may be required to hold the Shares indefinitely
unless they are subsequently registered for resale under the Act or an exemption
from such registration is available.

          (c)  Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and
understands that all rights and obligations connected with this Option are set
forth in this Agreement and in the Plan.

     7.   RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS.  Optionee hereby acknowledges that federal
securities laws and the securities laws of the state in which Optionee resides
may require the placement of certain restrictive legends upon the Shares issued
upon exercise of this Option, and Optionee hereby consents to the placing of any
such legends upon certificates evidencing the Shares as the Company, or its
counsel, may deem necessary or advisable.

     8.   LIMITATION OF COMPANY'S LIABILITY FOR NONISSUANCE.  The Company agrees
to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from any applicable regulatory
agency such authority or approval as may be required in order to issue and sell
the Shares to the Optionee pursuant to this Option.  Inability of the Company to
obtain, from any such regulatory agency, authority or approval deemed by the
Company's counsel to be necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of the Shares
hereunder and under the Plan shall relieve the Company of any liability in
respect of the nonissuance or sale of such Shares as to which such requisite
authority or approval shall not have been obtained.

                                        3

<PAGE>

     9.   ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.  In the event that the
outstanding Shares of Common Stock of the Company are hereafter increased or
decreased or changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares
or other securities of the Company by reason of a recapitalization, stock split,
combination of shares, reclassification, stock dividend or other change in the
capital structure of the Company, then appropriate adjustment shall be made by
the Administrator to the number of Shares subject to the unexercised portion of
this Option and to the Exercise Price per share, in order to preserve, as nearly
as practical, but not to increase, the benefits of the Optionee under this
Option, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2 of the Plan.


     10.  CHANGE IN CONTROL.

          (a)  In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below) of the
Company, the Administrator in its discretion may, at any time, take one or more
of the following actions:  (A) provide for the purchase of this Option, if not
currently exerciseable, for an amount of cash or other property that could have
been received upon the exercise of the Option had the Option been currently
exercisable, (B) adjust the terms of this Option in a manner determined by the
Administrator to reflect the Change in Control, (C) cause this Option to be
continued or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor, by the surviving or
another entity, through the continuance and assumption of the Plan, or the
substitution for this Option of a new option of comparable value covering shares
of a successor corporation, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and
kind of shares and Exercise Price, in which event the Plan and this Option, or
the new option substituted therefor, shall continue in the manner and under the
terms so provided or (D) make such other provision as the Administrator may
consider equitable.  If the Administrator does not take any of the forgoing
actions, this Option shall terminate upon the consummation of the Change in
Control and the Administrator shall cause written notice of the proposed
transaction to be given to all Participants not less than fifteen (15) days
prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed transaction, provided
however that if no provision is made for continuance of the Plan and the
continuance, assumption or substitution of this Option, then concurrent with the
effective date of the Change of Control this Option shall be accelerated and
concurrent with such date the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the
Option in respect to any or all shares subject thereto.  The Administrator shall
have the right to provide that this Option shall be accelerated in any event
upon the effective date of the Change of Control.

          (b)  "Change in Control" shall mean (i) the acquisition, directly or
indirectly, by any person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the beneficial ownership of
more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;
(ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity,
except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state
in which the Company is incorporated; (iii) the sale, transfer or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (iv) a
complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (v) any reverse merger in
which the Company is the surviving entity but in which securities possessing
more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the
Company's outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons
different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such
merger.

                                        4

<PAGE>

     11.  NO EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT CREATED.  Neither the granting of this Option
nor the exercise hereof shall be construed as granting to the Optionee any right
with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.  The right of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate
at will the Optionee's employment at any time (whether by dismissal, discharge
or otherwise), with or without cause, is specifically reserved, subject to any
other written employment agreement to which the Company and Optionee may be a
party.


     12.  RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER.  The Optionee (or transferee of this option by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution) shall have no rights as a
shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by this Option until the date of
the issuance of a stock certificate or certificates to him or her for such
Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of this Option.


     13.  "MARKET STAND-OFF" AGREEMENT.  Optionee agrees that, if requested by
the Company or the managing underwriter of any proposed public offering of the
Company's securities, Optionee will not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of
any Shares held by Optionee without the prior written consent of the Company or
such underwriter, as the case may be, during such period of time, not to exceed
180 days following the effective date of the registration statement filed by the
Company with respect to such offering, as the Company or the underwriter may
specify.


     14.  INTERPRETATION.  This Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the
Plan, and shall in all respects be interpreted in accordance therewith.  The
Administrator shall interpret and construe this Option and the Plan, and any
action, decision, interpretation or determination made in good faith by the
Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and the Optionee.  As
used in this Agreement, the term "Administrator" shall refer to the committee of
the Board of Directors of the Company appointed to administer the Plan, and if
no such committee has been appointed, the term Administrator shall mean the
Board of Directors.


     15.  NOTICES.  Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be
given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when
delivered personally or three (3) days after being deposited in the United
States mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and
addressed, if to the Company, at its principal place of business, Attention:
the Chief Financial Officer, and if to the Optionee, at Optionee's most recent
address as shown in the employment or stock records of the Company.


     16.  ANNUAL AND OTHER PERIODIC REPORTS.  During the term of this Agreement,
the Company will furnish to the Optionee copies of all annual and other periodic
financial and informational reports that the Company distributes generally to
its shareholders.


     17.  SEVERABILITY.  Should any provision or portion of this Agreement be
held to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions and
portions of this Agreement shall be unaffected by such holding.

                                        5

<PAGE>

     18.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall be deemed one instrument.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first above written.


"SENDX MEDICAL, INC."                   "OPTIONEE"


By:
     ---------------------------        --------------------------
Its:                                    (Signature)
     ---------------------------


                                        --------------------------
                                        (Printed Name)


                                        6

<PAGE>

               

                               SENDX MEDICAL, INC.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


     This EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (the "Plan") is hereby established by
SENDX MEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") effective
__________, 1996 (the "Effective Date").


                                    ARTICLE I
                               PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

     1.1  PURPOSE.  The Company has determined that it is in its best interest
to provide incentives to attract and retain employees and to increase employee
morale by providing a program through which employees of the Company, and of
such of the Company's subsidiaries as the Company's Board of Directors (the
"Board of Directors") may from time to time designate (each a "Designated
Subsidiary", and collectively, "Designated Subsidiaries"), may acquire a
proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of shares of the common
stock of the Company ("Company Stock").  The Plan is hereby established by the
Company to permit employees to subscribe for and purchase directly from the
Company shares of the Company Stock at a discount from the market price, and to
pay the purchase price in installments by payroll deductions.  The Plan is
intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code").
The provisions of the Plan are to be construed in a matter consistent with the
requirements of Section 423 of the Code.  The Plan is not intended to be an
employee benefit plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
and therefore is not required to comply with that Act.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                   DEFINITIONS

     2.1  COMPENSATION.  "Compensation" means the amount indicated on the
Form W-2, including any elective deferrals with respect to a plan of the Company
qualified under either Section 125 or Section 401(a) of the Code, issued to an
employee by the Company.

     2.2  EMPLOYEE.  "Employee" means each person currently employed by the
Company or any of its Designated Subsidiaries, any portion of whose income is
subject to withholding of income tax or for whom Social Security retirement
contributions are made by the Company or any Designated Subsidiary.

     2.3  EFFECTIVE DATE.  "Effective Date" means the effective date of the
Company's first Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission registering Company Stock.

     2.4  5% OWNER.  "5% Owner" means an Employee who, immediately after the
grant of any rights under the Plan, would own Company Stock or hold outstanding
options to purchase

<PAGE>

Company Stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power of all
classes of stock of the Company.  For purposes of this Section, the ownership
attribution rules of Code Section 425(d) shall apply.

     2.5  GRANT DATE.  "Grant Date" means the first day of each Offering Period
(July 1 and January 1) under the Plan.  However, for the first Offering Period,
the Grant Date shall be the Effective Date.

     2.6  PARTICIPANT.  "Participant" means an Employee who has satisfied the
eligibility requirements of Section 3.1 and has become a participant in the Plan
in accordance with Section 3.2.

     2.7  PLAN YEAR.  "Plan Year" means the twelve consecutive month period
ending on the last day of October.

     2.8  OFFERING PERIOD.  "Offering Period" means the six-month periods from
January 1 through June 30 and July 1 through December 31 of each Plan Year.
However, the first Offering Period shall commence on the Effective Date and end
December 31, 1996 regardless of whether such initial Offering Period is more or
less than six months.

     2.9  PURCHASE DATE.  "Purchase Date" means the last day of each Offering
Period (June 30 or December 31).


                                   ARTICLE III
                          ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

     3.1  ELIGIBILITY.  Each Employee of the Company, or any Designated
Subsidiary, who, on the Grant Date, is customarily engaged on a regularly-
scheduled basis of more than twenty (20) hours per week and who has been
employed for at least ninety (90) days (or, for the initial Offering Period
only, such Employees who are employed on the Effective Date) in the rendition of
personal services to the Company, or any Designated Subsidiary, may become a
Participant in the Plan on the Grant Date coincident with or next following his
satisfaction of such requirements of employment with the Company or any
Designated Subsidiary.

     3.2  PARTICIPATION.  An Employee who has satisfied the eligibility
requirements of Section 3.1 may become a Participant in the Plan upon his
completion and delivery to the Human Resources Department of the Company of a
stock purchase agreement provided by the Company (the "Stock Purchase
Agreement") authorizing payroll deductions.  Payroll deductions for a
Participant shall commence on the Grant Date coincident with or next following
the filing of the Participant's Stock Purchase Agreement and shall remain in
effect until revoked by the Participant by the filing of a notice of withdrawal
from the Plan under Article VIII or by the filing of a new Stock Purchase
Agreement providing for a change in the Participant's payroll deduction rate
under Section 5.2.

                                        2

<PAGE>

     3.3  SPECIAL RULES.  Under no circumstances shall:

          (a)  A 5% Owner be granted a right to purchase Company Stock under the
Plan;

          (b)  A Participant be entitled to purchase Company Stock under the
Plan which, when aggregated with all other employee stock purchase plans of the
Company, exceed an amount equal to the Aggregate Maximum.  "Aggregate Maximum"
means an amount equal to $25,000 worth of Company Stock (determined using the
fair market value of such Company Stock at each applicable Grant Date) during
each calendar year; or

          (c)  The number of shares of Company Stock purchasable by a
Participant on any Purchase Date shall not exceed 5,000 shares, subject to
periodic adjustments under Section 10.4.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                OFFERING PERIODS

     4.1  OFFERING PERIODS.  The initial grant of the right to purchase Company
Stock under the Plan shall occur on the Effective Date and terminate on December
31, 1996.  Thereafter, the Plan shall provide for Offering Periods commencing on
each Grant Date and terminating on the next following Purchase Date.


                                    ARTICLE V
                               PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS

     5.1  PARTICIPANT ELECTION.  Upon completion of the Stock Purchase
Agreement, each Participant shall designate the amount of payroll deductions to
be made from his or her paycheck to purchase Company Stock under the Plan.  The
amount of payroll deductions shall be designated in whole percentages of
Compensation, not to exceed 20%.  The amount so designated upon the Stock
Purchase Agreement shall be effective as of the next Grant Date and shall
continue until terminated or altered in accordance with Section 5.2 below.

     5.2  CHANGES IN ELECTION.  A Participant may terminate participation in the
Plan at any time prior to the close of an Offering Period as provided in
Article VIII.  A Participant may decrease the rate of payroll deductions once
during each Offering Period by completing and delivering to the Human Resources
Department of the Company a new Stock Purchase Agreement setting forth the
desired change.  A Participant may also terminate payroll deductions and have
accumulated deductions for the Offering Period applied to the purchase of
Company Stock as of the next Purchase Date by completing and delivering to the
Human Resources Department a new Stock Purchase Agreement setting forth the
desired change.  Any change under this Section shall become effective on the
next payroll period (to the extent practical under the Company's payroll
practices) following the delivery of the new Stock Purchase Agreement.

     5.3  PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS.  The Company shall establish and maintain a
separate account ("Account") for each Participant.  The amount of each
Participant's payroll deductions shall be credited to his Account.  No interest
will be paid or allowed on amounts credited to a Participant's Account.  All
payroll deductions received by the Company under the Plan are general corporate

                                        3

<PAGE>

assets of the Company and may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose.
The Company is not obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                            GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS

     6.1  RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES.  On each Grant Date, each Participant shall
be granted a right to purchase at the price determined under Section 6.2 that
number of shares and partial shares of Company Stock that can be purchased or
issued by the Company based upon that price with the amounts held in his
Account, subject to the limits set forth in Section 3.3.  In the event that
there are amounts held in a Participant's Account that are not used to purchase
Company Stock, such amounts shall remain in the Participant's Account and shall
be eligible to purchase Company Stock in any subsequent Offering Period.

     6.2  PURCHASE PRICE.  The purchase price for any Offering Period shall be
the lesser of:

          (a)  85% of the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on the Grant Date;
or

          (b)  85% of the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on the Purchase
Date.

     6.3  FAIR MARKET VALUE.  "Fair Market Value" means for the initial Grant
Date (which is the Effective Date), the price per share at which the Common
Stock is to be sold to the public in the initial public offering of the Common
Stock.  For any subsequent date thereafter, "Fair Market Value" shall mean the
value of one share of Company Stock, determined as follows:

          (a)  If the Company Stock is then listed or admitted to trading on the
Nasdaq National Market System or a stock exchange which reports closing sale
prices, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price on the date of
valuation on the Nasdaq National Market System or principal stock exchange on
which the Company Stock is then listed or admitted to trading, or, if no closing
sale price is quoted or no sale takes place on such day, then the Fair Market
Value shall be the closing sale price of the Company Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market System or such exchange on the next preceding day on which a
sale occurred.

          (b)  If the Company Stock is not then listed or admitted to trading on
the Nasdaq National Market System or a stock exchange which reports closing sale
prices, the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the closing bid and asked
prices of the Company Stock in the over-the-counter market on the date of
valuation.

          (c)  If neither (a) nor (b) is applicable as of the date of valuation,
then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in good
faith using any reasonable method of valuation, which determination shall be
conclusive and binding on all interested parties.

                                        4

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                PURCHASE OF STOCK

     7.1  PURCHASE OF COMPANY STOCK.  Absent an election by the Participant to
terminate and have his or her Account returned, on each Purchase Date, the Plan
shall purchase on behalf of each Participant the maximum number of whole shares
of Company Stock at the purchase price determined under Section 6.2 above as can
be purchased with the amounts held in each Participant's Account.  In the event
that there are amounts held in a Participant's Account that are not used to
purchase Company Stock, all such amounts shall be held in the Participant's
Account and carried forward to the next Offering Period.

     7.2  DELIVERY OF COMPANY STOCK.

          (a)  Company Stock acquired under the Plan may either be issued
directly to Participants or may be issued to a contract administrator
("Administrator") engaged by the Company to administer the Plan under
Article IX.  If the Company Stock is issued in the name of the Administrator,
all Company Stock so issued ("Plan Held Stock") shall be held in the name of the
Administrator for the benefit of the Plan.  The Administrator shall maintain
accounts for the benefit of the Participants which shall reflect each
Participant's interest in the Plan Held Stock.  Such accounts shall reflect the
number of whole and partial shares of Company Stock that are being held by the
Administrator for the benefit of each Participant.

          (b)  Any Participant may elect to have the Company Stock purchased
under the Plan from his or her Account be issued directly to the Participant.
Any election under this paragraph shall be on the forms provided by the Company
and shall be issued in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

          (c)  In the event that Company Stock under the Plan is issued directly
to a Participant, the Company will deliver to each Participant a stock
certificate or certificates issued in his name for the number of shares of
Company Stock purchased as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.  Where
Company Stock is issued under this paragraph, only full shares of stock will be
issued to a Participant.  The time of issuance and delivery of shares may be
postponed for such period as may be necessary to comply with the registration
requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the listing
requirements of any securities exchange on which the Company Stock may then be
listed, or the requirements under other laws or regulations applicable to the
issuance or sale of such shares.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                   WITHDRAWAL

     8.1  IN SERVICE WITHDRAWALS.  At any time prior to the Purchase Date of an
Offering Period, any Participant may withdraw the amounts held in his Account by
executing and delivering to the Human Resources Department for the Company
written notice of withdrawal on the form provided by the Company.  In such a
case, the entire balance of the Participant's Account shall be paid to the
Participant, without interest, as soon as is practicable.  Upon such
notification, the Participant shall cease to participate in the Plan for the
remainder of the Offering Period in which the notice is given.  Any Employee who
has withdrawn under this Section shall be excluded from

                                        5

<PAGE>

participation in the Plan for the remainder of the Offering Period, but may then
be reinstated as a participant for a subsequent Offering Period by executing and
delivering a new Stock Purchase Agreement to the Human Resources Department of
the Company.

     8.2  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

          (a)  In the event that a Participant's employment with the Company
terminates for any reason, the Participant shall cease to participate in the
Plan on the date of termination.  As soon as is practical following the date of
termination, the entire balance of the Participant's Account shall be paid to
the Participant or his beneficiary, without interest.

          (b)  A Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who
is to receive any shares of Company Stock purchased under the Plan or any cash
from the Participant's Account in the event of his or her death subsequent to a
Purchase Date, but prior to delivery of such shares and cash.  In addition, a
Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive
any cash from the Participant's Account under the Plan in the event of his death
prior to a Purchase Date under paragraph (a) above.

          (c)  Any beneficiary designation under paragraph (b) above may be
changed by the Participant at any time by written notice.  In the event of the
death of a Participant, the Committee may rely upon the most recent beneficiary
designation it has on file as being the appropriate beneficiary.  In the event
of the death of a Participant where no valid beneficiary designation exists or
the beneficiary has predeceased the Participant, the Committee shall deliver any
cash or shares of Company Stock to the executor or administrator of the estate
of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed
to the knowledge of the Committee, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
deliver such shares of Company Stock or cash to the spouse or any one or more
dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or
relative is known to the Committee, then to such other person as the Committee
may designate.


                                   ARTICLE IX
                               PLAN ADMINISTRATION

     9.1  PLAN ADMINISTRATION.

          (a)  Authority to control and manage the operation and administration
of the Plan shall be vested in the Board of Directors (the "Board") for the
Company, or a committee ("Committee") thereof.  The Board or Committee shall
have all powers necessary to supervise the administration of the Plan and
control its operations.

          (b)  In addition to any powers and authority conferred on the Board or
Committee elsewhere in the Plan or by law, the Board or the Committee shall have
the following powers and authority:

               (i)  To designate agents to carry out responsibilities relating
to the Plan;

                                        6

<PAGE>

               (ii) To administer, interpret, construe and apply this Plan and
to answer all questions which may arise or which may be raised under this Plan
by a Participant, his beneficiary or any other person whatsoever;

               (iii)     To establish rules and procedures from time to time for
the conduct of its business and for the administration and effectuation of its
responsibilities under the Plan; and

               (iv) To perform or cause to be performed such further acts as it
may deem to be necessary, appropriate, or convenient for the operation of the
Plan.

          (c)  Any action taken in good faith by the Board or Committee in the
exercise of authority conferred upon it by this Plan shall be conclusive and
binding upon a Participant and his beneficiaries.  All discretionary powers
conferred upon the Board shall be absolute.

     9.2  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.  No Employee of the Company nor member of the
Board or Committee shall be subject to any liability with respect to his duties
under the Plan unless the person acts fraudulently or in bad faith.  To the
extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each member of the Board or
Committee, and any other Employee of the Company with duties under the Plan who
was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened,
pending or completed proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or
investigative, by reason of the person's conduct in the performance of his
duties under the Plan.


                                    ARTICLE X
                                  COMPANY STOCK

     10.1 LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASE OF SHARES.  The maximum number of shares of
Company Stock that shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be
250,000 shares, subject to adjustment under Section 10.4 below.  The shares of
Company Stock to be sold to Participants under the Plan will be issued by the
Company.  If the total number of shares of Company Stock that would otherwise be
issuable pursuant to rights granted pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Plan at the
Purchase Date exceeds the number of shares then available under the Plan, the
Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available in as
uniform and equitable manner as is practicable.  In such event, the Company
shall give written notice of such reduction of the number of shares to each
participant affected thereby and any unused payroll deductions shall be returned
to such participant if necessary.

     10.2 VOTING COMPANY STOCK.  The Participant will have no interest or voting
right in shares to be purchased under Section 6.1 of the Plan until such shares
have been purchased.

     10.3 REGISTRATION OF COMPANY STOCK.  Shares to be delivered to a
Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant
unless designated otherwise by the Participant.

     10.4 CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OF THE COMPANY.  Subject to any required
action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Company Stock
covered by each right under the Plan which has not yet been exercised and the
number of shares of Company Stock which have been authorized for issuance under
the Plan but have not yet been placed under rights or which have

                                        7

<PAGE>

been returned to the Plan upon the cancellation of a right, as well as the
Purchase Price per share of Company Stock covered by each right under the Plan
which has not yet been exercised, shall be proportionately adjusted for any
increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Company Stock resulting
from a stock split, stock dividend, spin-off, reorganization, recapitalization,
merger, consolidation, exchange of shares or the like.  Such adjustment shall be
made by the Board of Directors for the Company, whose determination in that
respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided
herein, no issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities
convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment
by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares
of Company Stock subject to any right granted hereunder.

     10.5 MERGER OF COMPANY.  In the event that the Company at any time proposes
to merge into, consolidate with or enter into any other reorganization pursuant
to which the Company is not the surviving entity (including the sale of
substantially all of its assets or a "reverse" merger in which the Company is
the surviving entity), the Plan shall terminate, unless provision is made in
writing in connection with such transaction for the continuance of the Plan and
for the assumption of rights theretofore granted, or the substitution for such
rights of new rights covering the shares of a successor corporation, with
appropriate adjustments as to number and kind of shares and prices, in which
event the Plan and the rights theretofore granted or the new rights substituted
therefor, shall continue in the manner and under the terms so provided.  If such
provision is not made in such transaction for the continuance of the Plan and
the assumption of rights theretofore granted or the substitution for such rights
of new rights covering the shares of a successor corporation, then the Board of
Directors or its committee shall cause written notice of the proposed
transaction to be given to the persons holding rights not less than 10 days
prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed transaction, and,
concurrent with the effective date of the proposed transaction, such rights
shall be exercised automatically in accordance with Section 7.1 as if such
effective date were a Purchase Date of the applicable Offering Period unless a
Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 8.1.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                              MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS

     11.1 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.  The Plan shall terminate on January 1,
2006.  Since future conditions affecting the Company cannot be anticipated or
foreseen, the Company reserves the right to amend, modify, or terminate the Plan
at any time.  Upon termination of the Plan, all benefits shall become payable
immediately.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment or termination
shall affect rights previously granted, nor may an amendment make any change in
any right previously granted which adversely affects the rights of any
Participant.  In addition, no amendment may be made without prior approval of
the stockholders of the Company if such amendment would:

          (a)  Increase the number of shares of Company Stock that may be issued
under the Plan;

          (b)  Materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for
participation in the Plan; or

                                        8

<PAGE>

          (c)  Materially increase the benefits which accrue to Participants
under the Plan.

     11.2 STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.  Continuance of the Plan and the effectiveness
of any right granted hereunder shall be subject to approval by the stockholders
of the Company, within twelve months before or after the date the Plan is
adopted by the Board.

     11.3 BENEFITS NOT ALIENABLE.  Benefits under the Plan may not be assigned
or alienated, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.  Any attempt at assignment,
transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the
Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds in accordance with
Article VIII.

     11.4 NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS.  This Plan is strictly a voluntary
undertaking on the part of the Company and shall not be deemed to constitute a
contract between the Company and any Employee or to be consideration for, or an
inducement to, or a condition of, the employment of any Employee.  Nothing
contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give the right to any Employee to be
retained in the employ of the Company or to interfere with the right of the
Company to discharge any Employee at any time.

     11.5 GOVERNING LAW.  To the extent not preempted by Federal law, all legal
questions pertaining to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws
of the State of Delaware.

     11.6 NON-BUSINESS DAYS.  When any act under the Plan is required to be
performed on a day that falls on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, that act
shall be performed on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or
legal holiday.  Notwithstanding the above, Fair Market Value shall be determined
in accordance with Section 6.3.

     11.7 COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS.  Notwithstanding any provision of the
Plan, the Committee shall administer the Plan in such a way to ensure that the
Plan at all times complies with any requirements of Federal Securities Laws.
For example, affiliates may be required to make irrevocable elections in
accordance with the rules set forth under Section 16b-3 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.


                                        9

<PAGE>

                               

                            INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

     This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made on ________, 1996,
between SENDX MEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
_________________ ("Indemnitee"), an officer and/or member of the Board of
Directors of the Company.

     WHEREAS, the Company desires the benefits of having Indemnitee serve as an
officer and/or director secure in the knowledge that expenses, liabilities and
losses incurred by him in his good faith service to the Company will be borne by
the Company or its successors and assigns in accordance with applicable law; and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires that Indemnitee resist and defend against what
Indemnitee may consider to be unjustified investigations, claims, actions, suits
and proceedings which have arisen or may arise in the future as a result of
Indemnitee's service to the Company notwithstanding that conditions in the
insurance markets may make directors' and officers' liability insurance coverage
unavailable or available only at premium levels which the Company may deem
inappropriate to pay; and

     WHEREAS, the parties believe it appropriate to memorialize and reaffirm the
Company's indemnification obligations to Indemnitee and, in addition, set forth
the indemnification agreements contained herein;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained,
the parties agree as follows:

     1.   INDEMNIFICATION.  Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless by
the Company to the fullest extent permitted by its Certificate of Incorporation,
Bylaws and applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended,
against all expenses, liabilities and loss (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, and amounts paid or to be paid in any settlement approved in
advance by the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)
(collectively, "Indemnifiable Expenses") actually reasonably incurred or
suffered by Indemnitee in connection with any present or future threatened,
pending or contemplated investigation, claim, action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (collectively,
"Indemnifiable Litigation"), (i) to which Indemnitee is or was a party or is
threatened to be made a party by reason of any action or inaction in
Indemnitee's capacity as a director or officer of the Company, or (ii) with
respect to which Indemnitee is otherwise involved by reason of the fact that
Indemnitee is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Company, or of any subsidiary or division, or is or was serving at the request
of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Indemnitee shall have no right to indemnification for expenses and
the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of
securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended.

<PAGE>

     2.   INTERIM EXPENSES.  The Company agrees to pay Indemnifiable Expenses
incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Indemnifiable Litigation in
advance of the final disposition thereof, provided that the Company has received
an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, substantially in the form attached
hereto as EXHIBIT A, to repay the amount so advanced to the extent that it is
ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Company under this Agreement or otherwise.  The advances to be made hereunder
shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within twenty (20) days following
delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the Company.

     3.   PROCEDURE FOR MAKING DEMAND.  Indemnitee shall, as a condition
precedent to his right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company
notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee
for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement.  Notice
to the Company shall be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company
at the address set forth in Section 11 hereof (or such other address as the
Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee).  Notice shall be deemed
received three business days after the date postmarked and sent by certified or
registered mail, properly addressed; otherwise notice shall be deemed received
when such notice shall actually be received by the Company.  In addition,
Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may
reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee's power.  Any
indemnification provided for in Section 1 shall be made no later than forty-five
(45) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee.

     4.   FAILURE TO INDEMNIFY.

          (a)  If a claim under this Agreement, or any statute, or under any
provision of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or
Bylaws providing for indemnification, is not paid in full by the Company, within
forty-five (45) days after a written request for payment thereof has been
received by the Company, Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter
bring an action against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim
and, subject to Section 12 of this Agreement, if successful in whole or in part,
Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the expense (including
attorneys' fees) of bringing such action.

          (b)  It shall be a defense to such action (other than an action
brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in connection with any action,
suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that Indemnitee has not
met the standard of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for
the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed, but the burden of
proving such defense shall be on the Company and Indemnitee shall be entitled to
receive interim payments of interim expenses pursuant to Section 2 hereof unless
and until such defense may be finally adjudicated by court order or judgment
from which no further right of appeal exists.  It is the parties' intention that
if the Company contests Indemnitee's right to indemnification, the question of
Indemnitee's right to indemnification shall be for the court to decide, and
neither the failure of the Company (including its board of directors,
independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination
that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because
Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable
law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its board of
directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, independent
legal counsel, or its

                                        2

<PAGE>

stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct,
shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable
standard of conduct.

     5.   NOTICE TO INSURERS.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a
claim pursuant to Section 3 thereof, the Company has director and/or officer
liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the
commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter
take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf
of the indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in
accordance with the terms of such policies.

     6.   RETENTION OF COUNSEL.  In the event that the Company shall be
obligated to pay Indemnifiable Expenses as a result of any proceeding against
Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense
of such proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice
of its election to do so.  After delivery of such notice, approval of such
counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the
Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of
counsel subsequently incurred by that Indemnitee with respect to that same
proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or
her counsel in any such proceeding at Indemnitee's expense, and (ii) if (A) the
employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the
Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a
conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any
such defense, or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to
assume defense of such proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee's
counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

     7.   SUCCESSORS.  This Agreement establishes contract rights which shall be
binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors, assigns, heirs
and legal representatives of the parties hereto.

     8.   MUTUAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT.  Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge
that in certain instances, Federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit
the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or
otherwise.  Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company may be
required in the future to undertake to the Securities and Exchange Commission to
submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a
determination of the Company's right under public policy to indemnify
Indemnitee, and, in that event, the Indemnitee's rights and the Company's
obligations hereunder shall be subject to that determination.

     9.   CONTRACT RIGHTS NOT EXCLUSIVE.  The contract rights conferred by this
Agreement shall be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other right which
Indemnitee may have or may hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, agreement, vote of
shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

     10.  ASSUMPTION OF INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION.  The Company hereby assumes
the obligation to indemnify Indemnitee of the Company's corporate parent, SenDx
Medical, Inc., a California corporation ("SenDx California"), PROVIDED HOWEVER,
that at all times prior to the effective time of the merger between the Company
and SenDx California, SenDx California shall

                                        3

<PAGE>

continue to indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted under its
Articles of Incorporation, its Bylaws and the General Corporation Law of the
State of California.

     11.  INDEMNITEE'S OBLIGATIONS.  The Indemnitee shall promptly advise the
Company in writing of the institution of any investigation, claim, action, suit
or proceeding which is or may be subject to this Agreement and keep the Company
generally informed of, and consult with the Company with respect to, the status
of any such investigation, claim, action, suit or proceeding.  Notices to the
Company shall be directed to SenDx Medical, Inc., 1945 Palomar Oaks Way,
Carlsbad, California 92009, Attn:  Chief Executive Officer (or other such
address as the Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee).  Notice shall
be deemed received three days after the date postmarked if sent by certified or
registered mail, properly addressed.  In addition, Indemnitee shall give the
Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as
shall be within Indemnitee's power.

     12.  ATTORNEYS' FEES.  In the event that any action is instituted by
Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof,
Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action,
unless as a part of such action, a court of competent jurisdiction determines
that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such
action were not made in good faith or were frivolous.  In the event of an action
instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement, or to enforce
or interpret any other terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to
be paid all court costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred by
Indemnitee in defense of such action (including with respect to Indemnitee's
counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), unless as a part of such
action the court determines that each of Indemnitee's material defenses to such
action were made in bad faith or were frivolous.

     13.  SEVERABILITY.  Should any provision of this Agreement, or any clause
hereof, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part,
the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain fully
enforceable and binding on the parties.

     14.  MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the
parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be
deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether of
not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

     15.  CHOICE OF LAW.  The validity, interpretation, performance and
enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of
Delaware.

                                        4

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first written above.

                                   SENDX MEDICAL, INC.:

                                   By:
                                        ------------------------------

                                   INDEMNITEE:


                                   -----------------------------------
                                   Name:

                                        5

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                              UNDERTAKING AGREEMENT

     This UNDERTAKING AGREEMENT is made on _______________, 19__, between SENDX
MEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and __________________, an
officer and/or member of the board of directors of the Company ("Indemnitee").

     WHEREAS, Indemnitee may become involved in investigations, claims, actions,
suits or proceedings which have arisen or may arise in the future as a result of
Indemnitee's service to the Company; and

     WHEREAS, Indemnitee desires that the Company pay any and all expenses
(including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and court costs) actually and
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee's behalf in defending or
investigating any such suits or claims and that such payment be made in advance
of the final disposition of such investigations, claims, actions, suits or
proceedings to the extent that Indemnitee has not been previously reimbursed by
insurance; and

     WHEREAS, the Company is willing to make such payments but, in accordance
with Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the
Company may make such payments only if it receives an undertaking to repay from
Indemnitee; and

     WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to give such an undertaking;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein,
the parties agree as follows:

     1.   In regard to any payments made by the Company to Indemnitee pursuant
to the terms of the Indemnification Agreement dated __________, 19__, between
the Company and Indemnitee, Indemnitee hereby undertakes and agrees to repay to
the Company any and all amounts so paid promptly and in any event within thirty
(30) days after the disposition, including any appeals, of any litigation or
threatened litigation on account of which payments were made, but only to the
extent that Indemnitee is ultimately found not entitled to be indemnified by the
Company under the Bylaws of the Company and Section 145 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or other applicable law.

     2.   This Agreement shall not affect in any manner rights which Indemnitee
may have against the Company, any insurer or any other person to seek
indemnification for or reimbursement of any expenses referred to herein or any
judgment which may be rendered in any litigation or proceeding.

                                       A-1

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
on the date first above written.

                                   SENDX MEDICAL, INC.:

                                   By:
                                        ------------------------------

                                   INDEMNITEE:

                                   -----------------------------------

                                   -----------------------------------
                                   (PRINT NAME)


                                       A-2

<PAGE>
               

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


BORROWER:      UniFET, INCORPORATED
               11021 Via Frontera, Suite 200
               San Diego, CA  92127

LENDER:        PRAKTIKERFINANS AB
               Hollandargatan 10
               Box 3160
               S-106 63 Stockholm, Sweden

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $738,688  INTEREST RATE: 9%  DATE OF NOTE: JUNE 1, 1994

1.   PROMISE TO PAY. UniFET, INCORPORATED ("Borrower") promises to pay to
PRAKTIKERFINANS ("Lender"), or order, in lawful money of the United States of
America, the principal amount of $738,688, together with interest on the unpaid
outstanding principal balances from the date hereof, until paid in full, at the
rate of nine (9)  per  cent per annum.

2.   PAYMENT AND TERM.  Borrower will pay outstanding principal plus all accrued
unpaid interest on or before thirty-six (36) months from the date hereof.
Borrower will pay Lender at Lender's address shown above or at such other place
as Lender may   designate in writing.  Unless otherwise agreed or required by
applicable law, payments will be applied first to accrued unpaid interest, then
to any unpaid collection costs and late charges, and any remaining amount to
principal.

3.   PREPAYMENT.  Borrower may pay without penalty all or a portion of the
amount owed earlier than it is due, upon thirty (30) days written notice to the
Lender by the Borrower.

4.   DEFAULT.  Borrower will be in default immediately upon notice if any of the
following events shall occur:  (a) Borrower fails to make any payment in
connection  with this loan within ten (10) days after due; (b) any
representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on
Borrower's behalf is false or misleading in any material respect; (c) Borrower
becomes insolvent, a receiver is appointed for any part of Borrower's property,
Borrower makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or any proceeding is
commenced either by Borrower or against Borrower under any bankruptcy or
insolvency laws.

5.   LENDER'S RIGHTS.  Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid
principal balance on this Note and all accrued interest immediately due.  In
such event, subject to any limits under applicable law, Borrower shall also pay
Lender's reasonable attorneys' fees and

                                        1

<PAGE>

legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys' fees and
legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate
any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment
collection services.  Borrower will also pay any court costs, in addition to all
other sums provided by law.  This Note has been delivered to Lender and accepted
by Lender in the State of California.  If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees
upon Lender's request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of San Diego
County, the State of California.  This Note shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

6.   GENERAL PROVISIONS.  Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights
or remedies under this Note without losing them.  Borrower and any other person
who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive
any applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, protest
and notice of dishonor.

7.   NOTICES.  All notices required to be given hereunder shall be given in
writing and shall be effective when actually delivered or three (3) days after
deposited in the mail, first class, postage prepaid, addressed to the party to
whom the notice is to be given and the address shown above.


BORROWER:
UniFET, INCORPORATED


By:   /S/ W.J. MEZGER
     ------------------------------
      W. JERRY MEZGER, President & CEO


                                        2

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   
    We  consent to  the reference  to our firm  under the  caption "Experts" and
"Selected Financial Data" and to  the use of our report  dated March 1, 1996  in
Amendment  No.  1  to the  Registration  Statement  (Form S-1)  and  the related
prospectus of SenDx Medical, Inc. for  the registration of shares of its  common
stock.
    
 
   
    We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and
to the use of our report dated March 1, 1996 of Medical Sensors in Amendment No.
1  to the Registration Statement (Form S-1)  and the related prospectus of SenDx
Medical, Inc.
    
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
   
San Diego, California
June 13, 1996
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
THE FOREGOING CONSENT IS IN THE FORM THAT WILL BE SIGNED UPON COMPLETION OF  THE
CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION DESCRIBED IN NOTE 8 TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
   
San Diego, California
June 13, 1996
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission